JP2022113807A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of increasing a player's attention to a game.

SOLUTION: A game machine comprises information memory means for memorizing sub-side reservation information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters start ball entry means, information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of sub-side reservation information in the information memory means, and information notification means for displaying a reservation pattern on a pattern display device 47 on the basis of the sub-side reservation information memorized in the information memory means. The information storage means comprises comprehensive expectation level determination means for comprehensively determining the expectation level of special internal lottery information when sub-side internal lottery information is memorized by the information memory means as the special internal lottery information, and comprehensive expectation level notification means for notifying a player of the expectation level of the special internal lottery information determined by the comprehensive expectation level determination means.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 1

COPYRIGHT: (C)2022,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko game machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a game machine provided with variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns (see Patent Document 1, for example). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns.
For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

JP 2005-074175 A

However, the player has a different image of each pending symbol, such as being elated when seeing a high-expectation pending pattern and depressed when seeing a low-expectation pending symbol. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the attention of a player to a game.

The gaming machine of the present invention comprises a shooting means for shooting game balls toward a game area formed in front of a game board, and a game ball flowing down the game area entering the game ball, and an internal lottery when the game ball enters the game ball. and the game state is changed from the normal control state to the specific control state advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger. Information storage for storing sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger. means, information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of sub-side internal lottery information in information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means, and based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, Information notification means for displaying reserved symbols associated with the sub-side internal lottery information on the variable display means, and the normal control state includes a first game state and a second game state different from the first game state. The starting ball-entering means comprises a first starting ball-entering part and a second starting ball-entering part different from the first starting ball-entering part, and the second starting ball-entering part is a game that flows down the game area A ball-entering impossible state in which a ball cannot be entered, and a ball-enterable state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered. A game state switching means for switching the state, and after the game state switching means switches to the second game state, the ball entering state switching temporarily switches the second starting ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered. After switching the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the means and the game state switching means, winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger. most advantageous game state transition means for transitioning the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when the game state is changed; By temporarily switching the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-enterable state by the means, at least one sub-side is stored in the information storage means in the order in which the game balls enter the second starting ball-entering unit. When the internal lottery information is stored as the special internal lottery information, total expectation level determination means for comprehensively determining the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information, and the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means It is characterized by comprising a total expectation level notification means for notifying the player of the expectation level.

According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention; front view of game board Figure showing the display screen of the pattern display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing an electric role success/failure table storing values of random numbers for winning the electric role item open lottery A diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot A diagram showing a distribution table storing random number values related to distribution destinations of jackpot types Figure showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing A diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening Diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing Diagram showing a flowchart of main processing A diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation start processing A diagram showing a flowchart of processing for electric support A diagram showing a flowchart of the electrical data setting process A diagram showing a flowchart of an electric duty fluctuation start process Diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process A diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open/close execution mode A diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing A diagram showing a flowchart of second support mode setting processing A diagram showing the value of the number-of-games counter set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation end processing A diagram showing a flowchart of an electric duty fluctuation end process Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with a sound emission control apparatus. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing A diagram showing a flow chart of production pattern determination processing A diagram showing the relationship between the game result and the game state, etc. A diagram showing a flow chart at the time of transition between the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode A diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section when the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode are shifted. Shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. figure The display screen of the pattern display device, the first holding lamp part, and the second holding lamp part at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode diagram showing A diagram showing a flow chart at the time of transition between the success or failure lottery mode and the support mode when the first reservation lamp unit is not lit A diagram showing the display screen, the first reservation lamp section, and the second reservation lamp section of the pattern display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the first reservation lamp section is not lit. Shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. figure The display screen of the pattern display device, the first holding lamp part, and the second holding lamp part at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode diagram showing The front view of the game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening A diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Front view of a game board according to a third embodiment of the present invention A diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. A diagram showing a flowchart of an electric duty fluctuation end process A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing Shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section at the time of transition to the win-or-fail lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the "most advantageous result" at the time of transition to the short-term high-frequency support mode. figure The display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp section, and the second suspension lamp when transitioning to the winning lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the "high probability result of the short-term high-frequency support mode" when transitioning to the short-term high-frequency support mode diagram showing part A diagram showing a flowchart of a winning process for an operating port according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with a sound emission control apparatus. Diagram showing a flowchart of pending decision processing A diagram showing a flowchart of pending occurrence processing Diagram showing the contents of the sub-side hold information storage area A diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice pending occurrence processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree A diagram showing the notice pending design of each expectation level A diagram showing the relationship between the pass/fail result and the probability of occurrence of notice suspension for each degree of expectation A diagram showing a notice pending pattern and a normal pending pattern displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing A diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode The figure which shows the flowchart of the notice suspension generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of special hold setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing A diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice reserved design and a normal reserved design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device when the confidential notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal and shifted. The figure which shows the flowchart of the process for electric support|support which concerns on 7th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing The figure which shows the flowchart of a comprehensive expectation alerting|reporting process A diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section when the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode are shifted. The figure which shows the display screen of the pattern display apparatus in opening-and-closing execution mode, a 1st reservation lamp part, and a 2nd reservation lamp part. The figure which shows the flowchart of the advance notice suspension generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 8th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing A diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode

[First embodiment]
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko game machine which is a kind of game machine. This pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 12.

The gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as the supporting side, and an inner frame (not shown) disposed in front of the inner frame. A front door frame 13 supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable forward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side, and a front door frame 13 disposed behind the inner frame and rearward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side. and a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable.

The gaming machine main body 12 has a locking device (not shown) provided at the leading end of the rotation. This locking device has a function of locking the main body 12 of the game machine with respect to the outer frame 11 and locking the front door frame 13 with respect to the inner frame so that it cannot be opened. have. These locked states are released by unlocking the cylinder lock 14 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlock key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window portion 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted into the window portion 21 . In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is made of transparent and colorless glass, but may be made of synthetic resin or the like to be transparent and colorless.
In addition, the front door frame 13 includes a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of light emitting means configured by various lamp portions and the like provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion 23, speaker units 24 for outputting sound effects and the like, and upper and lower bulging portions 25 and 26 provided below the window portion 21.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically arranged side by side and both are provided to bulge forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided inside so as to open upward. The upper plate 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 4) provided in the back pack unit, and aligns them in a row toward the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 4). It has the function of guiding.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided inside so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper tray 25a.

Further, the front door frame 13 has a firing handle 27 as a firing means provided on the right side of the lower tray 26a. The shooting handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to shoot a game ball from a game ball shooting mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. do. The shooting handle 27 changes the shooting intensity of the game ball shot toward the game area, ie, the momentum of shooting, by changing the amount of rotation operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
The game board 31, as shown in FIG. 2, has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on an inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 . Almost the entire area of this game area can be visually recognized from the front through the window portion 21 .
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 form a guide rail 34 for guiding game balls to the game area, and this guide rail 34 is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 when the player rotates the shooting handle 27. The game ball that has been hit is guided to the upper part of the game area.

The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is arranged on one side of the game area and faces the center of the upper part of the game area. For this reason, the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is shifted from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the rotation amount of the shooting handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side of the side. In this embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

The game board 31 has, in the game area, a plurality of large and small openings which are formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. In addition, the game board 31 includes an upper operation port (first start ball entry portion) 36, a lower operation port (second start ball entry portion) 37, a variable winning device 38, and an out port 39 provided at each opening. have. The game board 31 includes through gates 41 provided on the left and right sides of the central portion, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, a variable display unit 43 provided on the central portion, and the like. have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has, in the game area, various members (accessories) such as a large number of nails 44 planted in order to appropriately disperse or adjust the falling directions of the game balls.

Each of the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the various winning ports of the variable winning device 38 is provided with detection sensors 40b to 40d (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of game balls, and these detection sensors 40b to 40 d is arranged on the back side of the game board 31 . Specifically, the upper working port 36 has a detection sensor 40b, the lower working port 37 has a detection sensor 40c, and the variable winning device 38 has a detection sensor 40d. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40b-40d. Incidentally, the detection sensors 40b to 40d may be of any kind as long as they can individually detect winning of game balls, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be employed.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when a ball enters the upper working port 36 and when a ball enters the lower working port 37 . The pachinko machine 10 pays out 15 prize balls when a ball enters the variable prize winning device 38.例文帳に追加In addition, the number of these prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls in each of the operation ports 36 and 37 may be different.

Out port 39 is provided at the bottom of the game area of game board 31 . Game balls that do not enter various winning holes are discharged from the game area through the out hole 39.例文帳に追加In addition, the out port 39 is provided with a detection sensor 40e (see FIG. 4) for detecting entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 40e is arranged on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters the out hole 39, unlike when a ball enters the various winning holes.

Each through gate 41 is provided with a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 4) for detecting an entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters each through gate 41, unlike the case where a ball enters a prize winning opening.

Here, the entry ball means that a game ball passes through a predetermined opening. It also includes a mode in which the game area continues to flow down. However, in the following description, in order to distinguish clearly from the entry of game balls into the out port 39, entry of game balls into various winning ports is also expressed as winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 refers to continuing to flow down the game area without being ejected from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. A ball entering the through gate 41 is also referred to as winning a prize, like entering a ball into various winning holes.

The upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37 are unitized as an operation port device and installed on the game board 31 . Each operating port 36, 37 is opened upward to allow the game ball flowing down the game area to enter, and the upper operating port 36 is arranged upward and the lower operating port 37 is arranged downward. are arranged vertically side by side. The lower operating port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

The electric accessory 37a is connected to an electric accessory driving section 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. The electric accessory 37a is set to either a closed state (non-supported state or non-guided state) or an open state (supported state or guided state) by being driven by the electric accessory drive section 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the electric accessory 37a closer to the left and right. The open state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the upper operation opening 36 becomes narrower than one game ball. Further, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the upper operation opening 36 becomes wider than one game ball. Therefore, the game ball cannot enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, and can enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. can.

In addition, instead of the closed state and the open state described above, the electric accessory 37a has a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 37 (a state in which the game ball can be entered unlike the closed state), and a lower It may be configured to switch between the operation port 37 and the state in which the game ball is likely to win. In addition, the lower operation port 37 may be configured to perform such switching not by setting the electric accessory 37a but by displacing the lower operation port 37. 37 may not include the electric accessory 37a.

The variable prize winning device 38 includes a large prize winning port 38a that opens to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, an opening and closing door 38b for opening and closing the big prize winning port 38a, and a variable prize winning that drives the opening and closing door 38b. and a drive unit 38c.
In addition, the player can guide the game ball to the variable winning device 38 by adjusting the rotational operation amount of the shooting handle 27 and adjusting the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area.

Here, the game board 31 has a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38 . The cover 381 includes a transparent (or semi-transparent) portion 381a formed to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque portion 381a formed around the transparent portion 381a. and a portion 381b.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent portion 381a and the window portion 21. FIG.

The big winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to pass through in the front-rear direction by applying router processing. As described above, the big winning opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 40d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to be rotatable about one side on the lower side as a central axis. The opening/closing door 38b rotates toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31 to open the opening of the big winning opening 38a, and rotates toward the inside of the game board 31. It has a closed state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is closed by being buried in the game board 31. - 特許庁
The variable winning driving unit 38c sets the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state by driving the opening/closing door 38b.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot win. When the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening/closing execution mode and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize.
The opening/closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state and a game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening/closing execution mode, after the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, it is called one round game until it is set to the closed state again.

The main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and a character object display unit 46, and includes a segment display (not shown) in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner, a dot display, or the like. display device.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to protrude toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22 . Also, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than one game ball. Thereby, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22.例文帳に追加In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling in front of the main display device 42 .

The main display portion 45 includes a first result display portion 45a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the upper working port 36, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the lower working port 37. A second result display section 45b for displaying the result of the lottery is provided (see FIG. 4). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening/closing execution mode when the opening/closing execution mode is entered (or when the opening/closing execution mode is entered). .

The first result display unit 45a executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning to the upper working port 36 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the first result display section 45a displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning of the lower working opening 37 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working opening 37. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the second result display section 45b displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37 function as starting ball entry means for allowing a game ball flowing down the game area to enter, and executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters. do.

The character object display unit 46 performs variable display of the pattern with the winning of each through gate 41 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41. to display the results of The accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result when the result of the internal lottery is the result corresponding to the shift to the electric role open state. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric role open state. In this electric operation open state, the electric accessory 37a provided in the lower operation opening 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the character object display unit 46 are configured by a segment display device, a dot display device, or the like. It may also consist of other types of displays such as EL displays, CRTs, dot matrix, and the like. The patterns to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 include a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters, a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols, and a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters. , or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are switched and displayed can be adopted.

The variable display unit 43 includes a pattern display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a pattern, which is one type of pattern. Also, the variable display unit 43 has a center frame 48 arranged so as to surround the pattern display device 47 . The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the falling of the game balls. It is configured.

The pattern display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display.
This symbol display device 47 starts the variable display of symbols based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 . That is, when the symbol display device 47 performs the variable display in the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 and when the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45 performs the variable display, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The pattern display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 48 includes a first holding lamp portion 49a provided in the lower left region of the pattern display device 47, a second holding lamp portion 49b provided in the lower right region of the pattern display device 47, and a second holding lamp portion 49b. and a third holding lamp portion 49c provided in the region on the right side of the holding lamp portion 49b.

The first reservation lamp portion 49a is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36, and lights up according to the number of reserved balls. The first holding lamp portion 49a can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display portion 45a and the symbol display device 47. FIG.
The second reservation lamp part 49b is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The second holding lamp portion 49b can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display portion 45b and the symbol display device 47. FIG.
The third reservation lamp portion 49c is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the respective through gates 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The third holding lamp portion 49 c can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display portion 46 .
It should be noted that each of the holding lamp units 49a to 49c may have another configuration such as being displayed as an image on a part of the pattern display device 47. FIG.

FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display screen of the pattern display device.
As shown in FIG. 3, the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 is divided into three columns of display areas. Column Z3 is displayed. In each pattern row Z1 to Z3, eight kinds of patterns consisting of numbers "1" to "8" are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and "8" is followed by "1". configured as follows. In addition, in FIG. 3, the center line of each display area is shown by the dashed-dotted line.

The symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G. - 特許庁The effect for this game round is switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1→right symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2, and finally, predetermined symbols are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. end with a state
In other words, the game cycle means the period from the start of variable display on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to the display of a predetermined stop result based on the wins to the operation ports 36 and 37 .

It should be noted that the pattern display device 47 is not limited to this, and may be arbitrarily selected. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols of each symbol row, etc. can be changed as appropriate. Also, the patterns in each pattern row may be a combination of a picture and a number instead of only numbers, or may be a picture only.

<Electrical Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 4, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 includes a payout control device 70 for executing payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out game balls, and a power source/power source for executing shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. and a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

The main controller 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control (main control) of the game, and a power outage monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. Note that the main controller 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. The substrate box may comprise marking means for marking upon its opening and may comprise marking structures for marking upon its opening. Specifically, as trace means, a circuit board box is formed by connecting a plurality of case bodies, and a connecting part (crimped part) that requires breaking of a predetermined part when separating each case body is provided, or a structure that peels off At this time, it is possible to adopt a structure in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of being peeled off because the adhesive layer remains on the object to be adhered is attached so as to straddle the boundary between the plurality of case bodies. Also, as the trace structure, it is possible to employ a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundary between these case bodies.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61 and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 that constitute the MPU 62 . Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which, in addition to the ROM 63 and RAM 64, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like are combined into a chip.
In this embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but they may be integrated into individual chips. This also applies to the MPUs of other controllers other than main controller 60 .

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a success/failure table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, an electric service success/failure table storage area 63c, and a reach table storage area 63d. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 63. The RAM 64 is a volatile storage means that requires external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 64 has various areas such as a various counter area 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and an electrical work reservation area 64c. These areas are described in detail later.

The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. An input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main controller 60 and a plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output ports of the MPU 62 include an electric accessory drive unit 37b that opens and closes the electric accessory 37a of the lower operation port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a main display. 45 and the character object display unit 46 .

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric role open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric accessory drive unit 37b to open and close the electric accessory 37a. Further, in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c to open and close the big winning opening 38a. Also, in each game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winnings to the operation ports 36 and 37 . Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display section 46 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41 .

The blackout monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power supply/launch control device 80 having the function of supplying operating power, and monitors the stable 24 volt DC voltage output from the power supply/launch control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power through the blackout monitoring board 65 .
The detection sensors 40b to 40f are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the upper operation opening 36, the lower operation opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, the out opening 39, and each through gate 41. The MPU 62 performs prize winning determination (ball entry determination) to various prize winning ports, the out port 39, and each through gate 41 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40b to 40f. Note that the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination for the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 .

The payout control device 70 executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls and rental balls (game balls to be lent to players during games) based on commands (control instructions) transmitted from the main control device 60. do.

The power supply/launch control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. Then, the power supply/launch control device 80 generates the operating power required for each of the main control board 61 and the payout control device 70 based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, and the generated operation supply power. The power/launch control device 80 includes a power failure power supply unit such as a backup capacitor. This power-off power supply unit supplies power for memory retention to the RAM 64 of the main control unit 60 even when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted.

In addition, the power supply/shooting control device 80 executes shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. Here, the game ball shooting mechanism 81 includes a shooting rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the shooting rail, and a and a solenoid that is an electric actuator that shoots the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34 toward the guide rail 34 . The power supply/launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to this solenoid to launch the game ball when a predetermined launch condition is met.

<Electrical Configuration for Execution of Internal Lottery by MPU 62 of Main Control Unit 60>
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 5, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, uses the big win type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the big win, and determines whether to generate the ready-to-win display. , the reach random number counter C3 is used. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory open counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric role open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 4).

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as acquired information storage means. In addition, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 is stored as the electric work holding information in the electric work holding area 64c of the RAM 64 (Fig. 4).

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display section reservation area Ra, a second result display section reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

The first result display section reservation area Ra provided as the first ball entering section storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Ra1 to a fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Ra1 to Ra4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the upper working port 36 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Ra1→second area Ra2→third area Ra3→fourth area Ra4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, the reservation area Ra for the first result display section is provided with four storage areas, so that up to four winnings of game balls into the upper operation opening 36 are reserved. The first result display reserved area Ra includes storage areas for writing the reserved numbers stored in the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of reservations related to the upper working port 36 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The second result display section reservation area Rb provided as the second ball entering section storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the lower opening 37 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Rb1→second area Rb2→third area Rb3→fourth area Rb4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display portion reservation area Rb has four storage areas, up to four winnings of game balls into the lower operation opening 37 are reserved. In addition, the second result display portion reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The execution area AE stores the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb when starting the variable display of each of the result display portions 45a and 45b. This is the area to move the .

Thus, in this embodiment, the first result display holding area Ra includes a plurality of internal lottery information associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 as a trigger. It functions as storage means for the first ball-entering section that stores (holding information).
Further, in the present embodiment, the holding area Rb for the second result display section includes a plurality of internal lottery information (holding information).

The electrician reservation area 64c includes four storage areas, like the first result display reservation area Ra and the second result display reservation area Rb. Further, the electrical work holding area 64c includes an electrical work execution area (not shown), like the reserved ball storage area 64b. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of pending gates 41 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more. may

<Detailed description of each counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the electric accessory release counter C4 will be described. For example, the electric accessory release counter C4 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 65535 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 65535. ing.
The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41. be.
Then, based on the value of the electric role product open counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c, the MPU 62 draws a lottery (electric role object release lottery).

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an electric role right/wrong table storing values of random numbers for winning the electric accessory open lottery.
Among the values of the electric role release counter C4, the value of the random number that wins the electric role release lottery is stored in the electric role right/wrong table storage area of the ROM 63 provided as the electric right/wrong information group storage means, as shown in FIG. 63c (see FIG. 4) is stored as an electric service right/wrong table (electric power right/wrong information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with mutually different frequencies of enabling game balls to enter the lower operation opening 37 by setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low frequency support mode (low frequency guide state) in which the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is low. and a relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

Specifically, the electric service acceptance/rejection table includes the low-frequency support mode acceptance/rejection table (low-frequency acceptance information group) shown in FIG. mode (high-frequency electricity usage information group).
The MPU 62 executes the electric role release lottery by comparing these electric role right/wrong tables with the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c.

These electric role success/failure tables have a plurality of results (electric role success/failure results) of a plurality of electric role product open lotteries of "electric role open win" and "electric role open loss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the electric role winning lottery for the low-frequency support mode is referred to, as shown in FIG. There is one random number value. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the electric role right/wrong table for the low-frequency support mode is referred to in the electric role open lottery, the probability of winning the "electric role open winning" is 1/65536.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the electric role winning lottery for the high-frequency support mode is referred to, as shown in FIG. There are 65535 random numbers. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the electric role right/wrong table for the high-frequency support mode is referred to in the electric role open lottery, the probability of winning the "electric role open winning" is 65535/65536. Here, the value of the random number that becomes "Electricity open winning" stored in the low-frequency support mode table is the "Electricity open winning" stored in the high-frequency support mode table. is included in the random number value.

In addition, the value and the number of random numbers stored in each electric role success/failure table are arbitrary. good. In addition, the value of the random number that becomes "Electricity open winning" stored in the high-frequency support mode table is the same as the "Electricity open winning" stored in the low-frequency support mode table. It does not have to include the random number value for the low frequency support mode.

Compared with the low-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode sets the electric accessory 37a to the open state more times when winning the electric accessory opening lottery, and sets the electric accessory 37a to the open state. The opening time of one time is also getting longer. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in the one-time electrical open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the minimum secured time (role The duration of one fluctuation display in the object display section 46) is shortened.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

Thus, in this embodiment, the lower working port 37 has a low-frequency support mode and a high-frequency support mode. The low-frequency support mode functions as a non-enterable state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and the high-frequency support mode allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter. Acts as a possible state.

Note that the configurations of the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode are not limited to this. Specifically, the high-frequency support mode may be configured so that the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is relatively high compared to the low-frequency support mode, and the low-frequency support mode and The high-frequency support mode may have the same probability of winning the electric accessory open lottery. For example, a plurality of types of reserved time may be prepared, and the high-frequency support mode may be configured to make it easier to select a shorter reserved time than the low-frequency support mode, and the average of the selected reserved times may be shortened. It may be configured to Furthermore, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode changes the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state to the low frequency support mode. may be configured to be relatively high compared to .

Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. For example, the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 59 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 59. . Also, the jackpot random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value each time it loops. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 59, like the jackpot random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is transferred to the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit (lottery for winning or not) based on the value of the big-hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot.
Among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the random number that wins the jackpot is stored in the hit/fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as hit/fail information group storage means, as shown in FIG. (whether or not information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two winning lottery modes, a low probability mode (low probability state) in which it is difficult to win a big win and a high probability mode (high probability state) in which it is easy to win a big win. . The success/failure table includes the success/failure table for the low-probability mode (low-probability success/failure information group) shown in FIG. group).
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit by comparing these win/fail tables with the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

These hit/fail tables have lottery results (hit/fail results) of occurrence of a plurality of jackpots, such as "big win win", "special loss result", and "ordinary loss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to when the lottery for the occurrence of the big win is made, the probability of winning the "big win" is 1/30.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the win/loss table for the high-probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, the probability of winning the "big win" is 1/3.
Here, the value of the random number "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is included in the value of the random number "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode. .

Thus, in this embodiment, the high-probability mode (second gaming state) executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low-probability mode (first gaming state).

The value and number of random numbers stored in each success/failure table are arbitrary, and it is sufficient that the high probability mode has a higher probability of winning a "big win" than the low probability mode. Further, the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode must not include the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode. Alternatively, it may include a part of the random number values that are stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode and become the "big win".

In addition, in each win/fail lottery mode, random numbers other than "big win winning" results in a loss without winning a big win.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result (small win result)" and the "normal loss result". These outliers are common in that none of them serve as a trigger for shifting to the lottery mode or the support mode. However, the difference is that the "special deviation result" serves as a trigger for shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, whereas the "normal deviation result" does not trigger a transition to the opening/closing execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 29. .
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display portion of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (distribution lottery) for the jackpot type when the jackpot occurs.

FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an allocation table storing random number values relating to allocation destinations of types of jackpots.
As shown in FIG. 8, the random number value related to the allocation destination of the jackpot type is stored in the allocation table (see FIG. 4) in the allocation table storage area 63b (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the allocation information group storage means. minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 8(a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 8(b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes a jackpot type lottery by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

In the first distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the first result display portion reservation area Ra to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
The first distribution table, as shown in FIG. Probability result)" and "Most advantageous result (special distribution result corresponding to high probability)" are assigned as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the jackpot type counter C2, “0 to 9” are distributed to “non-explicit small round high probability results”, and “10 to 19” It is sorted into ``high probability result of explicit few rounds'', and ``20 to 29'' is assigned to ``best result''.

In the second distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the second result display portion reservation area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the lower operation port 37 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 8(b), the second distribution table assigns only the distribution result of the "best result". Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 29" are distributed to the "best result".

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display portion reservation area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach generation lottery) to determine whether to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The ready-to-win display is an expectation effect that occurs when the winning lottery does not result in a "big hit" but results in a "normal failure".
Specifically, the MPU 62 determines the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reach table and the reserved ball storage area 64b when the result of the win/fail lottery does not result in a "big hit" but results in a "normal loss". By comparing with, a lottery is executed as to whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display, and when the ready-to-win display is to be generated in this lottery, the ready-to-win display is generated. The ready-to-win table is a table that stores values of random numbers related to occurrence of the ready-to-win display, and is stored in the ready-to-win table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 (see FIG. 4).

Here, in the case of "big win winning" in the lottery lottery and "most advantageous result" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 47 selects a combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result. Stop display on the effective line L. In addition, if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the winning lottery and is distributed to "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, or "jackpot winning" in the lottery lottery In the event that a "special failure result" is obtained without becoming, the symbol display device 47 selects a "normal failure result" in the winning lottery instead of a combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result. A special combination of symbols having numbers different from each other, which will never be displayed, is stopped on the activated line L. - 特許庁

In the reach display, when the combination of symbols with the same number is finally stopped and displayed (when it becomes a "big win" in the winning lottery and is distributed to the "best result" in the distribution lottery), It occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, the reach display is used when the combination of special symbols is finally stopped and displayed ("jackpot winning" in the winning lottery, "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability" in the distribution lottery) In the case of being sorted to "probable result" or "special losing result" instead of "big hit winning" in the winning lottery), it does not occur regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

In the ready-to-win display mode, some of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) are displayed on the activated line L. By causing the stationary display, the same combination of symbols is displayed to indicate the result of stopping, and in that state, the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are variably displayed.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 generates the ready-to-win display, after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 47, and before displaying the predetermined stop result, the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning", It is possible to make the player expect that he or she has been sorted to the "best result" in the sorting lottery.

Note that the ready-to-win display mode is not limited to this, and a part of the symbol rows are stopped and displayed, and the remaining symbol rows are variably displayed, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed in the background as a moving image. Alternatively, each pattern row may be reduced or hidden, and a predetermined character or the like may be displayed on substantially the entire display screen G as a moving image.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the pattern display device 47. - 特許庁The expectation effect is such that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery after the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 47 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. I mean performance. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects, namely, the aforementioned ready-to-win display and advance notice display.

The notice display does not become "jackpot winning" in the lottery if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the lottery, or if it becomes "special loss result" without becoming "jackpot winning" in the lottery. This is an expected effect that makes the effect more likely to occur than in the case of the "normal deviation result". Instead of facilitating the occurrence of effects, this advance notice display may facilitate the selection of effects with a low appearance rate, or may be combined.
While the lottery to determine whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display is performed by the main controller 60, the lottery to determine whether to generate the advance notice display is performed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The mode of the advance notice display is that of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, all of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed, and some of the symbol rows (for example, symbol row Z1) is stopped on the activated line L, and a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2, Z3) are variably displayed or ready-to-win display is generated, a predetermined character etc. are displayed on the display screen G as moving images. This notice display occurs both when the reach display is generated and when the reach display is not generated, but it is set so that it is more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated. It is
Note that the advance notice display is not limited to this, and for example, the background may be changed, and the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 may be changed and displayed.

Finally, the fluctuation type counter CS will be explained. For example, the fluctuation type counter CS is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once each time a normal process, which will be described later, is executed, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time it is updated.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the pattern display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the pattern display continuation time on the pattern display device 47 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer.

<Regarding Various Processing Executed by Main Controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes timer interrupt processing and normal processing that advances the game, and main processing that is activated when the power is turned on. Timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing will be described in order below.
In addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, the MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal), but description of this processing will be omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In timer interrupt processing, the MPU 62 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S101 to S105, as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes reading processing of the plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f, determines the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 40b to 40d corresponding to various winning holes detect the winning of game balls, it sets a prize ball command for instructing the payout of the prize balls, and sets this set prize ball command. A command is transmitted to the payout control device 70 . For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of game balls, a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is the specific unit number to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on the prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. do. Note that the MPU 62 returns the value of the random number initial value counter CINI to 0 and clears it if it reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI.

In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to each of the previous values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessary product release counter C4 and updates them. The subsequent value is stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Note that the MPU 62 returns the values of the counters C1 to C4 to 0 and clears them when the previous values of the counters C1 to C4 have reached the maximum value when 1 is added thereto.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for through. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40f corresponding to each through gate 41 has detected the winning of the game ball, it is stored in the electrical work reserve area 64c of the RAM 64. It is determined whether or not the number RcN of pending electric service is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment).
When the MPU 62 determines that the number RcN of pending electrical work is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for through.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the number RcN of pending electric works is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the number RcN of pending electric works, and updates the electric power supply updated in step S103. The value of the accessory release counter C4 is stored in the electrician holding area 64c. Also, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third suspension lamp portion 49 c and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90 .
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the third suspension lamp part 49c based on a command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Further, the number of reserved game balls that have won the through gate 41 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the third reservation lamp portion 49c is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for the working opening.
The prize winning process for the operating port will be described in detail below.

<Winning process for operating port>
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S207 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper working port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether the game ball has won the upper working port 36 (start winning). determine whether When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has won in the upper working port 36, in step S202, the number of reserved balls stored in the first result display section reserved area Ra is grasped, and the reserved number is determined. The number is set in a predetermined storage area in the first result display section reservation area Ra as the first start-up reservation storage number RaN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 detects the winning of the game ball. is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operation opening 37 (start winning).
When the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, it ends the operation opening winning process. In addition, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, in step S204, the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is grasped, The pending number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display portion pending area Rb as a second start pending storage number RbN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

After executing the process of step S202 or step S204, the MPU 62 checks in step S205 if the number of starting suspension memories N (RaN or RbN) set in step S202 or step S204 is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Determine whether or not there is
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the number N of start suspension memories is not less than the upper limit value, it ends the prize winning process for the operation port. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start pending memory number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending memory number N and updates it in step S206.

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process out of the empty storage area of the reservation area for the result display section. The suspension information is stored in the first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the start suspension storage number N updated in step S206.

For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, each of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process A set of values is stored as pending information in the first storage area of the empty storage areas in the first result display portion pending area Ra, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the first start pending storage number RaN updated in step S206. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, the MPU 62 stores "4" in the first start pending memory number RaN updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

Also, for example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process are stored as suspension information in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second result display section storage area Rb, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the second start suspension storage number RbN updated in step S206. do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 stores the second start pending memory number RbN in the storage area corresponding to "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

Further, in step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for turning on the first reservation lamp section 49a or the second reservation lamp section 49b, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the first reservation lamp section 49a or the second reservation lamp section 49b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 . In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of 4 pieces, and the first reservation lamp part 49a or the second reservation lamp part 49b is the reservation number The corresponding number of lights up.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later, which is activated when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process, which is the main process for advancing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S314 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S301 to S309 at a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 when a remaining time occurs, and executes step S312 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S308. Run.

In step S301, the MPU 62 executes timer interrupt processing or external output processing for transmitting commands set in the previous normal processing to each sub-side control device. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the prize ball command is set, and if it determines that the prize ball command is set, the prize ball command is sent to the payout control device 70 Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a command for effect such as a command corresponding to the effect for the game round or a command corresponding to the effect for the open/close execution mode is set, and the command for effect is determined. When it is determined that it is set, the command for that effect is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .

In step S302, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. . In addition, when the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS is returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S303, the MPU 62 executes game round control processing for advancing the game round. In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes a win/fail lottery and a sorting lottery, determines information related to a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the pattern display device 47, and determines a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. decision of information related to
In step S304, the MPU 62 executes game state transition processing for shifting the game state. In the game state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each game state such as the opening/closing execution mode, the high probability mode, and the high frequency support mode.
The game round control process in step S303 and the game state transition process in step S304 will be described later in detail.

In step S305, the MPU 62 executes demonstration display execution determination processing. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 30 sec) for the start of the demonstration has elapsed without a new game round being started after the game round has ended. However, when it is determined that the start waiting period has passed, a demo command for starting the demo display is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .
Note that the sound emission control device 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S305 is executed. For example, if the start waiting period is 30 sec and the interval for repeatedly executing the process of step S305 is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S305 is executed, and when it reaches 7500 times, the start waiting period is determined to have passed. Note that the configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. In addition, when the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of execution times of the process of step S305, the count value is reset.

In step S<b>306 , the MPU 62 executes an electric role support process for executing drive control of the electric accessory 37 a provided in the lower working port 37 . In this electric role support process, the MPU 62 executes the electric role product opening lottery based on the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64, and the electric role product opening lottery. When winning, the opening/closing process of the electric accessory 37a is executed. Further, the MPU 62 performs display control of the accessory display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory open lottery.
Note that the electric support processing in step S306 will be described later in detail.

In step S307, the MPU 62 executes game ball launch control processing. In this game ball shooting control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply/shooting control device 80 to execute shooting control for shooting a game ball based on the rotation of the shooting handle 27 by the player. Specifically, the power supply/shooting control device 80 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 sec in this embodiment). . In addition, the solenoid is energized so as to shoot the game ball with a shooting intensity corresponding to the rotation operation amount of the shooting handle 27 . Further, the power supply/shooting control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot the game ball when a predetermined shooting condition is met.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether a power failure flag is set in a power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64 or not. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power failure signal is input from the power failure monitor board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62 . The power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal when it confirms the occurrence of power failure. This power failure flag is cleared when the main process is executed next time.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 or the like, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power outage flag by substituting 1 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 and clears the power outage flag by substituting 0 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 .

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S308, the MPU 62 executes the power failure processing of step S312 and subsequent steps without executing the processing of step S309 and subsequent steps. Specifically, in step S312, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of timer interrupt processing. In step S313, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S314, MPU62 prohibits the access to RAM64. After that, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power supply is completely cut off and the process cannot be executed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the power outage flag has not been set, in step S309 it determines whether the timing for executing the next normal process has arrived, that is, whether the current normal process It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has passed since the start.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not yet arrived, that is, when the remaining time has occurred, in step S310, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated, and in step S311. , the fluctuation type counter CS is updated. The MPU 62 repeats steps S308 to S311 until it determines in step S309 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has come, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the next normal process is executed by executing step S301 again. Begin normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the main processing.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S412 as shown in FIG.
In step S401, the MPU 62 executes start-up processing upon power-on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on in order to wait for the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) to become operable. ) has passed.

In step S402, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the permission prohibition period of 1 sec has elapsed. When the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has not passed in step S402, it repeats the process of step S402. Further, when the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has passed in step S402, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S403.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S402 is executed. For example, if the interval for repeatedly executing the processing of step S402 is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the processing of step S402 and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when the number reaches 10000 times. Note that the configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is arbitrary. For example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S403, MPU62 permits the access to RAM64.
In step S404, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power/emission control device 80 is turned on.
When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S409.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, it determines in step S405 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. do.

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S405, it calculates the RAM determination value in step S406.
At step S407, the MPU 62 confirms the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated at step S406 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 with the RAM determination value saved in step S313 (power failure processing) of the normal processing, and if they match, , the RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S407, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S407, it clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S408.

The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by determining in the main processing whether or not the keyword has been written normally.

As described above, if the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, or determines that the RAM determination value is not normal, the processing from step S409 is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S409, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S410.

Therefore, for example, the administrator of the game hall can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business of the game hall. Moreover, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed by the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the process of step S408 or step S410, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) in step S411, and timer interrupt in step S412. Allow the process to occur, and shift to the above-described normal process.
By receiving the initial command transmitted in step S411, the sub-side control board recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is being performed normally, and executes its own initialization. do.

<Game Round Control Processing>
FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the game is in the opening/closing execution mode, it ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the opening/closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, and clears the opening/closing execution mode flag when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S502 it determines whether the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing in steps S503 to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game cycle progressing process in steps S506 to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game cycle in steps S503 to S505 will be described.
In step S503, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb, and these numbers of reservations is equal to or less than "0". When the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is equal to or less than "0", it ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S504, the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area A data setting process is executed for setting the pending information stored in Rb for completion of game rounds. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display, executes a variation start process for finishing the game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S504 and the variation start process in step S505 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reservation memory number RbN in the second result display section reservation area Rb set in step S204 of the operation port winning process is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0", it executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", data setting processing for the second result display section of steps S607 to S611 is executed.

In this way, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section for completing the game cycle, and the data setting processing for the second result display section. and a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for completion of the game cycle.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display section. Execute the data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the operation to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is preferentially played regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball. Set for one digestion.

First, data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606 will be described.
In step S602, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start pending storage number RaN in the first result display portion pending area Ra to update the value.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display portion pending area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S604, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information in the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the pending information in the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the pending information in the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra1. Shift to area Ra3.

At step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display flag stored in the RAM 64. FIG. This second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which main display section 45, out of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b, starts the variable display when completing a game round. is. In this step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the variable display is made on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. (first variable display).

In step S606, the MPU 62 sets a first shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set first shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. exit. This command at the time of the first shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first holding lamp portion 49 a based on the command for the first shift transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the first reservation lamp portion 49a as the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36 decreases.

Next, data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in the second result display portion pending area Rb to update it.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display portion pending area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the pending information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, shifts the pending information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

At step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. FIG. In this step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the second result display section 45b displays a variable display based on the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37. (second variable display).

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set second shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. exit. This command at the time of the second shift emits a sound to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display section has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp portion 49b based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the second reservation lamp portion 49b as the number of reserved game balls that have entered the lower opening 37 decreases.

In the following description, the first shift command and the second shift command are also referred to as pending shift commands.

FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S718 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S702, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 7A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 7(b)) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S703. read out.

After executing the process of step S702 or step S703, the MPU 62 executes the suitability determination process in step S704. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success/failure table read out in step S702 or step S703 to obtain the result of the success/failure lottery (result of success/failure). judge. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S705, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is "big hit". If the MPU 62 determines in step S705 that the win/loss result is "jackpot winning", it executes the processing from step S706 onwards. , the processing after step S712 is executed.

First, in step S705, the processing (processing after step S706) when the MPU 62 determines that the winning result is "big hit winning" will be described.
In step S706, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display flag is set in the RAM 64. FIG.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 starts the variable display. Therefore, in step S707, the first distribution table (see FIG. 8A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63. FIG.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower opening 37 , the second sorting table (see FIG. 8B) is read from the sorting table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S708.

After performing the process of step S707 or step S708, MPU62 performs a distribution determination process in step S709. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read out in step S707 or step S708 to determine the result of the distribution lottery ( distribution result).

In step S710, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the jackpot result. In this stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines in step S709 the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45. A decision is made according to the sorting result, and the decided information is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 compares the allocation result determined in step S709 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63, and determines the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. Determine relevant information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the mode of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 so as to be different for each sorting result.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a flag in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result determined in step S709. Specifically, when the MPU 62 specifies that the distribution result is the "non-explicit small round high-probability result", the MPU 62 sets the non-explicit small-round high-probability result flag and sets the "explicit small round high-probability result , the explicit few-round high-probability result flag is set, and when the ``most favorable result'' is identified, the most favorable result flag is set. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S716.
In addition, in each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, the process (process after step S712) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/loss result is not the "big hit win" in step S705 will be described.
In step S712, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is the "special losing result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S712 that the win/loss result is the "special failure result", it executes the processing from step S713 onwards, and if it determines that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" in step S712. , the process after step S715 is executed.

In step S713, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the special outlier result. In this stop result setting process for the special outlier result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 by referring to the stop result table for the special loss result stored in advance in the ROM 63 . The mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the special winning result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the big win result.
At step S714, the MPU 62 sets a special out flag in the RAM 64. FIG.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning result is the "special losing result" by referring to this special losing flag.

On the other hand, in step S715, the MPU 62 executes the stop result setting process for the normal deviation result. In this stop result setting process for the out-of-normal result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal outlier result stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 . The mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the normal losing result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the jackpot result and the stopping result table for the special losing result.

After executing any of the processes of steps S711, S714, and S715, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting the display duration (display duration) in step S716.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 .

In addition, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the symbol display device 47 will display the ready-to-win state. Specifically, when the distribution result determined in step S709 is the "most favorable result", and the success/failure result determined in step S704 is the "normal outlier result", the reach generation lottery When winning, it is determined that the ready-to-win display occurs. In addition, as described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Run a reach generation lottery.

When determining that the reach display occurs, the MPU 62 refers to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63 d of the ROM 63, so that the fluctuation type counter obtained from the fluctuation type counter buffer A display continuation time corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .
On the other hand, when it is determined that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63. A display continuation time corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS acquired from the buffer is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM64.

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shortened as the pending number increases. Therefore, the display continuation time for consuming the pending information related to the upper working port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of pending items related to the upper working port 36 increases. Further, the display duration time when the pending information related to the lower working port 37 is consumed is set to be shorter as the number of pending items related to the lower working port 37 increases. Further, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high-frequency support mode than when it is the low-frequency support mode. In other words, if the pending number is the same, the display duration time in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

In addition, the reach non-occurrence display duration table may be set to a relationship opposite to the above-described relationship, such as increasing the display duration as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and support mode It may be configured so that it does not fluctuate. Alternatively, the display duration table may be set individually for each of the win/fail result and the sorting result.

In step S717, the MPU 62 sets the variation command and the type command. In step S301 of normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for variation and the type command set in step S717 to the sound emission control device 90. FIG.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

The variation command includes information related to display duration. Also, the variation command does not include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table are mutually different.
Therefore, even if the variation command does not include the information on whether or not the ready-to-win display occurs, the ready-to-win display is performed by the sound emission control device 90, which is the sub-side control device, based on the information on the display duration time. It is possible to determine whether or not it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the variation command indirectly includes information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur. Note that the variation command may directly include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.

In addition, the variation command includes information on the lottery mode (low-probability mode or high-probability mode) and information on the support mode (low-frequency support mode or high-frequency support mode). Further, the variable command is variable display information for specifying which of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display when completing a game round. (first variable representation or second variable representation).

The type command includes information regarding the win/fail result. In other words, the type command includes each piece of information related to "big win win", "special loss result", and "normal loss result" as information related to win/fail results. Also, the type command includes information related to the sorting result. In other words, the type command includes each piece of information related to the "non-explicit few rounds high probability result", "explicit few rounds high probability result", and "best result" as information related to the sorting result.
In the following description, the win/fail result and the sorting result are collectively referred to as the game result. In other words, the type command includes information on the game result.

In step S718, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display section 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. After that, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first Since it indicates that the result display section 45a is to start the variable display, the first result display section 45a is caused to start the variable display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, the second Since it indicates that the result display section 45b is to start the variable display, the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progressing process of steps S506 to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing for variable display. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display on the main display section 45 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, in step S508, the MPU 62 executes fluctuation end processing. In this fluctuation end processing, the MPU 62 stores the information (main (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45). Then, at the end of the game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during variable display (variation end execution processing). Note that the fluctuation end processing will be described later in detail.

Here, the pattern finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differs for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can confirm the game result by looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, the manager of the game hall can easily check whether or not the pachinko machine 10 behaves in the same manner as in the case of winning a lottery to generate a big win. can be done systematically.
The display area of the main display section 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game cycle, the player checks the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 instead of the main display unit 45 to determine whether or not the player has won the big win. Attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. The MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring reception of the variation end command.

Thus, in this embodiment, the MPU 62 notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pending information stored in the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb .
Further, as described above, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the upper operation opening Priority is given to the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to 36. It is generally set for digestion of game times. In other words, the MPU 62 puts the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb into the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra. The results of the internal lottery associated with the

<Electronic support processing>
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of processing for electric support.
In the electrician support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S809 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the character object display unit 46 is performing variable display, that is, whether or not an electric role game cycle is in progress.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the character object display unit 46 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S802 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the character object display unit 46 is performing the variable display, it executes the processing from step S806 onward.

First, the processing (processing after step S802) when it is determined in step S801 that the character object display unit 46 is not performing variable display will be described.
In step S802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 ends the electric support process without executing the processes after step S803. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the electric role game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 .

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S803, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the number RcN of pending electrical work is equal to or less than "0".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the number RcN of pending electric workers is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 terminates the electric worker support process without executing the processes after step S804.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the number RcN of the electrical work on hold is not equal to or less than "0", then in step S804, the MPU 62 sends the electrical work on hold information stored in the electrical work holding area 64c. An electric role data setting process is executed for setting for the completion of the role game times. After that, in step S805, the MPU 62 causes the character product display unit 46 to start a variable display, executes an electric role fluctuation start process for completing the electric role game round, and ends the electric role support process.
The electric power data setting process in step S804 and the electric power change start process in step S805 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric service data setting process.
In the electrical service data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S904 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the number RcN of the electrician pending in the electrician pending area 64c to update it.
In step S902, the MPU 62 moves the electrician pending information stored in the storage area of the electrician pending area 64c to the electrician execution area.
In step S903, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the electrician pending information stored in the storage area of the electrician pending area 64c. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the electrician pending information stored in each storage area of the electrician pending area 64c to the electrician execution area side.

In step S904, the MPU 62 sets an electrical shift time command for recognizing that the shift of the electrical work hold information has been executed, and transmits the set electrical work shift time command to the sound emission control device 90. The hand data setting process is terminated. This command at the time of shift of the electrician is executed to shift the electrician's reserved information stored in the storage area of the electrician's reserved area 64c based on the win of the game ball to each through gate 41. includes information for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize the .
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the third holding lamp portion 49c based on the electric duty shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the number of lights of the third reservation lamp portion 49c as the number of the game balls winning the through gate 41 is reduced.

FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric duty change start process.
In the electric power fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1010 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode by determining whether the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 . This high frequency support flag will be described later in detail.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1002, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electrical work for the low-frequency support mode is appropriate. The table (see FIG. 6A) is read out from the electrical work propriety table storage area 63c of the ROM 63, and if it is determined in step S1001 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, in step S1003, the high frequency support mode is selected. The electric work propriety table (see FIG. 6B) is read out from the electric work propriety table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. FIG.

After executing the process of step S1002 or step S1003, the MPU 62 executes the electric work propriety determination process in step S1004. In this electric role right/wrong determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the electric role product release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 with the electric role right/wrong table read in step S1002 or step S1003. , Determine the result of the electric role open lottery (electric role right or wrong result).
In addition, as described above, the result of the success or failure of the electric call is either "won the electric call open" or "result of the unreleased electric call". The same is true for

In step S1005, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of winning the electric role determined in step S1004 is "open winning".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the electric role win/fail result is "electric role open winning", in step S1006, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for electric role open winning. In this stop result setting process for electric role open winning, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for electric role open winning stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 .

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the result of winning the electric role is not "winning the electric role open" (if it determines that the result is "unable to open the electric role"), in step S1007, Execute the stop result setting process for the result of disconnection of electric power. In this stop result setting process for the electric role release result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the result of unlocked electric power stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 .

After executing the process of step S1006 or step S1007, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the electric role display duration (electric role display duration) in step S1008.
In the processing for setting the electric duty display duration time, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high-frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 refers to the high-frequency support mode electric duty display duration table stored in the ROM 63 to determine the electric duty display duration. , the determined electric duty display duration time is set in an electric duty display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (when it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), The electric combination display duration time is determined by referring to the winning combination display duration table, and the determined electric combination display duration time is set in the electric combination display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .

Here, the electric duty display duration table for the high-frequency support mode is set so that the electric duty display duration time is shorter than the electric duty display duration table for the low-frequency support mode. In other words, the duration of the electric role display in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
Also, the telephone display duration determined by referring to the telephone display duration table for the high-frequency support mode is determined by referring to the telephone display duration table for the low-frequency support mode. It is different from the combination display duration time.
It should be noted that the electric role display continuation time may be configured so as not to vary according to the support mode. Further, the electric role display duration table for the high frequency support mode and the electric duty display duration table for the low frequency support mode may be the same.

In step S1009, the MPU 62 sets a power change command. This electric role change command includes information related to the electric role display duration time. The MPU 62 transmits the electric role change command set in step S1009 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the electric role change command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S1010, the MPU 62 causes the character object display section 46 to start variable display.
After that, the MPU 62 ends the power fluctuation start process.

Returning to the description of the electric support process, the processes after step S806 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the character object display unit 46 is in the process of changing display. to run.

In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electric duty display continuation time set in step S1008 of the electric duty change start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the electric role display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. It should be noted that the value of the electric role display continuation time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt processing is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the electric role display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S807, the MPU 62 executes an electric role change display process. In this electric role variable display processing, the MPU 62 updates the display of the character object display section 46 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the electronic support process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the electric duty display continuation time has passed, in step S808, the MPU 62 executes the electric duty fluctuation ending process. In this electric role variation ending process, the MPU 62 stores the information (the role item (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 46). Then, at the end of the electric role game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character object display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the character object display unit 46 during variable display ( power fluctuation end execution processing). Note that the electric duty fluctuation ending process will be described later in detail.

In step S809, the MPU 62 sets an electric duty change end command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the electric role change end command set in step S809 to the sound emission control device 90. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the electronic support process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process for ending the effect of the electric role game round based on the electric role variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured so as to independently end the effect of the electric role game round without requiring reception of the electric role variation end command.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1114 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the opening/closing execution mode is not in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1102.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the open/close execution mode is in progress, it executes the processing from step S1111.

First, the processing (processing after step S1102) when it is determined in step S1101 that the MPU 62 is not in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
In step S1102, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display section 45 has ended. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that the variable display on the main display section 45 has not ended, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that the variable display on the main display section 45 has ended, it determines in step S1103 whether the win/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. determine whether Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is "big win winning" or "special losing result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets an opening/closing execution mode flag in the RAM 64, and then executes the processing from step S1104.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the win/fail result does not correspond to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode (if it determines that the win/fail result is the "normal deviation result"), the game Terminate state transition processing.

In step S1104, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1104 that the win/loss result is the "special loss result", in step S1105 the MPU 62 sets "2" to the open/close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG. This open/close counter SOC is a counter for specifying the total number of times the MPU 62 opens and closes the big winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1104 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", that is, if it determines that the win/loss result is "jackpot", in step S1106, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the result of allocation is a small round high probability result, in step S1107 the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 is set to "2". Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the distribution result is not a high-probability result for a small number of rounds, that is, when it determines that the distribution result is the "best result", in step S1108, the round counter RC is set to "4". This round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of opening/closing execution modes with mutually different end conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as opening/closing execution modes, a number-of-rounds stipulation mode that shifts to when the win/fail result is a "jackpot win", and an opening/closing number mode to shift to when the win/fail result is a "special losing result". and a prescribed mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on the condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The opening/closing number regulation mode ends under the condition that the large winning hole 38a has been opened and closed a predetermined total number of times, or that a predetermined number of game balls have won the large winning hole 38a. Here, the total number of openings and closings of the big winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening/closing counter SOC. This opening/closing number regulation mode does not end under the condition of the number of executions of the round game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a once per round game. Also, one round game continues until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) A predetermined upper limit duration time (upper limit duration) elapses (2) The total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number

After executing any one of steps S1105, S1107, and S1108, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 as waiting time (waiting period) for opening in step S1109. Set "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the win/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time for opening to the timer counter T regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this. For example, it may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different depending on the type of game result, such as when the game result is the "best result" and when the game result is other than this. It is good also as a structure which makes it different.

At step S1110, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process. This opening command includes information on the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. The MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S1110 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 recognizes the transition to the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, processing (processing after step S1111) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the open/close execution mode is in progress will be described.
In step S1111, the MPU 62 executes a big winning opening opening/closing process.

FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process.
In the big winning opening opening/closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1224 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the big winning opening 38a is open.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the large winning opening 38a is not open, it executes the processing from step S1202.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the big winning opening 38a is open, it executes the processing from step S1206.

First, in step S1201, the processing (processing after step S1202) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is not open will be described.
In step S1202, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1202 that both the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1202 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 starts the timer counter T in step S1203. Determines whether the value is less than or equal to "0".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1203 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1203 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", in step S1204, it executes a special winning opening opening process.
The special winning opening opening process of step S1204 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process.
In the big winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1307 as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", in step S1302, the MPU 62 sets "8" to the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64, and At S1303, the timer counter T is set to "85". As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", in step S1304, it sets the winning counter PC to "8", and in step S1305, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the result of allocation is the small round high probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "85" in step S1303.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the allocation result is not the small round high probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "15000" in step S1306. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

After executing the processing of step S1303 or step S1306, the MPU 62 executes processing for opening the big winning opening in step S1307. In this process for executing the opening of the big winning opening, the MPU 62 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1302 or step S1304 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a.
Also, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1303 or step S1306 defines the upper limit duration time from when the open/close door 38b is set to the open state to when it is set to the closed state again. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit duration time with different lengths by setting the timer counter T to "85" or "15000", as described above. Specifically, the MPU 62 has a long-time mode (long-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 30 sec, and a short-time mode (short-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long-time mode. aspect).

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls to the big winning opening 38a to eight by setting the winning counter PC to "8".
Therefore, the upper limit duration of the long time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls, so the upper limit of 8 game balls is easy to win in the big prize opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the shooting cycle of the game balls. (shorter than the cycle), it is difficult to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to win about one game ball into the big winning hole 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the big winning opening opening/closing process, the processes after step S1205 will be explained with reference to FIG.
MPU62 sets an opening command in step S1205, after performing the big winning a prize opening opening process of step S1204. In addition, the MPU 62 transmits the open command set in step S1205 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
Based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the open state, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1206) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is being opened in step S1201 will be described.
In step S1206, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuation time set in the timer counter T in step S1303 or step S1306 of the big winning opening opening process has elapsed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S1207.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S1218.

First, processing (processing after step S1207) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S1207, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize has been awarded to the large prize winning opening 38a. It should be noted that the determination as to whether or not a prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a is executed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the large winning opening 38a.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1207 that no prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1207 that a prize has been awarded to the big prize opening 38a, in step S1208, the value of the prize counter PC is updated by subtracting 1 from it.

In step S1209, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1209 that the value of the winning counter PC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1209 that the value of the winning counter PC is equal to or less than "0", in step S1210 the closing execution process is executed. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open/close door 38b to the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c.

In step S1211, the MPU 62 sets a closing command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S1211 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Based on the closing command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the closed state, and executes predetermined processing.

In step S1212, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special losing result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1212 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1223, which will be described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1212 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S1213.
In step S1213, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1214, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1214 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it sets the value of the timer counter T to "500" in step S1215. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1215 is the open standby time from when the open/close door 38b is set to the open state to the closed state until the open/close door 38b is set to the open state again. stipulates the time. In addition, in this embodiment, the release waiting time is 1 sec. This opening standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1214 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S1216.
In step S1216, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T to "2000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for ending. As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the ending is 4 seconds. Note that the waiting time for the ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for the ending is the same regardless of the type of game result, like the waiting time for the opening. That is, the waiting time for this ending is the same regardless of the type of opening/closing execution mode.
The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this, and for example, it may be configured to be subtly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the ending is greatly different depending on the type of game result, such as when the game result is the "best result" and when it is a game result other than this. It is good also as a structure which makes it different.

In step S1217, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. The MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S1217 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the opening/closing execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1218) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less will be described.
In step S1218, the MPU 62 executes closing execution processing in the same manner as in step S1210 described above.
In step S1219, the MPU 62 sets a closing command as in step S1211 described above.

In step S1220, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1220 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", that is, if it determines that the win/loss result is the "big win", it executes the processing from step S1221 onwards.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1220 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S1223 onwards.

First, the process (process after step S1221) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result" in step S1220 will be described.
In step S1221, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1222, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1222 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes after step S1215 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1222 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the above-described processing from S1216 onward.

Next, processing (processing after step S1223) when the MPU 62 determines that the win/fail result is the “special losing result” in step S1212 or step S1220 will be described.
In step S1223, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the open/close counter SOC to update it.

In step S1224, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1224 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1215 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1224 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes from S1216 onward.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S1112 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the big winning opening opening/closing process in step S1111, the MPU 62 checks whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less in step S1112. judge.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that both the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are less than or equal to "0", in step S1113 the value of the timer counter T becomes " 0” or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1113 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1113 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, in step S1114, after clearing the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64, Execute transition processing when opening/closing execution mode ends.
After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process.
The transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends will be described in detail below.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.
In the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1406 as shown in FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game result is a "special loss result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the game result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 terminates the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends without executing the processing after step S1402.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the game result is not the "special loss result" (when it determines that the game result is a "jackpot win"), in step S1402, the MPU 62 stores the 2 Determine whether the result display section flag is set.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S1402, the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 starts the variable display. Therefore, the first support mode setting process in step S1403 is executed. This first support mode setting process is a process of setting the support mode to the low-frequency support mode or the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode, which has shifted to the upper working port 36 as a trigger for winning a prize, is ended.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S1402, the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower opening 37 , the second support mode setting process of step S1404 is executed. This second support mode setting process is a process of setting the support mode to the low-frequency support mode or the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode, which has shifted to the lower opening 37 with the winning of a game ball as a trigger, ends.
The first support mode setting process in step S1403 and the second support mode setting process in step S1404 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the first support mode setting process.
In the first support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1512 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the win/fail lottery mode is the high probability mode, it executes the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1507, and in step S1501 the win/fail lottery mode is selected. is not the high-probability mode, a first support mode setting process for the low-probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 is executed.

First, the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1507 will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1503. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In step S1504, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1505 the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1506, the MPU 62 sets "1" to the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG.
In step S1507, the MPU 62 sets a short-term high-frequency support mode command. The MPU 62 transmits the short-term high-frequency support mode command set in step S1507 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1504 or the process of step S1507, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

Next, the first support mode setting processing for the low probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1509. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1510, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1511, the data stored in the RAM 64 clear the high-frequency support flag. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
At step S1512, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

After executing the process of step S1510 or the process of step S1512, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the second support mode setting process.
In the second support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1601 to S1611 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1601 that the win/fail lottery mode is the high probability mode, it executes the second support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1602 to S1606, and in step S1601 the win/fail lottery mode is selected. is not the high-probability mode, a second support mode setting process for the low-probability mode of steps S1607 to S1611 is executed.

First, the second support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1602 to S1606 will be described.
In step S1602, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1603. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1604, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1605 the data stored in the RAM 64 clear the high-frequency support flag. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In step S1606, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

After executing the process of step S1604 or the process of step S1606, the MPU 62 ends the second support mode setting process.

Next, the second support mode setting process for the low probability mode in steps S1607 to S1611 will be described.
In step S1607, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1607 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, it sets a high-frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1608. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1609, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1607 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1610 the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1611, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

After executing the process of step S1609 or the process of step S1611, the MPU 62 ends the second support mode setting process.

FIG. 25 shows the value of the number-of-games counter set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process. Specifically, FIG. 25 shows the first variable display and the second variable display that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode at the time of transition to the opening/closing execution mode, and the first support mode. It is a figure which shows the relationship with the value of the number-of-games counter RTC which is set in the mode setting process or the second support mode setting process.

The value of the number-of-games counter RTC that is set in the first support mode setting process (the process in the case of shifting to the open/close execution mode triggered by the winning of a game ball into the upper operating port 36) is shown in the left column of FIG. In addition, it differs depending on the combination of the lottery mode and the support mode.
In the case of the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is 34 times.
In the case of the combination of the high-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is one.
In the case of combinations other than these, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC becomes zero. In this case, since the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared, the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode.

In addition, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC set in the second support mode setting process (the process when shifting to the open/close execution mode triggered by the winning of the game ball into the lower opening 37) is shown in the right column of FIG. As shown, it differs depending on the combination of the lottery mode and the support mode.
In the case of the combination of the high-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is 0 times. In this case, since the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared, the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode.
In the case of combinations other than these, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is 34 times.

Here, the high-frequency support mode continues until one game or 34 games, which is the end reference number set in the game counter RTC, is completed. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag when one or 34 games have been completed. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In the following description, the high-frequency support mode that continues until one game round, which is the end reference number set in the number-of-games counter RTC, is completed is also referred to as a short-term high-frequency support mode, and is set in the number-of-games counter RTC. The high-frequency support mode that continues until 34 game rounds, which is the end reference number of times, is completed is also referred to as a long-term high-frequency support mode.

The MPU 62 executes these processes in the above-described electric power fluctuation end process of step S808. Note that the electric power fluctuation end processing in step S808 will be described later in detail.

Returning to the description of the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends, the processing after step S1405 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the first support mode setting process in step S1403 or the second support mode setting process in step S1404, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64 in step S1405. The MPU 62 maintains the high-probability mode flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64 . As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
In step S1406, the MPU 62 sets "3" to the value of the highly accurate counter STC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

When ending the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the flags (the non-explicit small round high-probability result flag, the explicit small-round high-probability result flag, and Most advantageous result flag) and special outlier flag are cleared. Further, in step S701 of the fluctuation start process described above, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64, thereby determining whether or not the win/loss lottery mode is the high probability mode. there is

Here, the high-probability mode continues until three game rounds, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability counter STC, are completed. The MPU 62 clears the high-probability mode flag when three games have been played. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the low probability mode.
The MPU 62 executes these processes in the fluctuation end process of step S508 described above. The fluctuation end processing in step S508 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation ending process.
In the fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1701 to S1709 as shown in FIG.
In step S1701, the MPU 62 stores information (main display unit 45, the information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed) is specified. Then, at the end of the game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during the variable display (variation end execution processing).

In step S1702, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1702 that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes the processes from step S1706.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1702 that the win/fail lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S1703, the high probability number set in step S1406 of the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode The value of the counter STC is decremented by 1 and updated. Here, the variation command set in step S717 described above includes the value of the high-accuracy number counter STC.
In step S1704, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the highly accurate number counter STC is "0" or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1704 that the high-accuracy number counter STC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing after step S1706.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1704 that the high probability counter STC is "0" or less, it clears the high probability mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1705. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the low probability mode.

In this way, when a "big win" is won in the winning lottery, the game state shifts to the high probability mode after the opening/closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends, regardless of the current game state. . The high-probability mode continues until three game rounds, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability counter STC, are completed.
Further, when the winning lottery does not result in a "big hit", that is, when the winning result in the winning lottery is a "special losing result" or "ordinary losing result", the game state does not shift.

After executing the processing of step S1705, if it is determined that the winning lottery mode is not the high probability mode in step S1702, or if it is determined that the highly accurate number counter STC is not "0" or less in step S1704, the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the MPU 62 terminates the fluctuation without executing the processing after step S1707. End the process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, in step S1707, the game set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process The value of the number counter RTC is decremented by 1 and updated. Here, the variation command set in step S717 described above includes the value of the number-of-games counter RTC.

In step S1708, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the number-of-games counter RTC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1708 that the number-of-games counter RTC is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the fluctuation end processing without executing the processing after step S1709.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1708 that the number-of-games counter RTC is "0" or less, it clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1709. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the fluctuation end processing.

In this way, when the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 as a result of a "jackpot win" in the winning lottery, the game state is the open/close execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) regardless of the current game state. After completion, transition to high-frequency support mode. The high-frequency support mode continues until one game or 34 games, which is the end reference number set in the game counter RTC, is completed.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the transition process and the variation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode function as game state switching means for switching between the low probability mode and the high probability mode.
Specifically, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are performed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger is won. Switching to high probability mode.
Further, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed by determining the number of pieces of pending information (4 in this embodiment) stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb after switching to the high probability mode. Switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode is triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three in this embodiment) of pending information.

In this embodiment, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are executed as a result of the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. When switching to the high-probability mode, and switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (3 in this embodiment) of the pending information, but other than these You may switch a low-probability mode and a high-probability mode based on the conditions of. In short, the game state switching means should switch between the first game state and the second game state.

Further, in the present embodiment, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed by temporarily switching the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after switching to the high-probability mode. It also functions as state switching means.

Further, in the present embodiment, the main controller 60 performs opening and closing advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working opening 36 and the lower working opening 37. It functions as game state transition means for shifting the game state from the normal control state (low probability mode and high probability mode) to the mode.

FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric duty fluctuation ending process.
In the electric duty change ending process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1801 to S1805 as shown in FIG.
In step S1801, the information (final (information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed). Then, at the end of the electric role game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character object display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the character object display unit 46 during variable display ( power fluctuation end execution processing).

In step S1802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of winning the electric role is "Electrical role open winning".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is not "electric role open winning", it ends the electric role change ending process without executing the processes after step S1803.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is "Electric role open winning", in step S1803 it determines whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode. do.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S1804, the MPU 62 executes high-frequency electric power opening execution processing. In the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1805, the MPU 62 Execute the role release execution process. In the low-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product drive unit 37b.
After executing the high-frequency electric power opening execution process in step S1804 or the low-frequency power electric power opening execution process in step S1805, the MPU 62 ends the electric power fluctuation ending process.

Here, in the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, when the electric accessory opening lottery is won, the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state is greater than in the low-frequency electric role opening execution process. , the opening time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is also longer. In addition, in the high-frequency power supply opening execution process, the closed time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one power supply open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. ing.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

<Electrical Configuration of Audio Light Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 28, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc., as well as the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires power supply from the outside to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to various lamp units 23 , 49 a to 49 c , speaker unit 24 and display control device 100 .
The MPU 92 executes driving control of various lamp units 23 , 49 a to 49 c and the speaker unit 24 based on commands transmitted from the main control device 60 .
Also, the MPU 92 transmits commands resulting from analysis of these commands to the display control device 100 . The sound emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of a signal line.

The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101 , an MPU 102 , a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102 , a video display processor (VDP) 105 , a character ROM 106 and a video RAM 107 . Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which, in addition to the program ROM 103 and work RAM 104, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and the like are combined into a chip. MPU 102 , VDP 105 , character ROM 106 and video RAM 107 are mounted on display control board 101 .

The MPU 102 analyzes the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on this command to control the VDP 105 . Specifically, MPU 102 controls VDP 105 by generating commands for VDP 105 .

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside for holding stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the program ROM 103. The work RAM 104 is a volatile memory that requires power supply from the outside to hold the stored information. It is a memory means.

The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the pattern display device 47 . Since the VDP 105 is made into an IC chip, it is also called a "drawing chip", and its substance should be called a microcomputer chip containing firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102 and stores the image data in the video RAM 107 .

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as designs displayed on the design display device 47 . The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various patterns, a color palette table and the like that are referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 47 , and the display contents of the pattern display device 47 are changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 107 .

<Regarding Timer Interrupt Processing Executed by Sound Emission Control Device 90>
FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S2001 to S2005 as shown in FIG.

In step S2001, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62 , it stores the command in the RAM 94 . Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62 , and the MPU 92 stores the commands in the ring buffer according to the order received from the MPU 62 . The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in the order in which they are stored in the ring buffer.

In step S2002, the MPU 92 executes effect determination processing based on the command received from the MPU 62. FIG. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines the effect for the game cycle, the effect for the open/close execution mode, and the like.
In step S2003, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the content of the effect determination process in step S2002. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and 49a to 49c, and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24. FIG.

In step S<b>2004 , the MPU 92 executes demonstration display execution processing based on the demonstration command received from the MPU 62 . In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 30 sec) for the start of the demonstration elapses without a new game cycle being started after the game cycle ends. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 .

In step S2005, command transmission processing for transmitting the command set in the effect determination processing in step S2002 to the display control device 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100 , and transmits various commands to the display control device 100 . , the command is transmitted to the display control device 100 .
After that, the MPU 92 terminates the timer interrupt processing.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the opening/closing execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2116 as shown in FIG.

In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that each command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S2109 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that each command has been received, in step S2102 it determines whether the game result is the "best result" based on the content of the type command. determine whether

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the game result is the "best result", in step S2103, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing corresponding to the type of game result. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the MPU 92 determines the combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Determine information. The numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the game result is not the "best result", in step S2104, the game result is the "normal result" based on the content of the type command. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the game result is not the "normal result", that is, the game result is "special result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result". If it is either, in step S2105, common symbol determination processing is executed. In this common symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a combination of special symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a special combination of symbols having different numbers (for example, "3.4.1") is determined. It should be noted that this special symbol combination is the same regardless of the type of game result.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the game result is the "normal failure result", in step S2106, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing for normal failure. In this normal out-of-symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display will occur, the MPU 92 determines information relating to the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. It should be noted that the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display is randomly determined by a lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display does not occur, the MPU 92 provides information relating to a combination of symbols different from the above-described combination of symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a combination of symbols different from any of the combination of symbols having the same number, the special combination of symbols, and the combination of symbols in the ready-to-win display by lottery or the like.

After executing any one of steps S2103, S2105, and S2106, the MPU 92 executes a production pattern determination process in step S2107. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table pre-stored in the ROM 93 . Specifically, the MPU 92 selects an effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect as the effect pattern. In step S2107, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice display.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the selected effect pattern.
The effect pattern determination process in step S2107 will be described in detail below.

<Production Pattern Decision Processing>
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the effect pattern determination process.
In the effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2201 to S2212 as shown in FIG.
In step S2201, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high-probability mode based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2201 that the winning/failure lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S2202 it determines whether or not a high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 . This high-probability suggestion flag is a flag for specifying whether or not to suggest to the player that the high-probability mode is set. The MPU 92 sets a high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94 when the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode is the "best result" or the "high-probability result of the low-explicit round." Round High Probability Result" is cleared, the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 is cleared. Processing for setting or clearing the high probability suggestion flag will be described later.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2202 that the high-probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2203, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number of times notification determination processing. In this high-precision number-of-times notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines notification of the value of the high-precision number-of-times counter STC based on the content of the variation command.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2202 that the high probability suggestion flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2204, the support mode is changed to the high frequency support mode based on the content of the variation command. It is determined whether or not.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2204 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S2205, after setting the high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 described above is performed. Run.
In this way, even if the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode is the "non-explicit small round high probability result", if the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 92 , sets a high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94, and executes the high-probability-number-of-reports determination process in step S2203.

MPU92, after executing the high probability number of times notification determination processing of step S2203, when it is determined that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode in step S2201 (when it is determined to be the low probability mode), or in step S2204 If it is determined that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode, it is determined in step S2206 whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2206 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S2207, the MPU 92 executes game count notification determination processing.
In this number-of-games notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines notification of the value of the number-of-games counter RTC based on the content of the variation command.
After executing the number-of-games notification determination process in step S2207, or when determining that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S2206 (when determining that it is the low frequency support mode), the MPU 92 performs step S2208. , it is determined whether or not the variable display information is the second variable display.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2208 that the variable display information is the second variable display, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2209.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2208 that the variable display information is not the second variable display (determines that it is the first variable display), it executes the processing from step S2212.

In step S2209, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode is set.
The MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode is set by referring to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 is received. Read and clear high frequency support mode command. Also, the MPU 92 clears the short-term high-frequency support mode flag when the short-term high-frequency support mode ends.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that the mode is the short-term high-frequency support mode, in step S2210, the MPU 92 executes special game state notification determination processing. In this special game state notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines the notification of the special game state. This special game state will be described later in detail.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that it is not the short-term high-frequency support mode, in step S2211 it determines whether the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is the low-frequency support mode. determine whether or not

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2211 that the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is the low-frequency support mode, the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process of step S2210 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2211 that the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is not the low-frequency support mode, it executes the processing from step S2212.
In this way, when the MPU 92 determines that the variable display information is the second variable display in step S2208 during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode or during stay in the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode, step A special game state notification determination process of S2210 is executed.

After executing the special game state notification determination process of step S2210, the MPU 92 determines that the variation display information is not the second variation display in step S2208 (if it determines that it is the first variation display), or step S2211. If it is determined that the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is not the low-frequency support mode, reach display setting processing is executed in step S2212.
In this ready-to-win display setting process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate a ready-to-win display, and if it determines to generate a ready-to-win display, sets the type of ready-to-win display, effect duration, and the like.
Thereafter, the MPU 92 terminates the effect pattern determination process.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the processes after step S2108 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2108, the MPU 92, the value of the high probability number counter STC, the value of the game number counter RTC, and the fluctuation start command including information related to the special game state, step S2103, step S2105, and any of the processing of step S2106 Set a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in . Then, the MPU 92 stores the variation start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. FIG. These fluctuation start command and stop result command are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 retrieves from the program ROM 103 a data table for starting the variable display and displaying the stop result on the pattern display device 47 based on the variable start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92 . read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the effective line L after starting the variable display.

After executing the processing of step S2108, or when determining in step S2101 that the command for variation and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes processing from step S2109 onward.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2109 that the opening command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S2116.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2109 that an opening command has been received, in step S2110 it determines the type of game result based on the content of the opening command.

In step S2111, the MPU 92 executes determination processing of the effect for the opening/closing execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S2110. In the processing for determining the effect for the opening/closing execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the game result is the "special loss result" or the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the opening/closing execution mode effect is determined. Effect A is selected as the effect. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "best result", the MPU 92 selects the effect C as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.
The duration of the effects A and B corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short period of time in the open/close execution mode. Also, the duration of the effect C corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode in the opening and closing execution mode.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the selection result of the effects A to C.

In step S2112, the MPU 92 sets an opening/closing execution mode command including information relating to the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected in step S2111. Then, the MPU 92 stores the open/close execution mode command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94 . This opening/closing execution mode command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the opening/closing execution mode effect on the pattern display device 47 based on the opening/closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 executes an effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 .

In step S2113, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result is the "highest advantage result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" based on the content of the opening command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the game result is the "highest advantage result" or the "high-probability result for a small number of explicit rounds", the MPU 92 sets a high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94 in step S2114.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit few rounds high probability result" (if the game result is the "non-explicit few rounds high probability result" If determined), the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 is cleared in step S2115.

After executing the processing of step S2114 or step S2115, or when determining that the opening command has not been received in step S2109, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2116 and subsequent steps.
In step S2116, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes processes for advancing the effects for the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command, closing command, and ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, for example. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the effect determination process.

<Regarding the relationship between game results and game status>
The relationship between game results and game states based on the execution of various processes will be described below.
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the relationship between game results and game states. Specifically, FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game results excluding the "normal failure result" and the game states, etc., in which the game results are arranged in the column direction and the game states, etc. are arranged in the row direction.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. It has distribution results of "Few Rounds High Probability Results" and "Most Favorable Results".

As shown in the second column of the table in FIG. 32, the "special losing result" is the game result selected when the "big win" is not won in the winning lottery (symbol x in the figure). Also, the sorting result is the game result selected when "big hit" is won in the winning lottery (symbol ◯ in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game results other than the "normal result" and the game state will be described. In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state as follows. The contents of the game state and the like are arbitrary.

In the case of the "special failure result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the opening/closing number regulation mode instead of the round number regulation mode, and the opening/closing of the big winning hole 38a is executed twice in a short period of time. Also, in the "special losing result", the lottery mode does not shift.
In the "unspecified small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be done. In addition, in the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
In this way, the "special loss result" and the "non-explicit small round high probability result" are different in the type of opening and closing execution mode, but are common in that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. is doing.

In addition, in the "special failure result" and "non-explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is effect A. Furthermore, in the "non-explicit small round high probability result", since the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 in step S2115 is cleared, the symbol display device 47 displays the high probability No image is displayed on the display screen G to clearly indicate that the mode is the stochastic mode.

Therefore, the player cannot grasp whether the game result is the "special failure result" or the "non-explicit few round high probability result" by checking the stop result or the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Can not. In other words, even when the distribution lottery results in the "non-explicit small round high probability result" and shifts to the high probability mode, the symbol display device 47 does not perform the winning lottery in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends. Disguise as if the mode has not changed.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction as to whether or not the win/fail lottery mode has shifted to the high-probability mode.
In addition, in the "high frequency support mode", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2205, when the distribution lottery becomes "non-explicit small round high probability result" and shifts to the high probability mode Even so, the player can exceptionally grasp that the win/fail lottery mode has shifted to the high-probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the open/close execution mode is effect B. Furthermore, in the "express small round high probability result", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2114, the symbol display device 47 is in the high probability mode in the game round after the opening and closing execution mode ends. An image clearly indicating that is displayed on the display screen G.
Therefore, the player can understand that the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" by confirming the stop result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

In the "most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode. In addition, in the "most advantageous result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. In addition, in the ``most advantageous result'', the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same number, the success/failure lottery mode shifts to a high probability mode, and the performance for the opening/closing execution mode is performance C.例文帳に追加
Furthermore, in the "most advantageous result", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2114, the symbol display device 47 clearly indicates that the high probability mode is set in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode is finished. The image to be displayed is displayed on the display screen G.
Therefore, the player can understand that the game result is the "best result" by checking the stop result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

As described above, the support mode is set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process based on the combination of the winning/failure lottery mode, the support mode, and the variable display information (Fig. 25).

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a flow chart at the time of shifting between the lottery mode and the support mode.
As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is operated when a "jackpot win" is achieved (see the solid line arrow in the figure) and when a prescribed number of games is completed without "jackpot win" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure). ) to shift the lottery mode and support mode.
FIG. 33 shows a lottery mode of a high probability mode (high probability) and a low probability mode (low probability), a support mode of a high frequency support mode (high frequency) and a low frequency support mode (low frequency), and a high probability mode (low probability). Blocks BL11 to BL17 show the number of game rounds for staying in the probability mode and the high-frequency support mode.

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp section, and the second suspension lamp section when shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. Specifically, FIG. 34A is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode are in effect. be. FIG. 34(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 34(A) results in "best result". FIG. 34(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 34(B). FIG. 34(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 34(C) results in "best result". FIG. 34(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 34(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. Note that in FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 35 shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp portion, and the second suspension at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is a figure which shows a lamp|ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 35(A) is a view showing the display screen G in the case where the first variation display of the first rotation after the shift to block BL13 results in "most advantageous result". FIG. 35(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the case of the high probability mode and low frequency support mode after FIG. 35(A). FIG. 35(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G when three game rounds have been completed without obtaining the "best result". FIG. 35(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the second variable display of FIG. 35(C) results in "best result". FIG. 35(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 35(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

FIG. 36 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp part, and the second It is a figure which shows a reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 36(A) is a view showing the display screen G when the first variable display of the first rotation after the transition to block BL13 does not result in the "best result". FIG. 36(B) is a view showing the display screen G when two rounds of the game are completed without the "best result". FIG. 36(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the second variable display of FIG. 36(B) results in "best result". FIG. 36(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 36(C).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a flowchart at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode when the first holding lamp section is not lit.
As shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 is operated when a "jackpot win" is achieved (see the solid line arrow in the figure) and when a prescribed number of game rounds is completed without "jackpot win" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure). ) to shift the lottery mode and support mode.
FIG. 37 shows a lottery mode of high probability mode (high probability) and low probability mode (low probability), support mode of high frequency support mode (high frequency) and low frequency support mode (low frequency), and high Blocks BL21 to BL26 show the number of game rounds for staying in the probability mode and the high-frequency support mode.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first reservation lamp section, and the second reservation lamp section at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the first reservation lamp section is not lit. Specifically, FIG. 38A is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and the low probability mode and low frequency support mode are in effect. be. FIG. 38(B) is a view showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 38(A) results in "best result". FIG. 38(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 38(B). FIG. 38(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 38(C) results in "best result". FIG. 38(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 38(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated upon power-on, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL21). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 38(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 38(A), the number of lighting of the 1st reservation lamp part 49a is 0 pieces.

In block BL21, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 38(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

Incidentally, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL21 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "most advantageous result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL21.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL22). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL22, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.
In addition, in FIG. 38(C), in the opening/closing execution mode of FIG. 38(B), since the game ball did not enter the upper operation opening 36, the number of lights of the first holding lamp portion 49a becomes 0. ing.

In block BL22, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 38(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL22. At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL22 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL21.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL23). In block BL23, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "one more chance time" under the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of rotations of games staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of rotations of games staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the number of games counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 38(E), during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode and in the opening/closing execution mode of FIG. The number of lighting of is 0. In addition, the maximum number of lights of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is four.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

MPU 102, in block BL23, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in the block BL23, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!"

FIG. 39 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winner lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first suspension lamp part, and the second suspension It is a figure which shows a lamp|ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 39(A) is a view showing the display screen G in the case where the second variable display of the first rotation after the shift to block BL23 results in "best result". FIG. 39B is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 39A.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 39. FIG.

In block BL23, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL24). In block BL24, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 39(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more spins during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, in the block BL24, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL24 again when "jackpot win" is obtained in the first variable display or the second variable display (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL24, the pachinko machine 10 completes 34 spins without a "jackpot winning" in the first variation display or the second variation display (see the dotted arrow in the figure). moves to block BL21.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL23 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
The winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode is 1/3.

FIG. 40 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp part, and the second It is a figure which shows a reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 40(A) is a view showing the display screen G when the second variable display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL23 does not result in the "best result". FIG. 40(B) is a view showing the display screen G when two rounds of the game are completed without the "best result". FIG. 40(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the second variable display of FIG. 40(B) results in "best result". FIG. 40(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 40(C).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 40. FIG.

In block BL23, if the second variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the pachinko machine 10 enters the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. (block BL25). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL25, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40(A), the MPU 102 displays "two more spins during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL26). MPU 102, in block BL26, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes special game state notification determination processing in step S2210 in the block BL26, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 40(B), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL22 again when "big hit" is won in block BL25 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL26, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL24). In block BL24, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of rotations of the game to stay in the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, in the block BL24, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL24 again when "jackpot win" is obtained in the first variable display or the second variable display (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL26, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL24, the first variation display or the second When the 34 rounds of the game are completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL21.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL26 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 38(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is the maximum four, so in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 40, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state of block BL26 unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the first holding lamp portion 49a is not lit, the game state transition processing is performed after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display part is won first, the game state is set to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player. function as the most advantageous game state transition means for transitioning.

Here, as described above, the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low-probability mode. The probability of winning increases when the result is reported (block BL25), and the probability of winning decreases when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode (block BL26). ). Also, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information is notified in the high probability mode, the winning probability increases (block BL23). According to this, the player most expects to win when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information in the high-probability mode.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The game state transition process is executed when a game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end process. The game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, the player expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information in the high probability mode, and then the remaining pending information in the low probability mode. If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the , you expect to win. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) The pachinko machine 10 selects the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb from the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra. Since the notification is given with priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with the information, regardless of whether the reservation information is stored in the first result display reservation area Ra, the second result display reservation area Rb The result of the internal lottery associated with a plurality of pieces of pending information stored in can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower working hole 37, so the pachinko machine 10 increases the player's attention to the game. can be improved.

(4) Since the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a higher probability of winning than the low-probability mode, when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pending information is notified in the high-probability mode, will be higher, and the odds of winning will be lower when the subsequent low probability mode announces the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) Since the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the player receives the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(6) Since the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path, the player can shoot the game ball on the same path, thereby You can enter the game ball in. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 allows the player to play comfortably.

(7) In the game state transition process, when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 is won, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and, based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and combinations with low-probability and high-probability modes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(8) When the first holding lamp portion 49a is not turned on, the game state transition processing is, after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, displaying the second result first. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb is won, or after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing , the game state is changed to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery result triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operating port 37. to migrate. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(9) When the first holding lamp portion 49a is not turned on, the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display portion after switching to the high probability mode. The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pieces of reservation information less than the number of the pieces of reservation information is notified. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of hold information from the second time onward in the high probability mode, the player expects not to win, and then in the low probability mode Winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is notified, or when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information is notified in the high probability mode. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Second embodiment]
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 41 is a front view of a game board according to the second embodiment of the invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has the first reservation lamp portion 49a. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the game board 31A differs from the first embodiment in that it does not include the first reservation lamp portion 49a.
In the description of the game board 31A, components having the same functions as those of the first embodiment, but having different shapes and arrangements are given the same reference numerals.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, an open/close door 38b for opening and closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening/closing door 38b. A variable winning drive unit 38c is provided.
The player hits to the right by maximizing the rotation amount of the shooting handle 27, and moves the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 avoiding the variable display unit 43 (right-handed route).

Here, the game board 31A has a first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the upper operating port 36 and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operating port 37, There is also a second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 37 and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加

Here, the game board 31A has a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. As shown in FIG. The cover 381 includes a transparent (or semi-transparent) portion 381a formed to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque portion 381a formed around the transparent portion 381a. and a portion 381b.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent portion 381a and the window portion 21. FIG.

The big winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to pass through in the front-rear direction by applying router processing. As described above, the big winning opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 40d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31A so as to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. The opening/closing door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31A, thereby closing the opening of the big winning opening 38a. It has an open state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is opened by being buried in 31A.
The variable winning driving unit 38c sets the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state by driving the opening/closing door 38b.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot win. When the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening/closing execution mode and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize.
The opening/closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state and a game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening/closing execution mode, after the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, it is called one round game until it is set to the closed state again.

The variable display unit 43 includes a pattern display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a pattern, which is one type of pattern. Also, the variable display unit 43 has a center frame 48 arranged so as to surround the pattern display device 47 . The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the falling of the game balls. It is configured.

The pattern display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display.
This symbol display device 47 starts the variable display of symbols based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 . That is, when the symbol display device 47 performs the variable display in the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 and when the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45 performs the variable display, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The pattern display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 48 includes a second holding lamp portion 49b provided in the lower right region of the pattern display device 47 and a third holding lamp portion 49c provided in the upper region of the pattern display device 47. .

The second reservation lamp part 49b is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The second holding lamp portion 49b can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display portion 45b and the symbol display device 47. FIG.
The third reservation lamp portion 49c is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the respective through gates 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The third holding lamp portion 49 c can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display portion 46 .
It should be noted that the holding lamp portions 49b and 49c may have other configurations such as being displayed as an image on a portion of the pattern display device 47, which will be described later.

<Electrical Configuration for Execution of Internal Lottery by MPU 62 of Main Control Unit 60>
FIG. 42 shows the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 42, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, uses the big win type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the big win, and determines whether to generate the ready-to-win display. , the reach random number counter C3 is used. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory open counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric role open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 4).

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as acquired information storage means. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric accessary product release counter C4 is stored in the electric role holding area 64c (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 41. be done.

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display section reservation area Ra, a second result display section reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

The first result display section reservation area Ra provided as the first ball entering section storage means includes one storage area. The first result display portion reservation area Ra is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 in the reservation area Ra for the first result display unit. Store.

The second result display section reservation area Rb provided as the second ball entering section storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the lower opening 37 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Rb1→second area Rb2→third area Rb3→fourth area Rb4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display portion reservation area Rb has four storage areas, up to four winnings of game balls into the lower operation opening 37 are reserved. In addition, the second result display portion reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The execution area AE stores the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb when starting the variable display of each of the result display portions 45a and 45b. This is the area to move the .

The electrician reservation area 64c includes four storage areas, like the first result display reservation area Ra and the second result display reservation area Rb. Further, the electrical work holding area 64c includes an electrical work execution area (not shown), similar to the reserved ball storage area 64b. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of pending gates 41 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more. may

Further, in this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the prize winning process and the game round control process for the activation port are different from those in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the prize winning process and the game cycle control process for the operation port in this embodiment will be described.

<Winning process for operating port>
FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S208A as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper working port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether the game ball has won the upper working port 36 (start winning). determine whether When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has entered the upper operation port 36, in step S208A, the jackpot random number counter C1 and jackpot type counter C2 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process, and the reach A set of each value of the random number counter C3 is stored as reservation information in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 detects the winning of the game ball. is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operation opening 37 (start winning).
When the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, it ends the operation opening winning process. In addition, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, in step S204, the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is grasped, The pending number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display portion pending area Rb as a second start pending storage number RbN.

In step S205A, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start pending memory number RbN set in step S204 is less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment).
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205A that the second start pending memory number RbN is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 terminates the winning process for the operating opening. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205A that the second start-holding memory number RbN is less than the upper limit value, in step S206A, the value of the second start-holding memory number RbN is updated by adding 1. .

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process in the second result display holding area Rb. The hold information is stored in the first storage area of the areas, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start hold storage number RbN updated in step S206.
For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 stores the second start pending memory number RbN in the storage area corresponding to "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

Further, in step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the second suspension lamp portion 49b and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the second suspension lamp part 49b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 . In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

<Game Round Control Processing>
FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the game is in the opening/closing execution mode, it ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the opening/closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, and clears the opening/closing execution mode flag when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S502 it determines whether the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing in steps S503A to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing for game turn progress in steps S510A to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game cycle in steps S503A to S505 will be described.
In step S503A, the MPU 62 determines whether or not pending information is stored in the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb. When the MPU 62 determines in step S503A that the reservation information is not stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area Rb, it ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503A that the pending information is stored in the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb, in step S504A, A data setting process is executed for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section or the reservation area Rb for the second result display section for completion of the game cycle. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display, executes a variation start process for finishing the game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S504A will be described in detail below.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reservation memory number RbN in the second result display section reservation area Rb set in step S204 of the operation port winning process is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S603 and S605, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 is executed.

In this way, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section for completing the game cycle, and the data setting processing for the second result display section. and a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for completion of the game cycle.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display section. Execute the data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the operation to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is preferentially played regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball. Set for one digestion.

First, data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S603 and S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first result display pending area Ra to the execution area AE.
At step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display flag stored in the RAM 64. FIG. This second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display when completing a game cycle. is. In this step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the variable display is made on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. (first variable display).

Next, data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in the second result display portion pending area Rb to update it.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display portion pending area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the pending information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, shifts the pending information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

At step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. FIG. In this step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the second result display section 45b displays a variable display based on the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37. (second variable display).

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set second shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. exit. This command at the time of the second shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display section has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp portion 49b based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the second reservation lamp portion 49b as the number of reserved game balls that have entered the lower opening 37 decreases.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progressing process of steps S510A to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

In step S510A, the MPU 62 clears the pending information stored in the first result display pending area Ra. In other words, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 does not store the reservation information in the first result display section reservation area Ra.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing for variable display. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display on the main display section 45 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, in step S508, the MPU 62 executes fluctuation end processing. In this fluctuation end processing, the MPU 62 stores the information (main (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45). Then, at the end of the game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during variable display (variation end execution processing).

Here, the pattern finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differs for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can confirm the game result by looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, the manager of the game hall can easily check whether or not the pachinko machine 10 behaves in the same manner as in the case of winning a lottery to generate a big win. can be done systematically.
The display area of the main display section 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game cycle, the player checks the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 instead of the main display unit 45 to determine whether or not the player has won the big win. Attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. The MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring reception of the variation end command.

According to this embodiment, similarly to the case where the first holding lamp portion 49a is not lit in the first embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. After switching to the high-probability mode, a long-term high-frequency support mode ( It functions as most advantageous game state shifting means for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state.

Here, as described above, the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low-probability mode. The probability of winning increases when the result is reported (block BL25), and the probability of winning decreases when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode (block BL26). ). Also, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information is notified in the high probability mode, the winning probability increases (block BL23). According to this, the player most expects to win when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information in the high-probability mode.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The game state transition process is executed when a game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end process. The game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, the player expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information in the high probability mode, and then the remaining pending information in the low probability mode. If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the , you expect to win. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) Since the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a higher probability of winning than the low-probability mode, when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pending information is notified in the high-probability mode, the probability of winning will be higher, and the odds of winning will be lower when the subsequent low probability mode announces the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(4) Since the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the player receives the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(5) The player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the upper operation opening 36 by shooting the game ball on the left-handed route, and by shooting the game ball on the right-handed route. , the game ball can be easily caused to enter the lower operation opening 37.例文帳に追加Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can surely reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play comfortably.

(6) In the game state transition process, when the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 is won, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and, based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and combinations with low-probability and high-probability modes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(7) The game state transition process is associated with the reservation information first stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb after switching to the high probability mode in the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end process. When winning the result of the internal lottery, or after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, the entry of the game ball to the lower operation port 37 is prohibited. When the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger is won, the game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(8) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of hold information from the second time onward in the high probability mode, the player expects not to win, and then in the low probability mode Winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is notified, or when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information is notified in the high probability mode. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Third embodiment]
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 46 is a front view of a game board according to the third embodiment of the invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has the through gates 41 provided on the left side of the central portion and the right side of the central portion.
On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the game board 31B is different from the first embodiment in that it has one through gate 41 provided above the upper operating port 36 .

According to this embodiment, when a game ball is entered into the through gate 41 in order to set the electric accessory 37a to the open state, the game ball is always entered into the upper operation opening 36. The situation is the same as in the case of turning on the first reservation lamp portion 49a in the first embodiment.
Specifically, the game state transition processing is stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing. It functions as most advantageous game state shifting means for shifting the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the reservation information.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The game state transition process is executed when a game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end process. The game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, the player expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information in the high probability mode, and then the remaining pending information in the low probability mode. If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the , you expect to win. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) The pachinko machine 10 selects the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb from the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra. Since the notification is given with priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with the information, regardless of whether the reservation information is stored in the first result display reservation area Ra, the second result display reservation area Rb The result of the internal lottery associated with a plurality of pieces of pending information stored in can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower working hole 37, so the pachinko machine 10 increases the player's attention to the game. can be improved.

(4) Since the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a higher probability of winning than the low-probability mode, when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pending information is notified in the high-probability mode, will be higher, and the odds of winning will be lower when the subsequent low probability mode announces the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) Since the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the player receives the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(6) Since the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path, the player can shoot the game ball on the same path, thereby You can enter the game ball in. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 allows the player to play comfortably.

(7) In the game state transition process, when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 is won, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and, based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and combinations with low-probability and high-probability modes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Fourth Embodiment]
A fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the first support mode setting process and the electric duty fluctuation end process are different from those in the third embodiment. The contents of the first support mode setting process and the electric duty fluctuation end process in this embodiment will be described below.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1512 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes first support mode setting processing for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1513C, and selects the win/fail lottery mode in step S1501. is not the high-probability mode, a first support mode setting process for the low-probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 is executed.

First, the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1513C will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1503. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In step S1504, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1505 the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1506, the MPU 62 sets "1" to the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG.

In step S1507, the MPU 62 sets a short-term high-frequency support mode command. The MPU 62 transmits the short-term high-frequency support mode command set in step S1507 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S1513C, the MPU 62 executes processing for setting the special electrician opening time.
In this special electric role open time setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the "most advantageous result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is the "best result", it sets the special electric worker open time flag in the RAM 64. FIG.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is not the "most favorable result" If it is determined to be present), the special electric worker open time flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared. This special electric service opening time flag is a flag for specifying execution of special electric service opening execution processing. The special electric role opening execution processing will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1504 or the process of step S1513C, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

Next, the first support mode setting processing for the low probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1509. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1510, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1511, the data stored in the RAM 64 clear the high-frequency support flag. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
At step S1512, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

After executing the process of step S1510 or the process of step S1512, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric duty fluctuation ending process.
In the electric duty change ending process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1801 to S1805 as shown in FIG.
In step S1801, the information (final (information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed). Then, at the end of the electric role game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character object display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the character object display unit 46 during variable display ( power fluctuation end execution processing).

In step S1802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of winning the electric role is "Electrical role open winning".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is not "electric role open winning", it ends the electric role change ending process without executing the processes after step S1803.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is "Electric role open winning", in step S1803 it determines whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode. do.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S1806C it determines whether or not the special electric worker open time flag is set in the RAM 64 .
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1806C that the special electric service opening time flag is set in the RAM 64, it sets a special electric service opening execution command in step S1807C. The MPU 62 transmits the special electric role opening execution command set in step S1807C to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal processing.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the special electric role release execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.
In step S1808C, the MPU 62 executes a special electrician opening execution process. In the special electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1806C that the special electric service opening time flag has not been set in the RAM 64, it executes high-frequency electric service opening execution processing in step S1804. In the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b.
After executing the special electrician opening execution process in step S1808C or the high-frequency electricty electricty opening execution process in step S1804, the MPU 62 ends the electrician fluctuation ending process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1805, the MPU 62 Execute the role release execution process. In the low-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the power fluctuation end process.

Here, in the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, when the electric accessory opening lottery is won, the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state is greater than in the low-frequency electric role opening execution process. , the opening time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is also longer. In addition, in the high-frequency power supply opening execution process, the closed time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one power supply open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. ing.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

Further, in the special electric role opening execution process, when the electric role item opening lottery is won, the number of times the electric role item 37a is set to the open state is larger than that in the high-frequency electric role opening execution process. The opening time for setting the object 37a to the open state is also longer. Specifically, the opening time of the special electric service opening execution process is set to 5 seconds (long-term electric service opening time). Also, the release time of the high-frequency electric service release execution process is set to 2 seconds (short-term service release time). In addition, in the special electric role opening execution process, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one electric role open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. .
Therefore, in the special electric role opening execution process, the game ball is more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the high-frequency electric role opening execution process.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the effect determination process is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 49 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the opening/closing execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, steps S2101 to S2116 are executed in substantially the same manner as in the third embodiment. The present embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes steps S2117C to S2119C before executing step S2116, as shown in FIG.

In step S2117C, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special electrician release execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2117C that it has received the special electric worker release execution command, it executes special electric worker release notification processing in step S2118C.
In this special electric role opening notification process, the MPU 92 determines to inform the special electric role opening.
Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the determination of the special electric role opening notification.

In step S2119C, a special electric service opening notification command related to the special electric service opening notification process determined in the special electric service opening notification process of step S2118C is set. Then, the MPU 92 stores the special electric service release notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. FIG. This special electric role release notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the special electric role opening notification effect on the symbol display device 47 based on the special electric role opening notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 executes the special electric role opening notification effect.

After executing the process of step S2119C, or if it is determined in step S2117C that the special electrician opening execution command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2116 and subsequent steps, as in the third embodiment. do.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 50 shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp section, and the second suspension during the transition to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained when transitioning to the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is a figure which shows a lamp|ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 50(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and in the low probability mode and low frequency support mode. be. FIG. 50(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variation display of FIG. 50(A) results in "best result". FIG. 50(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 50(B). FIG. 50(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 50(C) results in "best result". FIG. 50(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 50(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 50. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 50(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a is lit according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 50A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 50(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 50(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50(E), the MPU 102 displays "high probability middle 3 rotations" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and has been reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player rotating the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 50(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

Further, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is the "best result", in block BL13, the special electric role opening notification process is executed in step S2118C. Based on the contents of the special electric role opening notification command transmitted from, the special electric role opening information production is executed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50(E), the MPU 102 displays "Opening for a long time!" It informs that it is set to high-frequency support mode of open time.
The subsequent flow is the same as in the third embodiment (see FIGS. 33, 35, and 36).

FIG. 51 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode in the case of "explicit small round high probability result" at the time of transition to the short-term high frequency support mode, the first holding lamp part, and It is a figure which shows a 2nd reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 51(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and in the low probability mode and low frequency support mode. be. FIG. 51(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 51(A) results in "best result". FIG. 51(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 51(B). FIG. 51(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variation display in FIG. FIG. 51(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 51(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 51. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 51(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed during the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 51A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 51(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in "clearly small round high probability result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. , a special combination of symbols (for example, "3, 4, 1") is stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. Note that FIG. 51(D) shows a case where the first variation display of the first rotation after the transition to block BL12 results in the "high probability result of a small number of explicit rounds", so the MPU 102 is a symbol display device. In the upper left corner of the display screen G of 47, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and has been reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player rotating the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 51(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four. Also, the number of lighting of the second reservation lamp portion 49b is two.

Also, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is not the "most favorable result" If so), the MPU 102 does not execute the special electric role opening notification effect because the special electric role opening notification process is not executed in step S2118C in block BL13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51(E), the MPU 102 does not display "Opening for a long time!" It informs that it is set to high-frequency support mode of open time.
The subsequent flow is the same as in the third embodiment (see FIGS. 33, 35, and 36).

Thus, in the present embodiment, the high-frequency support mode is a high-frequency support mode (first ball-enterable state) with a short-term opening time in which game balls flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. A high frequency of long-term open time that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter temporarily, and allows more game balls to enter than the high-frequency support mode of short-term open time. It has a support mode (second entry possible state).
In addition, the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time is set to a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term opening time, so that more games can be played than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term opening time. It is possible to enter the ball.

In this embodiment, the high-frequency support mode for the long-term open time is set to a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode for the short-term open time. For example, by increasing the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, more game balls than in the high-frequency support mode of the short-term electric role open time can be entered. It may be possible to enter the ball. In short, the second ball-enterable state should allow more game balls to enter than the first ball-enterable state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 after switching to the high probability mode. , the lower working port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.
Specifically, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36. In the case of the "non-explicit small round high probability result" (first winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the short-term opening time, and the "best result" When (second winning result) is obtained, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.

In this embodiment, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36. ” or “Unexplained small round high probability result”, switch to high-frequency support mode for short-term opening time, and if “best result”, high-frequency support for long-term opening time However, based on the results of internal lottery other than this, the mode may be switched to the short-term open time high-frequency support mode or the long-term open time high-frequency support mode. In short, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36, and the lower operation port 37 is set to the low frequency support mode. , to a high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or a high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.

According to this embodiment, the same actions and effects as those of the third embodiment can be obtained, and the following actions and effects can be obtained.
(8) The transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are, after switching to the high-probability mode, shifting the lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or long-term open time. Switch to time high frequency support mode. In addition, the game state transition process is a long-term process that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. The game state is shifted to the high-frequency support mode. According to this, the player expects to be switched to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(9) The high-frequency support mode of the long-term open time is set to have a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term open time, so that more than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term open time Since it is possible to enter a game ball, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the high-frequency support mode for the short-term opening time and the high-frequency support mode for the long-term opening time.
(10) Transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode support the lower operation port 37 at a low frequency based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36. Since the mode is switched to the high-frequency support mode of the short-term opening time or the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time, the player can perform the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 as a trigger. attention will be paid to the results of Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(11) The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are performed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 is "explicit small round high probability result" or "non In the case of a clear small round high probability result” (first winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode with short-term opening time, and the “best result” (first 2 winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with a long-term opening time, so that the player can enter the opening/closing execution mode with the "best result". It is expected that switching to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term open time is possible in the transition process at the time of termination and the variable termination process. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

In the present embodiment, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 after switching to the high probability mode. , the lower working port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.
On the other hand, for example, the transition processing and the variation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are performed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 is won. Based on the content of the expected effect (for example, the type of reach display) executed by the control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term opening time or You may switch to the high frequency support mode of the long-term electric work opening time.

Specifically, for example, the content of the expectation effect executed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 includes a first reach display (first expectation effect) and a second reach display different from the first reach display. 2, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the open/close execution mode are performed when the first reach display is executed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, and the lower operation opening 37 is opened. When the low-frequency support mode is switched to the high-frequency support mode with the short-term electric service open time, and the second ready-to-reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is set to the low-frequency support mode. , may be switched to a high-frequency support mode with a long-term open time.
Thus, in this modification, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 enter the opening/closing execution mode based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. It functions as expected performance executing means for executing expected performance making the player expect that the game state will be changed.
In this modified example, the content of the expected effect is the type of ready-to-win display, but it may be the degree of expectation of the ready-to-win display, or the content of other expected effect such as the type of advance notice display.

According to this modified example, the following functions and effects can be obtained in place of (10) and (11) in the fourth embodiment.
(12) Transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are executed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 as a trigger is won, the sound emission control device 90 and Based on the content of the expected effect executed by the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time. Therefore, the player pays attention to the content of the expected effect executed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(13) Transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed when the first reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, and the lower operation opening 37 is changed from the low frequency support mode. When switching to the high-frequency support mode for the short-term service opening time and executing the second ready-to-reach display by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower working port 37 is opened from the low-frequency support mode for the long-term service. Switch to time high frequency support mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operating hole 36 as a trigger, the player uses the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 to select It is expected that the reach display will be executed, and that the switching to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time will be performed in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Fifth Embodiment]
A fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the third embodiment, the sound emission control device 90, based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62, turns on the first suspension lamp portion 49a or the second suspension lamp portion 49b to notify the player of the occurrence of suspension. was
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90, based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62, turns on the first reserve lamp portion 49a or the second reserve lamp portion 49b, and the symbol display device 47 This differs from the third embodiment in that a pending pattern is displayed on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of pending.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the prize winning process for the working opening is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of the prize winning process for the operating opening in this embodiment will be described below.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a flow chart of a prize winning process for working openings according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S212D as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the third embodiment in that after executing the process of step S207, the process of step S208D and after is executed.

In step S208D, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the lottery mode is the high-probability mode when starting the variable display based on the suspension information stored in the storage area corresponding to the starting suspension storage number N updated in step S206. do.
Specifically, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb, and proceeds to step S206. When starting variable display based on the number N of starting suspension memories updated by , and the suspension information stored in the corresponding storage area, it is determined by predicting whether the lottery mode is the high-probability mode.

In the present embodiment, the high-probability mode continues until three game rounds, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability counter STC, are completed. If the winning result is "big win" in three rotations before starting the variable display based on the holding information stored in the storage area corresponding to the memory number N, it is determined that the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. On the other hand, if the win/loss result does not result in a "big hit", the win/fail lottery mode is not determined to be the high probability mode (the win/fail lottery mode is determined to be the low probability mode).

When the MPU 62 determines in step S208D that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S209D, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 7A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S208D that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 7(b)) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S210D. read out.

After executing the process of step S209D or step S210D, the MPU 62 executes the success/failure determination process in step S211D. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the result display portion reservation area in step S207, and the success/failure read out in step S209D or step S210D. By comparing with the table, the result of the winning lottery (winning result) is determined. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S212D, when the first start suspension storage number RaN is set in step S202, the MPU 62 stores the storage area of the storage area Ra for the first result display section. 1 hold generation command is set, and this set first hold generation command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 . After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
This first suspension generation command is for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize that suspension information has been stored in the storage area of the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the first pending generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the first suspension lamp section 49a based on the first suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, and also executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail. In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation port 36 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the first reservation lamp portion 49a is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

Further, in step S212D, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending storage number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 recognizes that the pending information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. , and transmits the set second hold generation command to the sound emission control device 90 . After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
This second hold generation command is used to make the sound emission control device 90 recognize that the hold information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion hold area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the second hold generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 performs predetermined processing in addition to turning on the second suspension lamp section 49b based on the second suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail. In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

<Electrical Configuration of Audio Light Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 53 is a block diagram showing electrical configurations of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
This embodiment differs from the third embodiment in that, as shown in FIG. 53, the sound emission control device 90 includes a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D instead of the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 in the third embodiment.
Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc., as well as a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93D is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. This ROM 93D has various areas such as a lottery table storage area 93a and an expectation level table storage area 93b. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 94D is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 93D. is. This RAM 94D has various areas such as the above-described command list storage area 94a, various counter areas 94b, and sub-side pending information storage area 94c. These areas are described in detail later.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, timer interrupt processing is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of timer interrupt processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding Timer Interrupt Processing Executed by Sound Emission Control Device 90>
FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S2001 to S2005 as shown in FIG. In addition, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 executes the hold determination process of step S2006D after executing the command storage process of step S2001 and before executing the effect determination process of step S2002, unlike the third embodiment. different.

In step S2006D, the MPU 92 executes hold determination processing.
The hold determination process will be described in detail below.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the suspension determination process.
In the hold determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2301D to S2304D as shown in FIG.

In step S2301D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2301D that the hold generation command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2303D.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2301D that it has received the pending command, it executes pending processing in step S2302D. In this hold generation process, the MPU 92 stores sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c based on the content of the hold generation command. This pending generation process will be described later in detail.

After executing the processing of step S2302D, or when determining that the hold generation command is not received in step S2301D, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2303D and subsequent steps.
In step S2303D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pending shift command (first shift command or second shift command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2303D that the hold shift command has not been received, it ends the hold determination process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2303D that it has received a hold shift command, it executes hold shift processing in step S2304D. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c based on the content of the pending shift command. This pending shift process will be described later in detail. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the suspension occurrence process.

<Holding process>
FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a hold occurrence process.
In the hold occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2401D to S2409D as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores sub-side pending information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c based on the contents of the pending command.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing the contents of the sub-side pending information storage area.
The sub-side reservation information storage area 94c, as shown in FIG. 57, comprises a first sub-side reservation area SRa, a second sub-side reservation area SRb, and an execution area SAE.

The first sub-side reservation area SRa provided as the first sub-side acquisition information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4. Each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for causing a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 in time series in accordance with the reception of the first hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 sends the sub-side hold information in the order of the first area SRa1→second area SRa2→third area SRa3→fourth area SRa4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, since the first sub-side reservation area SRa has four storage areas, up to four pieces of sub-side reservation information based on the first reservation generation command are reserved. Also, the first sub-side reservation area SRa has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in the areas SRa1 to SRa4.

The second sub-side reservation area SRb provided as the second sub-side acquired information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRb1 to a fourth area SRb4. Each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for generating a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 in chronological order in accordance with the reception of the second hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the second hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sub-side hold information is sent in the order of the first area SRb1→second area SRb2→third area SRb3→fourth area SRb4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, the second sub-side reserved area SRb has four storage areas, so that up to four pieces of sub-side reserved information based on the second reservation generation command are reserved. Further, the second sub-side reservation area SRb has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4.

The execution area SAE is for moving the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb when starting the variable display of the pattern display device 47. area.

Returning to the description of the hold occurrence process, the processes after step S2401D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2401D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first pending command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2401D that it has received the first suspension generation command, in step S2402D, it grasps the number of reservations stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and It is set in a predetermined storage area in the first sub-side reservation area SRa as the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2404D.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2401D that it has not received the first pending command (if it determines that it has received the second pending command), in step S2403D, The number of reservations stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb is grasped, and the number of reservations is set in a predetermined storage area in the second sub-side reservation area SRb as the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2404D.

After executing the process of step S2402D or step S2403D, the MPU 92 adds 1 to the value of the sub-side start pending storage number SN (SRaN or SRbN) to update it in step S2404D.

In step S2405D, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for notice suspension. In this advance notice suspension lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate the advance notice suspension.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice suspension by using the value of the advance notice suspension occurrence counter. Note that the notice suspension occurrence counter is provided in the various counter areas 94b of the RAM 94D.

The notice suspension occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a notice pending occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94D.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement suspension occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate an announcement suspension based on the value of the announcement suspension occurrence counter stored in the announcement suspension occurrence counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the notice pending occurrence counter stored in the notice pending occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the notice pending occurrence table to determine whether or not to generate the notice pending. conduct a lottery. The advance notice pending occurrence table is a table that stores random number values relating to the occurrence of advance notice pending, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93a of the ROM 93D.

In step S2406D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the lottery for notice suspension occurrence has been won in step S2405D (whether or not notice suspension is generated).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2406D to generate the advance notice suspension, the MPU 92 executes advance notice suspension generation processing in step S2407D. In this notice pending generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for causing notice pending. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the contents of this advance notice suspension generation processing.
Note that the advance notice suspension occurrence processing in step S2407D will be described later in detail.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2406D not to generate the advance notice suspension, it executes normal suspension generation processing in step S2408D. In this normal hold generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for generating a normal hold. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this normal hold generation processing.

Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the normal suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, ie, the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S2402D, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side holding area SRa, that is, the MPU 92 updates in step S2404D. The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory in step S2402D, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory updated in step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in step S2403D, the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second sub-side reservation area SRb, that is, in step S2404D The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN to "3" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This normal hold information is information for specifying to generate a normal hold. In addition, the normal hold information includes information related to the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S2404D and the corresponding storage area.

After executing the advance notice suspension generation process of step S2407D or the normal suspension generation process of step S2408D, the MPU 92 sets a suspension display generation command in step S2409D. Then, the MPU 92 stores the hold display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the pattern display device 47 to generate an advance notice suspension or a normal suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the pattern display device 47 displays the notice pending pattern or the normal pending pattern on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the notice pending or the normal pending.

<Notice Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the advance notice suspension generation process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of suspension generation processing. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2503D as shown in FIG.

In step S2501D, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of expectation of suspension of notice suspension. In the lottery process of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the advance notice, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the suspension of the notice.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the advance notice pending expectation level based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62 .

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process for the degree of expectation of holding the previous notice.
In the lottery process for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice, the MPU 92 executes steps S2601D to S2606D as shown in FIG.
In step S2601D, based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from MPU 62, it is determined whether or not the winning result is "big hit".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2601D that the win/loss result is "big win winning", in step S2602D, the MPU 92 reads the prediction pending expectation level table for the big win result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2601D that the win/fail result is not "jackpot winning", in step S2603D the hold generation command received from MPU 62 (first hold generation command or second hold generation command ), it is determined whether or not the win/loss result is a “special loss result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2603D that the result is the "special failure result", in step S2604D, the MPU 92 reads the notice pending expectation level table for the special failure result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2603D that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" (if it determines that the success/failure result is the "normal failure result"), in step S2605D The advance notice pending expectation level table for results is read from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.

After executing any one of steps S2602D, S2604D, and S2605D, the MPU 92 executes an advance notice pending expectation lottery execution process in step S2606D. In this advance notice holding expectation degree lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the advance notice holding by using the value of the advance notice holding expectation degree counter. Note that the notice holding expectation degree counter is provided in the various counter areas 94b of the RAM 94D.

The advance notice pending expectation degree counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending expectation degree counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the notice pending expectation degree counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94D.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement holding expectation level lottery) for determining the degree of expectation of the announcement holding based on the value of the announcement holding expectation level counter stored in the announcement holding expectation level counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the advance notice pending expectation degree counter stored in the advance notice pending expectation degree counter buffer, and uses this value as the advance notice pending expectation value read in step S2602D, step S2604D, or step S2605D. Perform a lottery to determine the expected degree of advance notice hold by comparing with the degree table.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing an advance notice pending design of each degree of expectation. FIG. 61 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success/failure result and the probabilities of occurrence of advance notice suspension for each degree of expectation.
As shown in FIG. 60, the advance notice pending design has low, medium, and high expectation levels associated with the success/fail result. The pattern of each degree of expectation is held in the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100 .
FIG. 60(A) shows a low-expectation pending notice pattern displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and FIG. 60(B) shows a display screen G of the pattern display device 47. FIG. 60(C) shows a notice pending picture with a medium expectation degree, and FIG. 60C shows a notice pending picture with a high expectation degree displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 47.

As shown in FIG. 60(A), the low-expectation pending notice design is a picture (first notice pending picture) in which one scallop is placed on a plate. This low-expectation advance notice suspension is less likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'' and more likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, the low-expectation notice suspension occurs with a probability of 5% when the jackpot-result notice-hold expectation table is read in step S2602D, and step S2604D. If the advance notice pending expectation table for the special outlier result is read in step S2605D, it occurs with a probability of 10%. will occur with a probability of

In addition, the medium-expectation pending notice design is a design in which three scallops are placed on a plate, as shown in FIG. 60(B). This medium-expectation notice hold is more likely to occur than the low-expectation notice hold if the result of the lottery is "jackpot winning" or "special loss result", and is more likely to occur than the high-expectation notice hold. It is a notice hold that is unlikely to occur, and if the result of the lottery is a "normal outlier result", it is less likely to occur than a notice hold with low expectations, and a notice hold that is more likely to occur than notice holds with high expectations. be.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, when the announcement suspension expectation level table for the big win result is read out in step S2602D, the intermediate expectation announcement suspension occurs with a probability of 15%, and step S2604D. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read out in step S2605D, it occurs with a probability of 30%. will occur with a probability of

The high-expectation pending notice pattern is, as shown in FIG. 60(C), a picture of a large amount of scallops placed on a plate (second notice pending picture). This high-expectation advance notice suspension is likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win winning'' or ``special loss result'', and is less likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, when the advance notice pending expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S2602D, the notice pending of high expectation occurs with a probability of 80%, and step S2604D. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read out in step S2605D, it occurs with a probability of 60%. will occur with a probability of

Returning to the description of the advance notice pending generation process, the processes after step S2502D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2502D, the MPU 92 executes start-time notice suspension expectation level selection processing. In this start-time notice pending expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or lower in expectation than the notice hold won in the lottery process for the notice hold expectation level in step S2501D. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high expectation, medium expectation and low expectation notice hold. , and in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S2501D, if the notice hold of medium expectation is won, the notice hold of medium expectation or low expectation is selected at random, and the notice hold of step S2501D is selected. When the lottery process of the expectation degree wins the announcement suspension of the low expectation, the announcement suspension of the low expectation is selected.

In step S2503D, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S2402D, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side holding area SRa, that is, the MPU 92 updates in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory in step S2402D, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory updated in step S2404D. The notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area to be used.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in step S2403D, the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second sub-side reservation area SRb, that is, in step S2404D The notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN to "3" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension is to be generated. Further, the advance notice pending information includes information related to the expectation level of the pending advance notice won in the lottery process of the expectation pending notice in step S2501D, information related to the current expectation level of the pending notice, and the sub information updated in step S2404D. It contains the side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation level of the announcement suspension selected in the process of selecting the expectation level of announcement suspension at the start of step S2502D as the current expectation level of the announcement suspension.

Here, the notice suspension information stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for causing the pattern display device 47 to generate an advance notice suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 displays the notice pending pattern on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the notice pending.

FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the advance notice reserved design and normal reserved design displayed on the display screen of the design display device.
As shown in FIG. 62, the MPU 102 includes pedestals B11 to B14 provided corresponding to four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and a second sub-side reservation area SRa. Pedestals B21 to B24 provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to fourth area SRb4 of the area SRb, and execution pedestals provided between the pedestals B11 and B21 corresponding to the execution area SAE. AB is displayed on the display screen G.

The first reservation lamp portion 49a is provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa from left to right. On the other hand, the pedestals B11 to B14 are provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa from right to left.
In addition, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is provided corresponding to four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb from left to right. Similarly, the pedestals B21 to B24 are provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb from left to right.

The pedestals B11-B14, the pedestals B21-B24, and the execution pedestal AB notify the player of the occurrence of the advance notice suspension or the normal suspension by placing the notice suspension pattern or the normal suspension pattern thereon.
Specifically, when the MPU 102 determines that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa based on the content of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the pedestal On B11 to B14, a sphere design, which is a normal reserved design, is placed.
MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command transmitted from MPU 92, when it is specified that the advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side holding area SRa, on the pedestals B11 to B14 60) corresponding to the degree of expectation of the current notice suspension is placed.

Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the second sub-side holding area SRb based on the content of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 selects the pedestals B21 to B24. A sphere pattern, which is usually a reserved pattern, is placed on the .
MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command transmitted from MPU 92, when specifying that the advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of the second sub-side holding area SRb, on the pedestals B21-B24 60) corresponding to the degree of expectation of the current notice suspension is placed.

Furthermore, when the MPU 102 specifies that the execution area SAE stores the normal pending information, the MPU 102 places the sphere pattern, which is the normal pending pattern, on the execution pedestal AB.
When the MPU 102 specifies that the advance notice suspension information is stored in the execution area SAE, the notice suspension pattern (see FIG. 60) corresponding to the current degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension is placed on the execution pedestal AB. do.
Note that the MPU 102 identifies the information stored in the execution area SAE based on the content of the pending display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92 . This pending display shift command will be described later in detail.

Here, in the example of FIG. 62, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestals B11 and B12, places the low-expectation advance notice reserved design on the pedestal B13, and places the reserved design on the execution pedestal AB. , the reserved design is usually placed. Also, in this example, the MPU 102 does not place any pattern on the pedestals B14, B21 to B24.
In the present embodiment, the notice pending picture is different from the normal reserved picture, but for example, a plate without scallops on it may be included as a kind of notice reserved picture as a normal reserved picture.

Thus, in this embodiment, the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c is associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger. It functions as information storage means for storing sub-side pending information (sub-side internal lottery information).
This sub-side pending information storage area 94c includes an execution area SAE as an execution area for storing sub-side pending information during execution of variable display on the pattern display device 47, and a first sub-side reservation area SRa and a second sub-side reservation area SRb as a plurality of reservation areas for storing sub-side reservation information in a reservation state.

Here, in the present embodiment, the sub-side pending information is associated with the win/fail result, but may be associated with other information such as display duration time. In short, the sub-side reservation information may be associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger.

Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration, and the display duration is set to such an extent that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is increased and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is decreased. In addition, the MPU 92 should generate the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration time, and the display duration time must be long enough to make the player expect that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is reduced and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the degree of expectation of advance notice suspension by drawing lots based on this probability.

In addition, in this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 serves as information storage means for storing sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the order in which the game ball enters the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Function.
Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 display the pattern associated with the sub-side pending information on the pattern display device 47 based on the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c. It functions as information reporting means for

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes hold shift processing in step S2304D of the hold determination processing, as described above. In this hold shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710D as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending area based on the content of the pending shift command.

In step S2701D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2701D that it has received the first shift time command, it executes the data setting processing of the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S2702D to S2704D. If it is determined that the shift time command has not been received (if it has been determined that the second shift time command has been received), data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S2705D to S2707D is executed. .

First, data setting processing for the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S2702D to S2704D will be described.
In step S2702D, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN in the first sub-side reservation area SRa to update it.
In step S2703D, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRa1 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa to the execution area SAE.
In step S2704D, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 to the first area SRa1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRa2 to the first area SRa1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRa3.

Next, data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S2705D to S2707D will be described.
In step S2705D, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in the second sub-side reservation area SRb to update it.
In step S2706D, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb to the execution area SAE.
In step S2707D, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 to the first area SRb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRb3.

After executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the MPU 92 determines in step S2708D whether or not the sub-side pending information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side pending area is advance notice pending information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2708D that the information is the notice pending information, the MPU 92 executes notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S2709D. In this advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level processing.

Here, the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current expectation degree of the advance notice pending is lower than the expectation degree of the previous notice pending prize won in the above-mentioned step S2501D lottery processing of the notice pending expectation degree. is stepwise upgraded with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree promotion process stepwise increases the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be promoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation level of the winning notice hold expectation level is set to high expectation level, and the current notice hold expectation level is set to low expectation level. When SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 maintains the low expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension with a probability of 50% in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. , 50% chance to upgrade to medium expectations.
When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current expectation degree of advance notice suspension included in the advance notice suspension information is updated to medium expectation degree.

Further, for example, the first sub-side sets the advance notice hold information in which the expectation of the notice hold won in step S2501D is the high expectation level and the current notice hold expectation level is the medium expectation level. When shifting from the third area SRa3 of the holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation level of the advance notice hold at the medium expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice hold expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain it and upgrade it to High Expectation with a 50% chance. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to a high expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current expectation level of the advance notice suspension included in the advance notice suspension information is updated to a high expectation level.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing in step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708D that the information is not the notice pending information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S2710D. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. Here, the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This pending display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing in step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100, based on the hold display shift time command transmitted from the MPU 92, shifts between normal hold and advance notice hold and raises the degree of expectation of the notice hold. The table is read from program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shift between the normal hold and the notice hold and the promotion of the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the pending shift processing is performed as pending shift means for shifting the sub-side pending information stored in the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 provides a plurality of types of advance notice pending pictures (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation pending picture) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. function as reserved pattern control means for causing the pattern display device 47 to display the advance notice reserved pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice pending picture includes a plurality of types of notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, namely, a low expected notice reserved picture, a medium expected notice reserved picture, and a high expected notice reserved picture. Equipped with a notice pending pattern.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the low, medium, and high expectations of each of the low, medium, and high expectation prediction pending patterns suggest changes in expectations by changing the amount of scallops. . On the other hand, for example, the preview pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other characteristics such as color.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern when shifting the sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. Then, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side reserved information to the execution area SAE.
It should be noted that the display control device 100 may maintain the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern without increasing it when shifting the sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. You can let it run. In addition, the expectation level of the notice pending picture may be promoted after the sub-side pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE, or may be maintained or promoted independently of the shift of the sub-side pending information. . In short, the display control device 100 only needs to maintain or increase the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design, but may promote the normal reserved design to the advance notice reserved design of each degree of expectation.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
In this embodiment, the game board 31B is provided with one through gate 41 provided above the upper operating port 36 as in the third embodiment.
Therefore, when a game ball is entered into the through gate 41 to set the electric accessory 37a to the open state, the game ball is always entered into the upper operation opening 36. The situation is the same as in the case of turning on the reserve lamp portion 49a.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12, the process proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and has been reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. Note that in FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 64 is a diagram showing the advance notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34(E).
When the lower operation port 37 is won during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. Patterns are placed on pedestals B21 to B24 to generate them.
The MPU 102 shifts the normal pending picture placed on the pedestal B11 to the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92.例文帳に追加

Here, the hold display generation command includes advance notice hold information. This advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension is to be generated. Further, as described above, the advance notice withholding information includes information regarding the expectation level of the advance notice withholding that was won in the lottery process for the degree of advance notice withholding expectation in step S2501D, information regarding the current expectation level of the advance notice withholding, and step S2404D. contains the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in , and information related to the corresponding storage area.

For the pending notice patterns placed on the pedestals B22 and B23, the information regarding the expectation of the pending notice won in the step S2501D lottery processing for the degree of expectation of the pending notice is assumed to be a low expectation, and the current expectation of the pending notice. The information on the degree of expectation is low expectation, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 and the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side pending area SRb. is.
Further, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is assumed to be a high expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information on the degree of expectation is low expectation, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates low-expectation advance notice pending pictures placed on the pedestals B22 to B24 based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92 .
In addition, in the example of FIG. 64, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34(E), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects no winning in the third spin before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the first spin after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects no winning in the two spins before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the two spins after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In the following description, a hold (normal hold or advance notice hold) generated by entering the lower operation port 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode is called a special hold. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.

Therefore, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the player can obtain the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (non-winning expectation special hold SH1) related to the hold symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22. If it becomes, or if it does not result in the "most advantageous result", it is expected that you will not be elected. In other words, the sub-side hold information that has generated the non-win expectation special hold SH1 functions as non-win expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to be non-win.
In addition, the player can obtain the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B23. In the case of non-winning expected gaming situation, non-winning is expected, and in the case of not having the "best result" (winning expected gaming situation), winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side hold information that caused the mixed win expectation special hold SH2 is a non-win expected game situation in which the player expects non-win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. It functions as mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of

In the present embodiment, a hold (normal hold or advance notice hold) generated by entering the lower operating port 37 during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode is a special hold, but occurs by entering the upper operating port 36. The suspension caused by winning a prize in the through gate 41 may be a special suspension. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the suspension generation process is performed by placing the sub-side suspension information in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 (first area) on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side suspension area SRb. When stored, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and when sub-side reserved information is stored in a fourth area SRb4 (second area) opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information. It functions as a pending distribution storage means for making
In the present embodiment, the hold generating process stores the non-win expected internal lottery information when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, and stores the sub-side hold information in the second area. was stored as internal lottery information for expected winning. On the other hand, in the hold generating process, when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information so as to have a reverse relationship, and is stored in the second area. When sub-side reservation information is stored, it may be stored as non-winning expectation internal lottery information, or may be stored so as to have a relationship other than these.

Furthermore, the player achieved the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 (winning expectation special hold SH3). Winning is expected in both cases, and in cases where there is no "best result". In other words, the sub-side hold information that generated the winning expectation special hold SH3 functions as the winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35(B).
The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the pending display shift command received from the MPU 92, the upgraded advance notice pending design is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. position and shift.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the expectation degree of the current notice suspension is not raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the notice hold picture is not changed. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is raised by increasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 64, in the notice pending designs placed on the pedestals B22 and B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. It will not be identified as raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestals B21 and B22.
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation on the pedestal B23.

In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, There is a 50% chance that it is identified as not elevating the expectations of the current advance notice hold. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation advance notice reserved design on the pedestal B23 (not shown).
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, As shown in FIG. 65, after the medium-expectation pending notice pattern is placed on the pedestal B23 and shifted, it is placed on the pedestals B21 and B22 and shifted. It has the potential to be promoted to a pattern.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expectation special reservation SH1 and the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the advance notice reserved pattern with low expectation rather than the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation. In addition, it is expected that the notice pending pattern will not be promoted.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the win expectation special hold SH3, the player expects the notice reserved picture with a high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with a low expectation, and the notice reserved picture. Expect a promotion.

Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the pending display shift command received from the MPU 92, the upgraded advance notice pending design is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. position and shift.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the expectation degree of the current notice suspension is not raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the notice hold picture is not changed. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is raised by increasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 64, in the notice pending designs placed on the pedestals B22 and B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. It will not be identified as raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestals B21 and B22.
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation on the pedestal B23.

In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, There is a 50% chance that it is identified as not elevating the expectations of the current advance notice hold. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation advance notice pending design on the pedestal B23 (not shown).
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, As shown in FIG. 65, after the medium-expectation pending notice pattern is placed on the pedestal B23 and shifted, it is placed on the pedestals B21 and B22 and shifted. It has the potential to be promoted to a pattern.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-win expectation special suspension SH1, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the low-expectation announcement pending picture rather than the high-expectation announcement pending picture. I will expect non-promotion of the pattern.
In addition, since the player expects winning in the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2 and the winning expectation special reservation SH3, the player expects the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with low expectation. In addition, we will expect the promotion of the notice pending pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring a game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to a player than a low probability mode and a high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode, and the opening and closing execution mode. After switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the transition process at the time of termination and the fluctuation end process, the internal lottery information for winning expectations is digested.
In the present embodiment, the hold shift process consumes non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode, and shifts the winning expectation internal lottery information after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode. Although it has been digested, the winning expectation internal lottery information and the non-winning expectation internal lottery information may be digested without depending on the timing of switching the win/fail lottery mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then Triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation hole 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state. Then, the main controller 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of sub-side reserved information is consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the main control unit 60 switches between a non-winning expected game state in which the player expects that the internal lottery will not be won and a winning expected game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. functioning as a tool.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Triggered by the entry of a game ball into the operation port 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state, and a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of the sub-side hold information is digested in the hold shift process. Although the non-winning expected game situation is switched to the winning expected game situation with this as a trigger, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation may be switched with other triggers.

In addition, in this embodiment, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 notifies the number of game rotations to stay in the high probability mode, and the number of games notification determination processing in step S2207 includes high-frequency support mode (long-term high The number of rotations of the game times to stay in the frequency support mode) is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of game rounds staying in the non-winning expected game situation or the number of game rounds staying in the winning expected game situation.

According to this embodiment, the same actions and effects as those of the third embodiment can be obtained, and the following actions and effects can be obtained.
(8) A plurality of sub-side reserved information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win, and winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win (Pachinko The machine 10 is provided with a main control device 60 for switching between a non-winning expectation game state in which the player expects non-winning in the internal lottery and a winning expectation game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. there is.). Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 cause the pattern display device 47 to display a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side pending information. Therefore, when the player stores the non-winning expectation internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the sub-side holding information storage area 94c in the voice light emission control device 90 (non-winning expected game situation in the main control device 60) ), the advance reservation pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation of the advance notice reservation design is high, it becomes depressed, and if it is low, it becomes cheery. Conversely, when the player stores winning expectation internal lottery information that expects winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c with the voice emission control device 90 (switches to the winning expectation game state with the main controller 60) If the expectation of the notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 47 is high, the player will be excited, and if the expectation is low, the player will be depressed. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

(9) Suspension occurrence processing is stored as non-win expected internal lottery information when advance notice suspension information is stored in the first area SRb1 and second area SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side suspension area SRb. In the case of storing the notice suspension information in the fourth area SRb4 on the opposite side of the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. In the pending shift process, the advance notice pending information stored in the second sub-side pending area SRb is shifted toward the execution area SAE. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(10) The pending shift process shifts the advance notice pending information stored in the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Then, the main control device 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number of pieces of sub-side reserved information have been consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the player expects not to win the internal lottery in the non-winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified first, and wins the internal lottery in the winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified later. Since it is expected, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(11) Since the display control device 100 maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the notice pending symbol, the player pays attention to whether the degree of expectation of the notice pending symbol is promoted. Specifically, when the player stores non-win expectation internal lottery information that expects non-win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the voice emission control device 90 (non-win in the main controller 60 When the game state is switched to the expected game state), the notice reserved pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern is raised, it becomes depressed, and if it is maintained, it becomes cheery. Conversely, when the player stores winning expectation internal lottery information that expects winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c with the voice emission control device 90 (switches to the winning expectation game state with the main controller 60) ), the advance reservation pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice reservation pattern is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.

(12) Expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending patterns maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side pending information to the execution area SAE. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(13) In the pending shift process, before switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end process, the non-winning expected internal lottery information is digested, and the transition is made at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. After switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the process and the fluctuation end process, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(14) A plurality of sub-side pending information includes a mixed winning expectation game situation in which the player expects non-winning and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. It has internal lottery information. Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 cause the pattern display device 47 to display a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side pending information. Therefore, when the sound emission control device 90 stores the mixed winning expected internal lottery information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47. , Mixed Winning Expectation The degree of expectation of the internal lottery information can be confirmed. At this time, the value of the expectation degree of the notice pending pattern depends on the game situation (non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning, or winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win). will change accordingly. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

[Sixth Embodiment]
A sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the fifth embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending design.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 is different from the fifth embodiment in that the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is maintained, promoted, or demoted.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform different processes from those in the fifth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice suspension generation process and the suspension shift process are different from those in the fifth embodiment. The contents of the advance notice pending generation process and pending shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Announcement Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 66 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the advance notice suspension occurrence process according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of suspension generation processing. In this advance notice pending occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2506E as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2501D, the processing of step S2504E and subsequent steps is executed.

In step S2504E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special hold is caused by entering the lower opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, when the MPU 92 refers to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94D and determines that the short-term high-frequency support mode is on, the second sub-side start is suspended in step S2403D. It is determined to be special pending when the number SRbN of memories is set.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2504E that it is not a special hold, it executes the processing after step S2502D in the same manner as in the fifth embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2504E that it is special suspension, in step S2505E it determines whether or not the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D is 3 or less. do. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not there is a special hold (winning expectation special hold SH3) related to the reserved design placed on the pedestal B24.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2505E that it is the winning expectation special hold SH3, it executes the processing from step S2502D described above. In other words, the MPU 92 processes the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 in the same manner as the normal advance notice hold.
In the following description, the advance notice reservation information stored in the storage area of the sub-side reserve area in step S2503D described above is referred to as promotion advance notice reservation information (winning expectation internal lottery information).

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2505E that it is not the winning expectation special hold SH3, it executes special hold setting processing in step S2506E.

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing a flowchart of special hold setting processing.
In the special hold setting process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2801E to S2804E as shown in FIG.
In step S2801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D is 2 or less. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is a special hold (non-winning expectation special hold SH1) related to the hold symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2801E that it is non-winning expectation special suspension SH1, in step S2802E, the MPU 92 executes demotion start announcement suspension expectation level selection processing. In this relegation start time notice hold expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or higher than the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation level lottery process of step S2501D. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D, the MPU 92 selects the high expectation notice hold, and the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D. If the medium expectation notice hold is won, the high expectation or medium expectation notice hold is randomly selected, and the low expectation notice hold is selected by the notice hold expectation lottery process in step S2501D. If a winner is selected, one of high expectation, medium expectation, and low expectation is selected at random.

In step S2803E, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information for demotion (non-winning expectation internal lottery information) in the first storage area among the free storage areas of the sub-side storage areas, that is, the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D. is stored in the corresponding storage area.
After that, the MPU 92 terminates the special hold setting process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the number SRbN of second sub-side start-holding storage to "1" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "2" of the second sub-side start-holding storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information for demotion is stored in the second area SRb2, which is a storage area for demotion.

This advance notice suspension information for demotion is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension for demotion is to be generated. Further, the advance notice suspension information for demotion is updated in step S2404D with information on the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice hold expectation level in step S2501D and information on the current expectation level of the advance notice hold. It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information indicating that it is a demotion pending notice that lowers the degree of expectation of the preliminary notice pending. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the demotion start time advance notice postponement expectation degree selection process in step S2803E as the current expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.

Here, the advance notice suspension information for demotion stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the generation of advance notice suspension for demotion in the symbol display device 47 based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the prior notice pending symbol and notifies the player of the occurrence of the prior notice pending for demotion.
It should be noted that the demotion pending notice pattern is the same as the normal notice pending picture (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation notice pending picture).

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2801E that it is not the non-winning expectation special suspension SH1 (when it determines that it is the mixed winning expectation special suspension SH2), in step S2804E, the confidential notice suspension information ( Mixed Winning Expected Internal Lottery Information) is stored in the first memory area among the free memory areas of the sub-side reservation area, ie, the memory area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation memory number SN updated in step S2404D. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the special hold setting process.

Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the anonymity advance notice pending information in the third area SRb3, which is a storage area corresponding to "3" of the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D.

This anonymity advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that the anonymity advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the confidential advance notice withholding information includes information related to the expectation of the notice withholding that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation in step S2501D, and a memory corresponding to the sub-side start holding storage number SN updated in step S2404D. It includes information related to the area and information indicating that it is a concealment advance notice hold that conceals the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

Here, the confidential advance notice suspension information stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the generation of the confidential advance notice suspension in the pattern display device 47 based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the notice-holding pattern for concealment and notifies the player of the occurrence of the notice-holding for concealment.
It should be noted that the concealment-use advance notice reserved pattern is different from the usual notice reserved pictures (low-expectation notice reserved picture, middle-expected notice reserved picture, and high-expected notice reserved picture). Specifically, in the present embodiment, the anonymity advance notice pending design is a furoshiki design (see FIG. 69).

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 68 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes hold shift processing in step S2304D of the hold determination processing, as described above. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710E as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending area based on the content of the pending shift command. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the processing of step S2711E and after is executed.

In step S2711E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side advance notice pending information moved to the execution area SAE is confidential notice pending information.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2711E that the information is anonymization-use advance notice-holding information, in step S2712E, the MPU 92 executes anonymity-use advance notice-holding expectation level notification processing. In this concealment-use advance notice hold expectation degree notification process, the MPU 92 informs the player of the advance notice hold expectation degree. More specifically, the MPU 92 opens the furoshiki, which is the concealment notice reserved design, and executes processing for informing the player of the contents. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of the confidentiality notice hold expectation level notification processing. do.

Here, when the furoshiki, which is an anonymity-use advance notice reserved design, is opened, the content is one of the advance notice reserved designs of each degree of expectation. Specifically, the player is informed of the prediction pending picture of the expected degree won in the lottery process of the prediction pending expectation degree in step S2501D described above as the contents of the furoshiki.

After the MPU 92 executes the anonymity-use advance notice hold expectation degree notification process in step S2712E, or if it is determined in step S2711E that the information is not confidential use advance notice hold information, the MPU 92 shifts to the storage area of the sub-side reserve area in step S2713E. It is determined whether or not the received sub-side hold information is advance notice hold information for demotion.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2713E that the information is the advance notice suspension information for demotion, in step S2714E, the MPU 92 executes advance notice suspension expectation demotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation demotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for lowering the advance notice pending expectation degree. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing.

Here, in the advance notice pending expectation degree demotion processing, if the current advance notice pending expectation degree is higher than the advance notice pending expectation degree won in the advance notice pending expectation degree lottery processing in step S2501D described above, the advance notice pending expectation degree is stepwise demoted with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree demotion process stepwise lowers the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be demoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation of the winning advance notice withholding expectation is set to the low expectation, and the expectation of the current advance notice withholding is set to the high expectation. When the reservation area SRb is shifted from the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, the MPU 92 maintains the high expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice holding expectation level demotion process in step S2714E. Retain and have a 50% chance to demote to medium expectations. It should be noted that, when the MPU 92 demotes the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level demotion process of step S2714E, the MPU 92 stores in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. The current expectation degree of advance notice suspension included in the advance notice reserve information for demotion is updated to medium expectation degree.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing in step S2714E, or if it is determined in step S2713E that it is not the advance notice pending information for demotion, in step S2708E, the sub side shifted to the storage area of the sub side reserve area It is determined whether or not the side hold information is advance notice hold information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2708E that the information is the advance notice hold information, in step S2709D, the MPU 92 executes notice hold expectation degree promotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level processing.

Here, the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current expectation degree of the advance notice pending is lower than the expectation degree of the previous notice pending prize won in the above-mentioned step S2501D lottery processing of the notice pending expectation degree. is stepwise upgraded with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree promotion process stepwise increases the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be promoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation level of the winning advance notice hold is set to high expectation, and the expectation level of the current notice hold is set to low expectation. When the reservation area SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation level of the advance notice reservation at a low expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice reservation expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain and upgrade to medium expectations with a 50% chance. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, the MPU 92 stores the The current advance notice pending expectation level included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to the middle expectation level.

Further, for example, the advance notice withholding information for promotion is set to the high expectation level as the expectation level of the winning notice withholding expectation level in the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation level in step S2501D, and the middle expectation level as the current expectation level of the withholding notice. When the shift is made from the third area SRa3 of the sub-side holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 raises the expectation level of the advance notice hold to medium expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice hold expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain it as it is and upgrade it to high expectations with a probability of 50%. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to a high expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current advance notice pending expectation included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to a high expectation.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708E that the information is not advance notice pending information, in step S2710E, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This pending display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing in step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 shifts the normal hold and the advance notice hold, notifies the degree of expectation of the notice hold for confidentiality, and raises or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice hold based on the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. is read out from the program ROM 103 for executing the above on the pattern display device 47 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shifting of the normal hold and the notice hold, the notification of the degree of expectation of the notice hold for secrecy, and the raising and lowering of the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the pending shift process is a pending shift means for shifting the sub-side pending information stored in the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 provides a plurality of types of advance notice pending pictures (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation pending picture) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. function as reserved pattern control means for causing the pattern display device 47 to display the advance notice reserved pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice pending picture includes a plurality of types of notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, namely, a low expected notice reserved picture, a medium expected notice reserved picture, and a high expected notice reserved picture. Equipped with a notice pending pattern.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pattern of each expectation level of low expectation level, medium expectation level, and high expectation level suggested a change in expectation level by changing the amount of scallops. On the other hand, for example, the preview pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other characteristics such as color.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for promotion, and maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for demotion. ing. Then, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side reserved information to the execution area SAE.
Note that the display control device 100 may maintain or raise or lower the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern when shifting various sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. When the sub-side reserved information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the shift process, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern may be maintained without being lowered or lowered without fail. In addition, the expectation level of the notice pending pattern may be lowered or lowered after the sub-side suspended information is shifted to the execution area SAE, and is maintained or lowered regardless of the shift of the sub-side suspended information. good too. In short, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or demotes the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture, but may also promote the normal reserved picture to the notice pending picture of each degree of expectation. A symbol may be demoted to a normal reserved symbol. Furthermore, the display control device 100 may lower the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern based on the advance notice pending information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100, when the voice light emission control device 90 stores the confidential advance notice pending information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c, is different from the multiple types of advance notice pending patterns. The symbol display device 47 is caused to display a concealment advance notice pending pattern for concealing the degree of expectation of the concealment advance notice reserve information.
In the present embodiment, a furoshiki cloth is used as an announcing reserved design for concealment, but any design may be adopted as long as it is different from a plurality of types of previously reserved design. Further, in the present embodiment, a picture of scallops on a plate is used as the reserved notice picture, but any picture may be adopted as long as it is different from the reserved notice reserved picture for concealment.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 selects, from among multiple types of advance notice pending pictures, a notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice pending information for concealment, based on the notice pending notice information for concealment. are changing.
Note that the display control device 100 shifts the anonymization advance reservation information toward the execution area SAE in the reservation shift process, that is, when shifting the anonymity advance reservation information within the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Alternatively, the announcing pending picture for concealment displayed on the pattern display device 47 may be changed to a foretelling pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the foretelling pending information for concealment among a plurality of types of foretelling pending picture.

The display control device 100 configured in this way changes the notice pending picture for confidentiality based on the notice pending information for secrecy to the notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice pending information for secrecy among a plurality of types of notice pending picture. It may be provided with an anonymity advance notice pending design change determination means for determining whether or not. In this case, when the display control device 100 determines that the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means changes to the advance notice reserve design, the concealment advance notice reserve design is selected from the plurality of kinds of notice reserve designs to be concealed. When it is determined not to change to the notice reserved picture by the notice reserved picture for concealment, the notice reserved picture for concealment is changed to the notice reserved picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice reserved picture for concealment, and the notice reserved picture for concealment is maintained. . According to this, since the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserved pattern changes, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 69 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34(E).
In the event that a prize is won in the lower operation port 37 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. Patterns are placed on pedestals B21 to B24 to generate them.
The MPU 102 shifts the normal pending picture placed on the pedestal B11 to the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92.例文帳に追加

Here, the hold display generation command includes various advance notice hold information. This various advance notice suspension information is information for specifying the generation of notice suspension. In addition, as described above, the various types of advance notice pending information are information related to the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice pending expectation level in step S2501D, information related to the current expectation level of the advance notice hold, Information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D, information indicating that it is the advance notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation level of the notice hold, and the expectation level of the notice hold are concealed. and information indicating that it is an anonymity notice hold.

For the pending notice pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the pending notice won in the step S2501D lottery processing for the pending notice expectation is set to low expectation, and the current expected degree of pending notice This information is assumed to be a medium expectation level, and the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This advance notice pending information is advance notice pending information for demotion, and includes information indicating that the advance notice pending for demotion lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending.
In addition, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B23, the information regarding the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is set to low expectation, and updated in step S2404D. The information related to the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start reservation storage is the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This notice-holding information is notice-holding information for confidentiality, and includes information indicating that it is notice-holding for confidentiality that conceals the degree of expectation of notice-holding.
Furthermore, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is assumed to be a high expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information on the degree of expectation is the medium expectation degree, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb.
Therefore, based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates the notice pending picture of medium expectation by placing it on the pedestals B22 and B24, and places the notice pending picture for concealment on the pedestal B23. Place it on top of it to generate it.
In addition, in the example of FIG. 69, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34(E), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects no winning in the third spin before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the first spin after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects no winning in the two spins before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the two spins after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).

Therefore, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the player can obtain the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (non-winning expectation special hold SH1) related to the hold symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22. If it becomes, or if it does not result in the "most advantageous result", it is expected that you will not be elected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the non-winning expectation special hold SH1 functions as non-winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to be non-winning.
In addition, the player can obtain the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B23. In the case of non-winning expected gaming situation, non-winning is expected, and in the case of not having the "best result" (winning expected gaming situation), winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the mixed winning expectation special hold SH2 is the non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning and the winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. It functions as mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of situations.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the suspension occurrence process is performed by placing the sub-side suspension information in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 (first area) on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side suspension area SRb. When stored, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and when sub-side reserved information is stored in a fourth area SRb4 (second area) opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information. It functions as a pending distribution storage means for making
In the present embodiment, the hold generating process stores the non-win expected internal lottery information when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, and stores the sub-side hold information in the second area. was stored as internal lottery information for expected winning. On the other hand, in the hold generating process, when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information so as to have a reverse relationship, and is stored in the second area. When sub-side reservation information is stored, it may be stored as non-win expected internal lottery information, or it may be stored so as to have a relationship other than these.

Furthermore, the player achieved the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 (winning expectation special hold SH3). Winning is expected in both cases, and in cases where there is no "best result". In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has caused the winning expectation special hold SH3 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 70 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35(B).
The MPU 102 shifts the reserved pattern toward the execution base AB, as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Here, the MPU 102 places and shifts the confidential advance notice pending picture on the pedestals B21 to B23 based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 69, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestal B21.
In addition, in FIG. 69, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design with high expectation on the pedestal B23.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

FIG. 71 is a diagram showing an advance notice reserved design and a normal reserved design displayed on the display screen of the design display device when the concealment advance notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal and shifted. Specifically, in FIG. 71, in the process of shifting from the situation of FIG. 35(B) to the situation of FIG. FIG. 10 shows.
The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the concealment advance notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the reservation display shifting command received from the MPU 92, the concealment advance notice reserve design is used. A furoshiki is opened and the contents are notified to the player.
Here, when the furoshiki, which is an announcing reserved design for confidentiality, is opened, the content is one of the reserved design for notice of each degree of expectation. Specifically, the player is notified of the prediction pending picture of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the prediction pending expectation degree in step S2501D described above as the contents of the furoshiki.

In FIG. 69, in the announcement suspension placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation level of the announcement suspension that was won in the lottery process of the announcement suspension expectation level in step S2501D is low expectation. Is a low-expectation preview design.

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is the maximum four, so in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expectation special reservation SH1 and the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the advance notice reserved pattern with low expectation rather than the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation. Along with that, we will expect the preview reserved pattern to be demoted.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the win expectation special hold SH3, the player expects the notice reserved picture with a high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with a low expectation, and the notice reserved picture. Expect a promotion.

Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The MPU 102 shifts the reserved pattern toward the execution base AB, as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Here, the MPU 102 places and shifts the confidential advance notice pending picture on the pedestals B21 to B23 based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 69, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestal B21.
In addition, in FIG. 69, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design with high expectation on the pedestal B23.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the concealment advance notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the reservation display shifting command received from the MPU 92, the concealment advance notice reserve design is used. A furoshiki is opened and the contents are notified to the player.
Here, when the furoshiki, which is an announcing reserved design for confidentiality, is opened, the content is one of the reserved design for notice of each degree of expectation. Specifically, the player is notified of the prediction pending picture of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the prediction pending expectation degree in step S2501D described above as the contents of the furoshiki.

In FIG. 69, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is low expectation. The contents will be a low-expectation preview design.

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-win expectation special suspension SH1, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the low-expectation announcement pending picture rather than the high-expectation announcement pending picture. Expect a demotion of the pattern.
In addition, since the player expects winning in the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2 and the winning expectation special reservation SH3, the player expects the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with low expectation. In addition, we will expect the promotion of the notice pending pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode, and the opening and closing execution mode. After switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the transition process at the time of termination and the fluctuation end process, the internal lottery information for winning expectations is digested.
In the present embodiment, the hold shift process consumes non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode, and shifts the winning expectation internal lottery information after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode. Although it has been digested, the winning expectation internal lottery information and the non-winning expectation internal lottery information may be digested without depending on the timing of switching the win/fail lottery mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then Triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation hole 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state. Then, the main controller 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of sub-side reserved information is consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the main control unit 60 switches between a non-winning expected game state in which the player expects that the internal lottery will not be won and a winning expected game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. functioning as a tool.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Triggered by the entry of a game ball into the operation port 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state, and a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of the sub-side hold information is digested in the hold shift process. Although the non-winning expected game situation is switched to the winning expected game situation with this as a trigger, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation may be switched with other triggers.

In addition, in this embodiment, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 notifies the number of game rotations to stay in the high probability mode, and the number of games notification determination processing in step S2207 includes high-frequency support mode (long-term high The number of rotations of the game times to stay in the frequency support mode) is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of game rounds staying in the non-winning expected game situation or the number of game rounds staying in the winning expected game situation.

In addition, in this embodiment, the player, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, "maximum If the result is “advantageous result” (non-winning expected gaming situation), then you should expect non-winning, and if you do not get the “most advantageous result” (winning expected gaming situation), expect to win. become. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 switches to the high-probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is , the non-winning expectation game state is determined, and when winning is not achieved in the result of the first internal lottery, the winning expectation game state is determined for the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10, by the time the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information One of the game situations is fixed.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained in addition to the same functions and effects as (1) to (13) in the fifth embodiment.
(15) The display control device 100 maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information (sub-side holding information for executing variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation), so that the player can: Attention will be paid to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. More specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the non-win expected internal lottery information (sub-side hold information for executing variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation). , whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

(16) When the sound emission control device 90 stores the internal lottery information of non-winning expectation or the internal lottery information of winning expectation in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c, the display control device 100 displays a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns. When the symbol display device 47 is made to display and the sound emission control device 90 stores the mixed winning expected internal lottery information in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c, the symbol display device 47 is caused to display the confidential advance notice reserved pattern. It is possible to cause the pattern display device 47 to display different advance notice pending patterns depending on which sub-side pending information among various types of sub-side pending information is stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c by the sound emission control device 90. can. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the kinds of the notice pending patterns, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(17) The display control device 100 changes the announcing pending pattern for concealment based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to a preliminary pending pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among a plurality of types of preliminary pending symbols. Therefore, the player can recognize the degree of expectation for the result of the internal lottery due to the change in the concealment advance notice reserved design. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(18) When the display control device 100 shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, the display control device 100 selects the concealment preliminary announcement pending design as the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the multiple types of preliminary announcement pending designs. Since the pattern is changed to the notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation of the lottery information, the player cannot recognize the expectation of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 maintains the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE after displaying the confidential advance notice reserved pattern on the pattern display device 47. can do.

(19) Since the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the reserved notice pattern, the player pays attention to whether the degree of expectation of the reserved notice pattern is lowered. Specifically, when the player stores non-win expectation internal lottery information that expects non-win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the voice emission control device 90 (non-win in the main controller 60 When the game state is switched to the expected game state), the advance reservation pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice reservation pattern is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if it is maintained, he becomes depressed. Conversely, when the player stores winning expectation internal lottery information that expects winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c with the voice emission control device 90 (switches to the winning expectation game state with the main controller 60) is confirmed), the advance notice reserved pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation level of the notice reserved pattern is lowered, the player becomes depressed, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes excited. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

(20) The pending shift process shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. By the time the pachinko machine 10 shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is either a non-winning expected game situation or a winning expected game situation. is confirmed, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is high, the player will be enthusiastic if the winning expected gaming situation occurs, and expect non-winning. When it comes to the game situation, it becomes depressed. Further, the player confirms the advance notice reserved pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is low, the game player will be depressed if the winning expected game state occurs, and if the non-win expected game state occurs. If you can, you will be in high spirits. In other words, the player confirms the advance notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation, and determines the combination of the expectation degree of the notice pending picture and the game situation. will pay attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

(21) After the pachinko machine 10 switches to the high-probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the open/close execution mode, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, about the internal lottery information expected to win mixed winning, A non-winning expectation game situation is determined, and when winning is not achieved in the result of the first internal lottery, winning expectation game status is determined for mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the high-probability mode in the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end process. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Seventh embodiment]
A seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the sixth embodiment, when the MPU 62 determines that it is in the open/close execution mode, regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the through gate 41 is detected, the progress of the electric role game round is started. didn't.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 detects that a game ball has entered the through gate 41, the MPU 62 advances the electric role game cycle regardless of whether it is in the opening/closing execution mode. It differs from the fifth embodiment in that it starts.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the processing for electric support is different from that in the sixth embodiment. The contents of the electronic support processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Electronic support processing>
FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a flowchart of processing for electric support according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
In the electrician support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S809 as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the sixth embodiment in that it does not execute the process of step S802.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 detects that a game ball has entered the through gate 41, the MPU 62 starts progressing the electric role game cycle regardless of whether the open/close execution mode is in progress. Therefore, a special hold can be generated during the open/close execution mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the effect determination process is different from that in the sixth embodiment. The contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 73 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the opening/closing execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2116 as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the sixth embodiment in that it executes the processes of steps S2117F and S2118F before executing the process of step S2116.

In step S2117F, the MPU 92 determines whether or not an ending command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2117F that the ending command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S2116 onward, as in the sixth embodiment.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2117F that the ending command has been received, in step S2118F, the MPU 92 executes comprehensive expectation level notification processing.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the total expectation level notification process.
In the total expectation level notification process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2901F to S2905F as shown in FIG.
In step S2901F, the MPU 92 determines whether or not there is a high-expectation announcement hold in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2901F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, it sets a high-expectation state notification command in step S2902F. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the general expectation level notification process. Then, the MPU 92 stores the high expectation state notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This high-expectation state notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the high-expectation state notification effect in the pattern display device 47 based on the high-expectation state notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 executes a high-expectation state notification effect.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2901F that there is no high-expectation notice suspension, in step S2903F, the high-level It is determined whether or not there is an advance notice suspension of the degree of expectation.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, it executes the processing after step S2905F, which will be described later.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is no high-expectation notice suspension, in step S2904F, the high-expectation notice suspension is placed in the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. It is determined whether or not there is

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2904F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, it executes the processes after step S2902F described above.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, or if it determines in step S2904F that there is no high-expectation notice suspension, the low-expectation state notification Set command. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the general expectation level notification process. Then, the MPU 92 stores the low expectation state notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This low-expectation state notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the low-expectation state notification effect on the pattern display device 47 based on the low-expectation state notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 executes the low-expectation state notification effect.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 75 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp portion, and the second suspension lamp portion when shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. Specifically, FIG. 75A is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and the low probability mode and low frequency support mode are in effect. be. FIG. 75(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 75(A) results in "Most Advantageous Result". FIG. 75(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 75(B). FIG. 75(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 75(C) results in "Most Advantageous Result".
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 75. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated upon power-on, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL21). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 75(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a is lit according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed during the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 75A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL21, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 75(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

Incidentally, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL21 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "most advantageous result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL21.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL22). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL22, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 75(C), the MPU 102 displays "high probability middle 3 more spins" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL22, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 75(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL22, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL22 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL21.

FIG. 76 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first reservation lamp section, and the second reservation lamp section during the open/close execution mode. Specifically, FIG. 76A is a diagram showing the display screen G during stay in the open/close execution mode. FIG. 76(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G in a state in which the high-expectation state notification effect is being executed during the waiting time for the ending. FIG. 76(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G in a state in which the low-expectation state notification effect is being executed during the waiting time for the ending.

In the present embodiment, as described above, when the MPU 62 detects that a game ball has entered the through gate 41, the MPU 62 advances the electric role game cycle regardless of whether the open/close execution mode is in progress. Since it starts, as shown in FIG. 76(A), a special hold can be generated during the open/close execution mode. In addition, in FIG. 76A, the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b (the number of occurrences of special suspension) is four at maximum.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, after the opening/closing execution mode ends, the game cycle is during the second variable display, so the flow at the time of transition to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode does not light up the first holding lamp part in the first embodiment. The flow is the same as in the case (see FIG. 38(E), FIG. 39, and FIG. 40 after block BL23 in FIG. 37).

Here, in FIG. 76(A), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, will transition to long-term high-frequency support mode, as described above. In other words, the player will expect to win in one spin during his stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.
In addition, in FIG. 76(A), the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, so even if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, If there is a "best result" in the subsequent two game rounds, as described above, the long-term high-frequency support mode is not entered. In other words, the player expects not to win two spins after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode.
Furthermore, in FIG. 76(A), the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, so even if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, If there is no "most advantageous result" in the subsequent two game rounds and the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the third game round, as described above, long-term high frequency Switch to support mode. In other words, the player expects to win on the third turn after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, the player expects to win in the rotation based on the special hold related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B21. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the special reservation related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B21 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.
In addition, when the rotation based on the special hold related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B21 does not result in the "best result", the player is placed on the pedestals B22 and B23. Non-winning is expected in the rotation based on the special reservation related to the reserved design, and winning is expected in the rotation based on the special reservation related to the reserved design placed on the pedestal B24. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that caused the special hold related to the reserved designs placed on the pedestals B22 and B23 functions as the non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player expects to be non-winning. The sub-side internal lottery information that causes the special reservation related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B24 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.

In the waiting time for the ending, when the MPU 102 receives the high expectation state notification command from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 76B, the MPU 102 executes the high expectation state notification effect. In the high-expectation state notification effect, the MPU 102 causes the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 to display a school of fish.
In other words, the MPU 102 is controlled when there is a high degree of expectation for shifting to the long-term high-frequency support mode (when the advance notice hold information relating to the special hold placed on the pedestal B21 has a high degree of expectation, when the pedestals B21 to B23 If the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is not high expectation and the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is high expectation) Execute the notification effect.

Also, during the waiting time for the ending, when the MPU 102 receives the low-expectation state notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 executes the low-expectation state notification effect as shown in FIG. 76(C). In the low-expectation state notification effect, the MPU 102 causes the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 to display a small number of fish.
In other words, the MPU 102 executes the low-expectation state notification effect when the expectation for transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is low.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the total expectation level notification process is performed by temporarily switching the lower working port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode by the main controller 60 so that the lower working port 37 Special internal lottery information when sub-side reservation information is stored as at least one piece of special internal lottery information (sub-side internal lottery information causing special reservation) in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c in the order in which the game balls enter. It functions as a comprehensive expectation degree determination means for comprehensively determining the degree of expectation of In addition, the total expectation level notification processing also functions as total expectation level notification means for informing the player of the expectation level of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the general expectation level notification process comprehensively determines the level of expectation of special internal lottery information based on the level of expectation of non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation level of winning expectation internal lottery information. is doing.
In the present embodiment, the general expectation notification process comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information. However, based on information other than this, the degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information may be comprehensively determined. For example, the degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information may be comprehensively determined based on the result of the non-winning expected internal lottery information and the winning expected internal lottery information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed by temporarily switching the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode during the opening/closing execution mode, and announcing the general expectation level. The process informs the player of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information during the waiting time for the ending. In other words, the general expectation notification process shifts the special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb toward the execution area SAE in the reservation shift process to digest the expectation of the special internal lottery information. The player is notified before doing so.
On the other hand, for example, the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing temporarily switch the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends, and In the notification process, after switching the lower operation port 37 from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information may be notified to the player during the waiting time for the ending.
In the present embodiment, the general expectation notification process shifts the special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb toward the execution area SAE in the process of shifting the expectation of the special internal lottery information. However, the player may be notified at other timing such as after the special internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area SAE and consumed.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) Since the sound emission control device 90 is equipped with a general expectation notification process, the player temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode using the main control device 60. By doing so, it is possible to comprehensively confirm the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the sub-side reserved information storage area 94c in the order of entry of the game ball into the lower operation port 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The display control device 100 causes the pattern display device 47 to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side reserved information, so that the player can confirm the degree of expectation of each of the special internal lottery information. can. In addition, the general expectation degree notification process comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information. can confirm the overall expectation of the special internal lottery information. Therefore, the player can individually confirm the degree of expectation for each piece of the special internal lottery information and the overall degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information, so that the pachinko machine 10 can keep the player's attention on the game. degree can be improved.

(3) The special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb is shifted toward the execution area SAE by the reservation shift processing of the expectation degree of the special internal lottery information determined by the comprehensive expectation degree notification processing. Since the player is notified before digesting the lower operation port 37 by temporarily switching the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode with the main control device 60, the player can move to the lower operation port 37 The degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c in the order of game ball entry can be comprehensively confirmed before digestion of the special internal lottery information.

[Eighth Embodiment]
An eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the fifth embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending design.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 is different from the fifth embodiment in that the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is maintained, promoted, or demoted.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform different processes from those in the fifth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice suspension generation process and the suspension shift process are different from those in the fifth embodiment. The contents of the advance notice pending generation process and pending shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Announcement Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 77 is a diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice suspension generation processing according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of suspension generation processing. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2507G as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2501D, the processing of step S2504G and after is executed.

In step S2504G, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special hold is caused by entering the lower opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, when the MPU 92 refers to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94D and determines that the short-term high-frequency support mode is on, the second sub-side start is suspended in step S2403D. It is determined to be special pending when the number SRbN of memories is set.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2504G that it is not a special hold, it executes the processing after step S2502D in the same manner as in the fifth embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2504G that it is a special hold, in step S2507G the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S2404D and the sub-side start hold storage number SN stored in the corresponding storage area When starting the variable display based on the hold information, it is determined whether or not there is a non-win expected game situation.
Specifically, the MPU 92 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa and the number of reservations stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb, When starting the variable display based on the sub side hold information stored in the storage area corresponding to the side start hold storage number SN, it is determined whether or not it is a non-win expected game situation.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2507G that it is not the non-winning expected gaming situation, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2502D described above.
In the following description, the advance notice reservation information stored in the storage area of the sub-side reserve area in step S2503D described above is referred to as promotion advance notice reservation information (winning expectation internal lottery information).

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2507G that the game is in the non-winning expected gaming situation, in step S2508G, the MPU 92 executes demotion-starting advance notice hold expectation level selection processing. In this relegation start time notice hold expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or higher than the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation level lottery process of step S2501D. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D, the MPU 92 selects the high expectation notice hold, and the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D. If the medium expectation notice hold is won, the high expectation or medium expectation notice hold is randomly selected, and the low expectation notice hold is selected by the notice hold expectation lottery process in step S2501D. If a winner is selected, one of high expectation, medium expectation, and low expectation is selected at random.

In step S2509G, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information for demotion (non-winning expectation internal lottery information) in the first storage area among the free storage areas of the sub-side storage areas, that is, the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D. is stored in the corresponding storage area.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the number SRbN of second sub-side start-holding storage to "1" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "2" of the second sub-side start-holding storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information for demotion is stored in the second area SRb2, which is a storage area for demotion.

This advance notice suspension information for demotion is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension for demotion is to be generated. Further, the advance notice suspension information for demotion is updated in step S2404D with information on the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice hold expectation level in step S2501D and information on the current expectation level of the advance notice hold. It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information indicating that it is a demotion pending notice that lowers the degree of expectation of the preliminary notice pending. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the demotion start time advance notice postponement expectation degree selection process of step S2508G as the present expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.

Here, the advance notice suspension information for demotion stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the generation of advance notice suspension for demotion in the symbol display device 47 based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the prior notice pending symbol and notifies the player of the occurrence of the prior notice pending for demotion.

It should be noted that the design of the advance notice reservation for demotion is different from the usual advance notice reservation design.
Specifically, in the normal notice pending pattern (promotion notice pending picture), as described above, the low-expectation notice pending picture is the first notice pending picture with one scallop on the plate. (See FIG. 60(A)), and the medium-expectation pending notice pattern is a notice pending picture with three scallops on a plate (see FIG. 60(B)), and the high-expectation pending notice pattern. The design is the second advance notice pending design (see FIG. 60(C)) in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.
On the other hand, in the design of the advance notice pending for demotion, the low expectation advance notice pending design is the second advance notice pending design (see FIG. 60(C)) with a large amount of scallops on the plate, The advance notice pending pattern of high expectation is a notice pending pattern in which three scallops are placed on a plate (see FIG. 60(B)), and the advance notice pending pattern of high expectation is one scallop placed on a plate. 60(A)).
In other words, in the normal notice pending picture, the number of scallops on the plate increases as the degree of expectation of the notice pending rises, and the number of scallops on the plate decreases as the degree of expectation of the notice pending decreases. In addition, in the pattern of advance notice suspension for demotion, the number of scallops on the plate decreases as the degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension rises, and the number of scallops on the plate increases as the degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension decreases.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs are provided with the first notice reserved picture and the second notice reserved picture different from the first notice reserved picture. Then, when the display control device 100 gives notice of the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (promotion notice hold information) for executing the variable display in the winning expected game situation, the first notice hold pattern is set to the low expectation level. A notice reserved picture is used, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation. In addition, when the display control device 100 announces the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (demotion advance notice hold information) for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, the display control device 100 sets the first notice hold pattern to a high expectation level. , and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a low degree of expectation.

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 78 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes hold shift processing in step S2304D of the hold determination processing, as described above. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710G as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending area based on the content of the pending shift command. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the processing of step S2711G and after is executed.

In step S2711G, it is determined whether or not the sub-side reservation information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side reservation area is demotion advance notice reservation information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2711G that the information is the advance notice hold information for demotion, in step S2712G, the MPU 92 executes advance notice hold expectation demotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation demotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for lowering the advance notice pending expectation degree. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing.

Here, in the advance notice pending expectation degree demotion processing, if the current advance notice pending expectation degree is higher than the advance notice pending expectation degree won in the advance notice pending expectation degree lottery processing in step S2501D described above, the advance notice pending expectation degree is stepwise demoted with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree demotion process stepwise lowers the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be demoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation of the winning advance notice withholding expectation is set to the low expectation, and the expectation of the current advance notice withholding is set to the high expectation. When the reservation area SRb is shifted from the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, the MPU 92 maintains the high expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice holding expectation level demotion process of step S2712G. Retain and have a 50% chance to demote to medium expectations. It should be noted that when the MPU 92 lowers the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level demotion process of step S2712G, the MPU 92 stores the expectation level in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. The current expectation degree of advance notice suspension included in the advance notice reserve information for demotion is updated to medium expectation degree.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing in step S2712G, or if it is determined in step S2711G that it is not the advance notice pending information for demotion, in step S2708G, the sub side shifted to the storage area of the sub side reserve area It is determined whether or not the side hold information is advance notice hold information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2708G that the information is the advance notice hold information, in step S2709D, the MPU 92 executes notice hold expectation degree promotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level processing.

Here, the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current expectation degree of the advance notice pending is lower than the expectation degree of the previous notice pending prize won in the above-mentioned step S2501D lottery processing of the notice pending expectation degree. is stepwise upgraded with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree promotion process stepwise increases the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be promoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation level of the winning advance notice hold is set to high expectation, and the expectation level of the current notice hold is set to low expectation. When the reservation area SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation level of the advance notice reservation at a low expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice reservation expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain and upgrade to medium expectations with a 50% chance. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, the MPU 92 stores the The current advance notice pending expectation level included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to the middle expectation level.

Further, for example, the advance notice withholding information for promotion is set to the high expectation level as the expectation level of the winning notice withholding expectation level in the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation level in step S2501D, and the middle expectation level as the current expectation level of the withholding notice. When the shift is made from the third area SRa3 of the sub-side holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 raises the expectation level of the advance notice hold to medium expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice hold expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain it as it is and upgrade it to high expectations with a probability of 50%. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to a high expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current advance notice pending expectation included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to a high expectation.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process in step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708G that the information is not the advance notice pending information for promotion, in step S2710G, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This pending display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing in step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 is for executing the shifting of the normal hold and the notice hold and the raising and lowering of the degree of expectation of the notice hold on the pattern display device 47 based on the hold display shift time command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table is read from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shift between the normal hold and the advance notice hold, and the raising and lowering of the degree of expectation for the notice hold.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the pending shift processing is performed as pending shift means for shifting the sub-side pending information stored in the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 provides a plurality of types of advance notice pending pictures (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation pending picture) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. function as reserved pattern control means for causing the pattern display device 47 to display the advance notice reserved pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice pending picture includes a plurality of types of notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, namely, a low expected notice reserved picture, a medium expected notice reserved picture, and a high expected notice reserved picture. Equipped with a notice pending pattern.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pattern of each expectation level of low expectation level, medium expectation level, and high expectation level suggested a change in expectation level by changing the amount of scallops. On the other hand, for example, the preview pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other characteristics such as color.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for promotion, and maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for demotion. ing. Then, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side reserved information to the execution area SAE.
Note that the display control device 100 may maintain or raise or lower the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern when shifting various sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. When the sub-side reserved information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the shift process, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern may be maintained without being lowered or lowered without fail. In addition, the expectation level of the notice pending pattern may be lowered or lowered after the sub-side suspended information is shifted to the execution area SAE, and is maintained or lowered regardless of the shift of the sub-side suspended information. good too. In short, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or demotes the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture, but may also promote the normal reserved picture to the notice pending picture of each degree of expectation. A symbol may be demoted to a normal reserved symbol. Furthermore, the display control device 100 may lower the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern based on the advance notice pending information.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. Note that in FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34(E).
In the event that a prize is won in the lower operation port 37 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. Patterns are placed on pedestals B21 to B24 to generate them.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the high-expectation notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B11 to the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the pending display shift command received from the MPU 92. I am letting

Here, the hold display generation command includes various advance notice hold information. This various advance notice suspension information is information for specifying the generation of notice suspension. In addition, as described above, the various types of advance notice pending information are information related to the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice pending expectation level in step S2501D, information related to the current expectation level of the advance notice hold, It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start pending storage updated in step S2404D, and information indicating that it is a demotion pending notice that lowers the degree of expectation of the preliminary notice pending.

For the pending notice pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the pending notice won in the step S2501D lottery processing for the pending notice expectation is set to low expectation, and the current expected degree of pending notice This information is assumed to be a medium expectation level, and the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This advance notice pending information is advance notice pending information for demotion, and includes information indicating that the advance notice pending for demotion lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending.
In addition, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is medium expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information about the degree of expectation is medium expectation, and the information about the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. After switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, this advance notice hold information will be displayed if the result of the first internal lottery is won (during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode In the case of the "most advantageous result"), it is determined in step S2507G that the non-winning expected gaming situation is present, so that it is the advance notice suspension information for demotion, and the expectation level of the notice suspension is demoted. It contains information indicating that the notice is pending. In addition, this advance notice hold information is displayed when the result of the first internal lottery is not won after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing (staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode If it does not result in the "best result"), it is determined in step S2507G that there is no non-winning expected gaming situation, so it is advance notice hold information, and the degree of expectation for notice hold is demoted. It does not contain information indicating that it is pending advance notice for use.
Furthermore, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is assumed to be a high expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information about the degree is medium expectation, and the information about the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This advance notice hold information is advance notice hold information, and does not include information indicating that the advance notice hold is for demotion that lowers the degree of expectation of notice hold.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates the notice pending picture of medium expectation by placing it on the pedestals B22 to B24 based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92 .
In addition, in the example of FIG. 79, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34(E), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects no winning in the third spin before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the first spin after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects no winning in the two spins before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the two spins after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).

Therefore, in the rotation based on the special holding related to the holding symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22, the player can obtain the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "best result". In any case where there is no "advantageous outcome", you are expected to be unsuccessful.
In addition, when the player is in the rotation based on the special holding related to the holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, if the "best result" is obtained (non-winning expected game situation ), the player expects that the player will not win the game, and if the "most advantageous result" is not obtained (gaming situation in which the player expects to win the game), the player expects to win the game.

In addition, the player can obtain the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "most advantageous result" in the rotation based on the special hold related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B24. In any of the cases where it does not become ", we expect to be elected.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

FIG. 80 is a diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 80 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35(B).
The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 79, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition pending design on the pedestal B21.
Here, as described above, the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B22 is the advance notice hold information for demotion, and is the advance notice hold for demotion that demotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold. contains information indicating In advance notice reservation for relegation, the low-expectation notice reservation pattern becomes the second notice reservation pattern with a large amount of scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is medium expectation. It will not be identified as having demoted the expectations of the current notice hold. In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation on the pedestal B22.
Here, as described above, the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B23 is the notice for demotion if the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. This is suspension information, and includes information indicating that it is an advance notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation level of the advance notice hold. In the advance notice reservation for demotion, the notice reservation pattern of medium expectation level is a notice reservation pattern with three scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending picture with high expectation on the pedestal B23.
Here, as described above, the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is the notice hold information for promotion, and the notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation of notice hold. does not contain information indicating In the advance notice reservation, the high-expectation notice reservation pattern is the second notice reservation pattern in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player expects to be non-winning, so the low-expectation reserved picture (second notice reserved picture) is lower than the high-expected notice reserved picture (second (Presentation reserved pattern), and expect the relegation of the notice reserved pattern.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the winning expectation gaming situation, the high-expectation preview reserved pattern (second preview pattern) is higher than the low-expected preview reserved pattern (first preview reserved pattern). As well as expecting the reserved pattern), the promotion of the advance notice reserved pattern is expected.
In other words, the player expects the second notice pending pattern more than the first notice pending pattern regardless of whether the game situation is the win expected game situation or the non-win expected game situation. The machine 10 can make the player's criteria explicit.

Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The MPU 102 shifts the reserved design toward the execution base AB, similar to FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 79, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestal B21 in the same manner as in FIG.
Here, as described above, the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B22 is the advance notice hold information for demotion, and is the advance notice hold for demotion that demotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold. contains information indicating In advance notice reservation for relegation, the low-expectation notice reservation pattern becomes the second notice reservation pattern with a large amount of scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is medium expectation. It will not be identified as raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation level on the pedestal B22 in the same manner as in FIG.
Here, as described above, the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B23 does not result in the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is the advance notice hold information for demotion and does not include information indicating that it is the advance notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation level of the advance notice hold. In the advance notice pending pattern, the notice pending pattern with medium expectation is a notice pending pattern with three scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design with a high degree of expectation on the pedestal B23 in the same manner as in FIG.
Here, as described above, the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is the notice hold information for promotion, and the notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation of notice hold. does not contain information indicating In the advance notice reservation, the high-expectation notice reservation pattern is the second notice reservation pattern in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player expects to be non-winning, so the low-expectation reserved picture (second notice reserved picture) is lower than the high-expected notice reserved picture (second (Presentation reserved pattern), and expect the relegation of the notice reserved pattern.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the winning expectation gaming situation, the notice reserved picture with high expectation (second notice reserved picture) is used rather than the notice reserved picture with low expectation (first notice reserved picture). As well as expecting the reserved pattern), the promotion of the advance notice reserved pattern is expected.
In other words, the player expects the second notice pending pattern more than the first notice pending pattern regardless of whether the game situation is the win expected game situation or the non-win expected game situation. The machine 10 can make the player's criteria explicit.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

Further, in the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then Triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation hole 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state. Then, the main controller 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of sub-side reserved information is consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the main control unit 60 switches between a non-winning expected game state in which the player expects that the internal lottery will not be won and a winning expected game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. functioning as a tool.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Triggered by the entry of a game ball into the operation port 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state, and a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of the sub-side hold information is digested in the hold shift process. Although the non-winning expected game situation is switched to the winning expected game situation with this as a trigger, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation may be switched with other triggers.

In addition, in this embodiment, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 notifies the number of game rotations to stay in the high probability mode, and the number of games notification determination processing in step S2207 includes high-frequency support mode (long-term high The number of rotations of the game times to stay in the frequency support mode) is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of game rounds staying in the non-winning expected game situation or the number of game rounds staying in the winning expected game situation.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained in addition to the same functions and effects as (1) to (13) in the fifth embodiment.
(15) The display control device 100 maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the sub-side hold information that executes the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can expect the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern. It will be interesting to see if you get promoted or not. More specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the sub-side hold information that executes the variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation, so that the player can expect the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern. It will be interesting to see if they are demoted or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. .
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

(16) Since the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the reserved notice symbol, the player pays attention to whether the degree of expectation of the reserved notice pattern is lowered. Specifically, when the main control device 60 switches to the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is confirmed. Demotion will be elation, maintaining will be dejection. Conversely, when the main control device 60 switches to the win expectation gaming situation, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is lowered. Depressed, if maintained, elated. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

(17) When the display control device 100 announces the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (promotion notice hold information) for executing variable display in the winning expected game situation, the display control device 100 sets the first notice hold pattern to a low expectation level. , and the second notice pending design is a highly anticipated notice pending design, so that the player can confirm the notice pending design displayed on the pattern display device 47 and use the second notice pending design. If there is, the morale will be high, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, the morale will be depressed. In addition, when the display control device 100 announces the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (demotion advance notice hold information) for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, the display control device 100 sets the first notice hold pattern to a high expectation level. and the second notice pending design is a notice pending design with a low degree of expectation. If there is, the morale will be high, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, the morale will be depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and whether it is the second notice pending pattern in either the winning expected game situation or the non-win expected game situation. The pachinko machine 10 can clarify the determination criteria of the player, because the player will be in high spirits if the pattern is the first notice pending pattern, and will be depressed if the pattern is the first notice pending pattern.

In addition, in this embodiment, the most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is easier to migrate if it does not become. In other words, it becomes difficult to shift to the most advantageous gaming state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36, and the game ball entering the upper working port 36 becomes difficult. It is easier to transition if you do not win the result of the internal lottery that is executed with the ball entering.
According to this, the pachinko machine 10 has a game situation in which the winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working opening 36 as a trigger is expected, and the entry of the game ball into the upper working opening 36. It is possible to switch between a game situation (while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode) in which non-winning of the internal lottery executed as a trigger is expected. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game. This point also applies to each of the above-described embodiments.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays the sub-side hold information (promotion notice hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. When predicting the degree of expectation, the first notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of low expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of high expectation.
Therefore, when the player expects to win the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working hole 36 (other than during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode), the symbol display device 47 The displayed advance notice reserved design is confirmed, and if it is the first notice reserved design, it becomes depressed, and if it is the second notice reserved design, it becomes high spirited. In addition, in a game situation (while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode) in which the player expects non-winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working hole 36, the symbol display device 47 The displayed advance notice reserved pattern is confirmed, and if it is the first notice reserved pattern, the player will be in high spirits, and if it is the second notice reserved pattern, he will be depressed.

For example, in the example of FIG. 79, the MPU 102, based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the high-expectation pending notice pattern (second notice pending picture) placed on the pedestal B11 ) is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted. In this example, it is a gaming situation (while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode) that expects non-winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36, so the player After confirming the second advance notice reserved design displayed on the display device 47, he becomes depressed.
On the other hand, when announcing the degree of expectation of the special hold generated by winning the lower operation opening 37 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, as described above, the player can expect the winning expected game situation and The pachinko machine 10 clarifies the determination criteria of the players because the second notice reserved pattern is expected more than the first notice reserved pattern in any game situation of the non-winning expected game situation. be able to.
According to this, the value of the first notice reserved design and the second notice reserved design is sub-side reserved associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 as a trigger. The difference between the case of announcing the degree of expectation of information and the case of announcing the degree of expectation of sub-side reserved information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the lower operating port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

[Modification of each embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and includes modifications, improvements, etc. within the scope of achieving the object of the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning hole 38a once per round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the big winning opening 38a a plurality of times for one round game.
(2) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, or the game to the big winning opening 38a When the total winning number of balls reaches a predetermined upper limit number, the door 38b is closed again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may vary according to the upper limit duration time, and the condition for setting the open/close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is the predetermined upper limit number. As a result, the opening/closing door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to any number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers according to the distribution results. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers for each round in one open/close execution mode.

(4) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes when the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. The door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger port for setting the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state when a game ball enters the game ball, and when a predetermined time elapses, this end trigger port is provided. It may be configured to allow the ball to enter the trigger hole.
(5) In each of the above-described embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, and the opening/closing door 38b is closed again. was set to On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 opens the opening/closing door 38b when a predetermined time elapses from the time when the winning to the big winning opening 38a occurs. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again.
(7) In each of the above-described embodiments, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is set shorter than the shooting cycle of the game ball. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is a time equal to or longer than the shooting cycle of the game ball, and not more than n times (n=1, 2, or 3) the shooting cycle of the game ball. It may be set to time.

(8) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of open/close execution modes.
Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an opening/closing execution mode in which the round game is executed twice with the upper limit duration of the short-time mode, and an opening/closing execution mode in which the round game is executed four times with the upper limit duration of the long-time mode. had. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening and closing execution mode different from these regarding the form of the upper limit duration time and the number of round game executions.
In addition, the pachinko machine 10 differs in the mode of the upper limit duration time, instead of setting a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes, by varying the degree of opening of the opening/closing door 38b, such as half-opening or full-opening. , a configuration in which a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes are set. Furthermore, the upper limit duration time may be set so that the exact upper limit duration time is different, although the same pattern appears to the player.

(9) In each of the above embodiments, the game result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond one-to-one. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode may be set by randomly selecting from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, or may be selected from a plurality of types of effects by lottery or the like. , and the selection rate may be changed according to the game result.

(10) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is any of the "special loss result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result" Information relating to a special combination of symbols is determined as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the line L, and this special combination of symbols is the same regardless of the type of game result.
On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result so that it is difficult for the player to grasp the game result.

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for the jackpot generation lottery, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 for the jackpot type lottery when the jackpot is generated. On the other hand, when a big win occurs, the MPU 62 may use the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery of the type of the big win. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result" and the "normal loss result", and the MPU 62 stores the value of the random number that wins the jackpot. A lottery for generating a big hit is executed by comparing the success/failure table and the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 used the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 to execute the lottery for the "special losing result". On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses a new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery related to the "special loss result". A lottery related to "result" may be executed.

(13) In each of the above-described embodiments, under the game state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is two, and the occurrence of the big win. Under the game state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to in the lottery of (1), the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is one. In other words, the probability of a "special failure result" is set to be higher in the low-probability mode than in the high-probability mode. On the other hand, the probability of becoming a "special outlier result" may be set lower in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode, and set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode. may have been Also, the probability of the "special failure result" may be set to 0 in at least one of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous game states and disadvantageous game states for the player by setting the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the states, the player may create favorable and unfavorable playing states. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player by varying the number of game rounds for continuing the high-frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of game rounds in which the high-probability mode is continued after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. .

(15) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the reservation information related to the upper working opening 36 in the first result display section reservation area Ra, and stores the reservation information related to the lower working opening 37 in the second result display section. By storing in the reserved area Rb, the reserved information regarding the upper working port 36 and the reserved information regarding the lower working port 37 are separately stored. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information relating to the upper working opening 36 and the holding information relating to the lower working opening 37 together.
(16) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the reservation information related to the lower operation opening 37 for completing the game round regardless of whether or not there is the reservation information related to the upper operation opening 36. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the reservation information related to the upper operation port 36 and the reservation information related to the lower operation port 37 for completion of the game cycle in the winning order of the respective reservation information.

(17) In each of the above embodiments, the main controller 60 transmits a command to the audio light emission control device 90, and the audio light emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. The control of the display control device 100 was executed by. In response to this, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the sound emission control device 90, thereby performing sound emission control. Control of device 90 may be performed. The commands sent from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the commands sent from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, and are arbitrary. .
(18) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one of the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is the main control device. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60 .

(19) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the effects for game rounds are not limited to the effects described in the above embodiments, and are optional. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game cycle by operating a combination of a movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game round by operating a combination of light-emitting means provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a game round effect by combining these decorative members and light emitting means with the pattern display device 47 to operate.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (win/fail lottery and sorting lottery) based on the winning to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, and then the main display section 45 And the symbol display device 47 executes the variable display, and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a result of stopping the variable display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the pattern display device 47 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the start of the variable display may display the results of In this case, after starting the variable display, before stopping the variable display, an internal lottery may be executed and the stop result and the like may be set.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 executes the variable display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as a result of stopping the variable display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result as the stop result of the variable display regardless of the result of the internal lottery. The result of the lottery may be made unidentifiable.
Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 does not have to include the main display section 45 .

(22) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the symbol display device 47 may execute an effect for a game round on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (design) that indicates the result of the internal lottery.

For example, the pattern display device 47 displays a predetermined area in at least one of an area narrower than the area for displaying the patterns of each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 and a peripheral area of the area for displaying the patterns of each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3. When the variable display of the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped, a symbol indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in the predetermined area. The symbols to be displayed in the predetermined area may be variably displayed or may not be displayed during the variably displayed symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

Here, the pattern displayed in the predetermined area may employ letters, colors, or patterns that are difficult for the player to distinguish, or may employ a combination of these. In addition, even if characters, colors, and patterns that are difficult for the player to identify are not used, mutually similar patterns or combinations thereof may be used to make it difficult for the player to identify. According to this, the administrator of the game parlor, for example, looks at the pattern display device 47 without looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round, in the same way as in the case of winning a big win lottery. It is possible to easily confirm whether or not a fraudulent act is being performed to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of .

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 was configured to operate independently, but it may be configured to transmit and receive information by linking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured so that an optical code can be output by a player operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and information on the optical code is transmitted to a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like. The game machine may be configured so that the information of the game machine can be transmitted to the web server by capturing and reading the image at the , and accessing the website. In addition, the gaming machine is configured so that the information of the web server can be received by the player accessing the website and entering the password issued by operating the button etc. provided on the gaming machine into the gaming machine. You may

(24) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been exemplified and explained as the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be a pachinko machine of another type different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, the gaming machine of the present invention may be configured such that when a game ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens an electric accessory a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Also, the gaming machine of the present invention may be an arrangement ball machine or other types of gaming machines such as majang ball machines.

[Group of Inventions Extracted from Each Embodiment]
The features of the group of inventions extracted from the above embodiments will be described below. Of the features of the group of inventions, the corresponding configurations in each of the above-described embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the group of inventions are not limited to the above-described embodiments, and the features of the group of inventions. Modifications, improvements, etc., and combinations of features within the range that can achieve the purpose are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Characteristic group A> Characteristic A1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger A most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. A gaming machine characterized by:

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature A1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in feature A1 of the invention group,
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
After switching to the second game state, the game state switching means associates the internal lottery information with a predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entering section storage means. Switching from the second game state to the first game state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery received,
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the most advantageous game state transition means performs the internal lottery stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. This game machine is characterized by shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning the result of an internal lottery associated with information.

According to feature A2 of the present invention group, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means selects a predetermined number less than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second game state, he/she expects that he/she will not win the lottery, and then enters the first game state. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the rest of the internal lottery information is reported by the player, the player expects to win the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A gaming machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature A3 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the internal lottery results associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 or feature A3 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to feature A4 of the present invention group, the second gaming state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the first gaming state. The probability of winning is high when the result of the internal lottery that has been received is notified, and the probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first game state. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in feature A4 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to feature A5 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A5 of the invention group,
The ball-enterable state is
A first ball-enterable state (high-frequency support mode with short-term electric role open time) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered;
A second ball-enterable state (long-term ball-enterable state) in which game balls flowing down the game area are temporarily allowed to enter and more game balls than the first ball-enterable state are allowed to enter Open time high frequency support mode) and
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the first possible state or the A game machine characterized by switching to a second ball-enterable state.

According to feature A6 of the present invention group, after the game state switching means switches to the second game state, the second start-up ball-entering section is switched from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state. Switch to the possible state or the second ball-enterable state. Further, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state between the first game state and the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry portion as a trigger is won. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the game state.
According to this, the player expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state by the ball-enterable state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in feature A6 of the invention group,
By setting the duration of the second ball-enterable state longer than that of the first ball-enterable state, more game balls can be entered than the first ball-enterable state. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, the second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, so that the number of game balls is greater than that of the first ball-enterable state. can be entered, the configurations of the first enterable state and the second enterable state can be simplified.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine according to feature A6 or feature A7 of the invention group,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state based on the result of an internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first starting ball-entering unit. A game machine characterized by switching to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state.

According to feature A8 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means selects the second start ball entry section based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first start ball entry section. is switched from the ball-unable to enter state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state, the player can enter the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the first start ball-entering section as a trigger. will pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A9.
In the gaming machine described in feature A8 of the invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is
The first winning result (“explicit small round high probability result” or “non-explicit small round high probability result”);
A second winning result ("best result") different from the first winning result;
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-enterable state when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning state is achieved. A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible when a result is obtained.

According to feature A9 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the first state where the ball can be entered when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry part is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball entry possible state, so that the player can switch the entering state as the second winning result. It is expected that the state can be switched to the second ball entry possible state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A10.
In the gaming machine according to feature A6 or feature A7 of the invention group,
An expectation that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. Equipped with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effect,
The ball-entering state switching means, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball-entering section, the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means. a gaming machine characterized in that the second start-up ball-entering section is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the first ball-entering possible state or the second ball-entering possible state based on the content of .

According to the feature A10 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section, the expected effect execution means Since the second start ball-entering portion is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the ball-entering possible state or the ball-entering possible state based on the content of the expected effect executed in , the player can expect the expected effect Attention will be paid to the content of the expected performance executed by the execution means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A11.
In the gaming machine described in feature A10 of the invention group,
The content of the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means is
a first expected effect (first reach display);
Provided with a second expected effect (second reach display) different from the first expected effect,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-entering possible state when the expected performance executing means executes the first expected effect. When the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing means, the second starting ball-entering unit is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball-enterable state. game machine.

According to feature A11 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means changes the second starting ball-entering portion from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state when the expected effect execution means executes the first expected effect. When the state is switched to the ball possible state and the second expected performance is executed by the expected performance executing means, the second starting ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the second ball entering possible state. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entering section, the expected effect executing means performs the second expected effect. After execution, it is expected that the ball-entering state switching means will switch to the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A12.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A11 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to the feature A12 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering part and the second starting ball-entering part are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball on the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature A13.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A11 of the present invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature A13 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group A of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Feature B Group> Feature B1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, the first start ball entry section and the second start ball entry section A most advantageous gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state based on the combination of the starting ball-entering portion and the first gaming state and the second gaming state. and a most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to a game state.

According to feature B1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous gaming state transition means is based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section. When winning, from the first game state and the second game state based on the combination of the first start ball entry portion and the second start ball entry portion and the first game state and the second game state Also, the game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state advantageous to the player. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, the first start entry Attention will be paid to the combination of the ball portion and the second starting ball entry portion with the first and second playing states. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in feature B1 of the invention group,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution mode end transition processing and variable end processing),
The most advantageous game state transition means is triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second start ball entry section after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. A game characterized by shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state which is more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed as machine.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature B2 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in feature B2 of the invention group,
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
After switching to the second game state, the game state switching means associates the internal lottery information with a predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entering section storage means. Switching from the second game state to the first game state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery received,
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the most advantageous game state transition means performs the internal lottery stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. This game machine is characterized by shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning the result of an internal lottery associated with information.

According to feature B3 of the present invention group, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means selects a predetermined number less than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second game state, he/she expects that he/she will not win the lottery, and then enters the first game state. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the rest of the internal lottery information is reported by the player, the player expects to win the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in feature B3 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A gaming machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature B4 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the internal lottery results associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in feature B3 or feature B4 of the invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to feature B5 of the present invention group, the second gaming state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first gaming state. The probability of winning is high when the result of the internal lottery that has been received is notified, and the probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first game state. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine described in feature B5 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to feature B6 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B6 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to feature B7 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering part and the second starting ball-entering part are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball on the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B6 of the present invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature B8 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group B of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Characteristic group C> Characteristic C1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game machine is
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
The game state transition means is
After switching between the first gaming state and the second gaming state, and after switching to the second gaming state, the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means Triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information, the game state switching means for switching from the second game state to the first game state (transition at the end of the open/close execution mode) processing and variable termination processing);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means for the first time, Alternatively, after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means A gaming machine comprising most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning a result.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second starting ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature C1 of the group of the present invention, the most advantageous game state transition means, after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, first selects the internal lottery stored in the second ball entry section storage means. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the information is won, or after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the game ball is entered into the second start ball entry section. When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with this as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state which is more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Further, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information for the second and subsequent times in the second gaming state, the player expects that he or she will not win the lottery. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the game state of , or the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is notified in the second game state In that case, you will expect to be elected. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A gaming machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature C2 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the internal lottery results associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 or feature C2 of the invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to feature C3 of the present invention group, the second game state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state. The winning probability increases when the result of the internal lottery associated with the lottery information is notified, and when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the first game state after that. the odds of winning are lower. Further, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is reported in the second game state, the probability of winning increases. According to this, the player most expects winning when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is notified in the second game state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to feature C4 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C4 of the present invention group,
The ball entry possible state is
A first ball-enterable state (high-frequency support mode with short-term electric role open time) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered;
A second ball-enterable state (long-term ball-enterable state) in which game balls flowing down the game area are temporarily allowed to enter and more game balls than the first ball-enterable state are allowed to enter Open time high frequency support mode) and
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the first possible state or the A gaming machine characterized by switching to a second ball-enterable state.

According to feature C5 of the present invention group, after the game state switching means switches to the second game state, the second start ball-entering section is switched from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state. Switch to the possible state or the second ball-enterable state. Further, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state between the first game state and the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry portion as a trigger is won. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the game state.
According to this, the player expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state by the ball-enterable state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine described in feature C5 of the invention group,
By setting the duration of the second ball-enterable state longer than that of the first ball-enterable state, more game balls can be entered than the first ball-enterable state. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature C6 of the present invention group, the second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, so that the number of game balls is greater than that of the first ball-enterable state. can be entered, the configurations of the first enterable state and the second enterable state can be simplified.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in feature C5 or feature C6 of the invention group,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first starting ball-entering unit. A gaming machine characterized by switching to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state.

According to feature C7 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means selects the second start ball entry section based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first start ball entry section. is switched from the ball-unable to enter state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state, the player can enter the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the first start ball-entering section as a trigger. will pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in feature C7 of the invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is
The first winning result (“explicit small round high probability result” or “non-explicit small round high probability result”);
A second winning result ("best result") different from the first winning result;
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-enterable state when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning state is achieved. A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible when a result is obtained.

According to feature C8 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-entering possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry part is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball entry possible state, so that the player can switch the entering state as the second winning result. It is expected that the state can be switched to the second ball entry possible state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C9.
In the gaming machine described in feature C5 or feature C6 of the invention group,
An expectation that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. Equipped with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effect,
The ball-entering state switching means selects the desired effect executed by the expected effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball-entering portion as a trigger is won. A gaming machine characterized by switching the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-enterable state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state based on the contents.

According to feature C9 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means switches to the expected effect execution means when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball-entering section. Since the second start ball-entering portion is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the first ball-entering possible state or the second ball-entering possible state based on the content of the expected performance executed by the player, the player can execute the expected performance. Attention will be paid to the content of the expected performance executed by the means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C10.
In the gaming machine described in feature C9 of the invention group,
The content of the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means is
a first expected effect (first reach display);
Provided with a second expected effect (second reach display) different from the first expected effect,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-entering possible state when the expected performance executing means executes the first expected effect. When the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing means, the second starting ball-entering unit is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball-enterable state. game machine.

According to feature C10 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means changes the second starting ball-entering portion from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state when the expected effect execution means executes the first expected effect. When switching to the ball possible state and executing the second expected effect by the expected effect execution means, the second start ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the second ball entering possible state, so that the player can: When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry part as a trigger, the expected production execution means executes the second expected production, and the ball entry state switching means executes the second expected production. It expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C11.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C10 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to the feature C11 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering part and the second starting ball-entering part are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball on the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature C12.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C10 of the invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature C12 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group C of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Feature D Group> Feature D1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The ball-enterable state is
A first ball-enterable state (high-frequency support mode with short-term electric role open time) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered;
A second ball-enterable state (long-term ball-enterable state) in which game balls flowing down the game area are temporarily allowed to enter and more game balls than the first ball-enterable state are allowed to enter Open time high frequency support mode) and
The game state transition means includes game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the second start-up ball-entering unit is changed from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is impossible or the state where the ball-entering is possible. ball entry state switching means for temporarily switching (transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode);
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger A most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. A gaming machine characterized by:

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature D1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Also, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering portion from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is impossible, or the state where the ball-entering is possible or the second ball-entering state after the game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state. switch to enabled. Further, the most advantageous gaming state transition means changes the first gaming state and the second gaming state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entering portion is a win. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the game state. According to this, the player expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state by the ball-enterable state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 of the invention group,
By setting the duration of the second ball-enterable state longer than that of the first ball-enterable state, more game balls can be entered than the first ball-enterable state. A game machine characterized by

According to feature D2 of the group of the present invention, the second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, so that the number of game balls is greater than that of the first ball-enterable state. can be entered, the configurations of the first enterable state and the second enterable state can be simplified.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 or feature D2 of the present invention group,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first starting ball-entering unit. A gaming machine characterized by switching to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state.

According to feature D3 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means selects the second start ball entry section based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first start ball entry section. is switched from the ball-unable to enter state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state, the player can enter the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the first start ball-entering section as a trigger. will pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in feature D3 of the invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is
The first winning result (“explicit small round high probability result” or “non-explicit small round high probability result”);
A second winning result ("best result") different from the first winning result;
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-enterable state when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning state is achieved. A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the second ball-entering possible state when a result is obtained.

According to feature D4 of the group of inventions, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-entering possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry part is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball entry possible state, so that the player can switch the entering state as the second winning result. It is expected that the state can be switched to the second ball entry possible state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 or feature D2 of the present invention group,
An expectation that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. Equipped with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effect,
The ball-entering state switching means selects the desired effect executed by the expected effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball-entering portion as a trigger is won. A gaming machine characterized by switching the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-enterable state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state based on the contents.

According to feature D5 of the group of the present invention, the ball entry state switching means switches to the expected effect execution means when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section as a trigger. Since the second start ball-entering portion is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the first ball-entering possible state or the second ball-entering possible state based on the content of the expected performance executed by the player, the player can execute the expected performance. Attention will be paid to the content of the expected performance executed by the means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in feature D5 of the invention group,
The contents of the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means are
a first expected effect (first reach display);
Provided with a second expected effect (second reach display) different from the first expected effect,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-entering possible state when the expected performance executing means executes the first expected effect. When the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing means, the second starting ball-entering unit is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball-enterable state. game machine.

According to feature D6 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means changes the second starting ball-entering portion from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state when the expected effect execution means executes the first expected effect. When switching to the ball possible state and executing the second expected effect by the expected effect execution means, the second start ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the second ball entering possible state, so that the player can: When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry part as a trigger, the expected production execution means executes the second expected production, and the ball entry state switching means executes the second expected production. It expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features D1 to D6 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to feature D7 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball along the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature D8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D6 of the present invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature D8 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group D of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Feature group E> Feature E1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to feature E1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects non-winning and winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects to win. with information. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending pattern. If the expectation of the pattern is high, it will be depressed, and if it is low, it will be upbeat. Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. If the expectation of 's' is high, it will be elated, and if it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in feature E1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (first area SRb1 and second area SRb2) on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, hold distribution storage means (hold generation process) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information as the winning expected internal lottery information in a second area (fourth area SRb4) opposite to the execution area; ,
A gaming machine, comprising a reserve shift means (hold shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area and digesting it.

According to feature E2 of the present invention group, the pending distribution storing means stores sub-side internal lottery information as non-winning expected internal lottery information when storing sub-side internal lottery information in the first region on the execution region side of the pending regions. When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in feature E2 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature E3 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the information storage means stores non-win expected internal lottery information that expects non-win to be stored in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If the expectation level of the notice pending pattern is elevated, it will be depressed, and if it is maintained, it will be enthusiastic.
Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. Elevated expectations lead to euphoria, while maintaining them leads to depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine described in feature E3 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature E4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine described in feature E3 or feature E4 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature E5 of the present invention group, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E2 to feature E5 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to feature E6 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means by the information storage means. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in feature E6 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects, from among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs, a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as the concealment advance notice reserved design based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to feature E7 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of kinds of advance notice reserved patterns, which is based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in feature E6 or feature E7 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to feature E8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and shifts the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E6 to feature E8 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to feature E9 of the group of the present inventions, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice pending designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice pending design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E2 to feature E9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a controller 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entry part is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution mode end transition processing and change end processing),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The holding shift means consumes the non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and the second game state by the game state switching means. The game machine is characterized in that the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested after switching from the game state of 2 to the first game state.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature E10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, the holding shift means digests the non-win expected internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and switches from the second game state by the game state switching means. After switching to the first game state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group E of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature group F> Feature F1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. Equipped with a reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) to be displayed,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to the feature F1 of the group of the present invention, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice pending designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern is lowered.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the degree of attention of the player to the game without making the player pay attention only to the degree of expectation of the reserved symbols.

Feature F2.
In the gaming machine described in feature F1 of the invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
The game machine is characterized by comprising winning expectation internal lottery information that a player expects to win.

According to feature F2 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects non-winning and winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects to win. with information. Therefore, when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending pattern. If the expectation level of the pattern is lowered, it will be high-spirited, and if it is maintained, it will be depressed. Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. A decline in expectations will lead to depression, while a sustained increase in enthusiasm.

Feature F3.
In the game machine described in feature F2 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
a pending shift means (a pending shift process) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area and digesting it;
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (first area SRb1 and second area SRb2) on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in a second area (fourth area SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, a pending allocation storing means (holding generating process) for storing the winning expectation internal lottery information. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature F3 of the group of inventions, the pending distribution storing means stores sub-side internal lottery information as non-winning expected internal lottery information when storing sub-side internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side of the pending areas. When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature F4.
In the game machine described in feature F3 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature F4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature F5.
In the game machine described in feature F3 or feature F4 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to the feature F5 of the group of the present invention, the degree of expectation of multiple kinds of advance notice pending symbols maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F3 to F5 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to the feature F6 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means by the information storing means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F7.
In the game machine described in feature F6 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects, from among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs, a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as the concealment advance notice reserved design based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to the feature F7 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means corresponds the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns to the concealment advance notice reserved pattern based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F8.
In the gaming machine described in feature F6 or feature F7 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to the feature F8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature F9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F6 to F8 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to the feature F9 of the present invention group, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice pending designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice pending design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F3 to F9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a controller 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entry part is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The holding shift means consumes the non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and the second game state by the game state switching means. The game machine is characterized in that the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested after switching from the game state of 2 to the first game state.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature F10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, the holding shift means digests the non-win expected internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and switches from the second game state by the game state switching means. After switching to the first game state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the feature group F of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player only pays attention to the degree of expectation of the reserved symbols, such as being elated when he sees a reserved pattern with a high degree of expectation and depressed when he sees a reserved pattern with a low degree of expectation. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature G Group> Feature G1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to feature G1 of the group of the present invention, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means, the player can confirm the mixed winning expected internal lottery information by confirming the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means. You can check the expectations of At this time, the value of the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern depends on the game situation (non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning, or winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win). will change accordingly.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G2.
In the gaming machine described in feature G1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
The game machine is
Either the non-winning expected game situation or the winning expected game situation is determined for the mixed winning expected internal lottery information by the time the holding shift means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized by allowing

According to feature G2 of the present invention group, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Then, the gaming machine determines either the non-winning expected game situation or the winning expected game situation for the mixed winning expected internal lottery information by the time the holding shift means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area. Therefore, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player will be excited if the winning expected game situation occurs, and the non-win expected game situation. If you do, you will be depressed. In addition, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is low, the player will be depressed if the winning expected game situation occurs, and will not become the non-win expected game situation. Be enthusiastic. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, the expected non-winning game situation and the winning expected game situation, and pays attention to the combination of the degree of expectation of the notice reserved picture and the game situation. will do.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G3.
In the gaming machine described in feature G2 of the invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to the feature G3 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G4.
In the gaming machine described in feature G3 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects, from among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs, a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as the concealment advance notice reserved design based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to the feature G4 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns, which is based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G5.
In the gaming machine described in feature G3 or feature G4 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to feature G5 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and changes the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature G6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G5 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to feature G6 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice pending designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice pending design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G6 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature G7 of the group of the present inventions, the pending pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the pending notice pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the pending notice pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the information storage means stores non-win expected internal lottery information that expects non-win to be stored in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If the expectation level of the notice pending pattern is elevated, it will be depressed, and if it is maintained, it will be enthusiastic.
Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. Elevated expectations lead to euphoria, while maintaining them leads to despondency.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G8.
In the gaming machine described in feature G7 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature G8 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G9.
In the gaming machine described in feature G7 or feature G8 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature G9 of the present invention group, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G1 to G9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The game machine is
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, the non-win expected game state is determined for the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, The gaming machine is characterized in that, when the result of the first internal lottery is not won, the win-expected game situation is determined for the mixed winning-expected internal lottery information.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature G10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the gaming machine determines the non-win expected game status for the mixed win expected internal lottery information when winning the result of the first internal lottery. , when the result of the first internal lottery is not won, the winning expectation game status is determined for the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group G of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Characteristic group H> Characteristic H1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. Equipped with a reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) to be displayed,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information of expectation of winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the reserved design based on the internal lottery information of expectation of non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature H1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects non-winning and winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects to win. with information. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending pattern. If the expectation of the pattern is high, it will be depressed, and if it is low, it will be upbeat. Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. If the expectation of 's' is high, it will be elated, and if it is low, it will be depressed.

In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. . Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature H2.
In the gaming machine described in feature H1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (first area SRb1 and second area SRb2) on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in a second area (fourth area SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, a pending allocation storing means (holding generating process) for storing the winning expectation internal lottery information. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature H2 of the present invention group, the pending allocation storing means stores sub-side internal lottery information as non-winning expected internal lottery information when storing sub-side internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side of the pending area. When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature H3.
In the gaming machine described in feature H1 or feature H2 of the invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature H3 of the present invention group, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature H1 to feature H3 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to the feature H4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H5.
In the gaming machine described in feature H4 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects the notice reserved design for confidentiality based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to feature H5 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of kinds of advance notice reserved patterns, which is based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H6.
In the gaming machine described in feature H4 or feature H5 of the invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to the feature H6 of the present invention group, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and shifts the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature H7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature H4 to feature H6 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to the feature H7 of the present invention group, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice pending designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice pending design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature H1 to feature H7 of the invention group,
Based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening and closing execution) temporarily switches the second start ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered mode end transition processing and change end processing),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. ,
The holding shift means consumes the non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and the second game state by the game state switching means. The game machine is characterized in that the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested after the game state of 2 is switched to the first game state.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature H8 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball as a trigger. In addition, the holding shift means digests the non-win expected internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and switches from the second game state by the game state switching means. After switching to the first game state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entering section.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group H of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the degree of attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature Group I> Feature I1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening and closing execution) temporarily switches the second start ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. ,
The information storage means is
By temporarily switching the second starting ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the enterable state by the game state transition means, the game ball entering the second starting ball-entering section is Comprehensive expectation judging means for comprehensively judging the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information when at least one of the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as special internal lottery information in the information storage means (general expectation notification processing) )When,
A gaming machine, comprising a total expectation level notification means (total expectation level notification process) for informing a player of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to feature I1 of the group of the present invention, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, after which the game ball enters the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entering section.
In addition, since the information storage means includes the total expectation level determination means and the total expectation level notification means, the player can enter the second start ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered by the game state transition means. By temporarily switching to the enabled state, it is possible to comprehensively confirm the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the second start ball entering section.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I2.
In the gaming machine described in feature I1 of the invention group,
The special internal lottery information is
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. Equipped with a reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) to be displayed,
The comprehensive expectation level determination means comprehensively determines the level of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the level of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation level of the winning expectation internal lottery information. Characteristic game machine.

According to feature I2 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. You can check the expectations of each. Further, the comprehensive expectation degree determination means comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information. can confirm the overall expectation of the special internal lottery information.
Therefore, since the player can individually confirm the degree of expectation for each of the special internal lottery information and the overall degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information, the gaming machine can increase the degree of attention of the player to the game. can be improved.

Feature I3.
In the gaming machine described in feature I2 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before the variable display is executed by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
The ball-entering state switching means temporarily switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-entering possible state during the specific control state,
The total expectation level notification means shifts the expectation level of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means to the special internal lottery information stored in the reservation area by the reservation shift means. A game machine characterized by notifying a player before shifting toward and digesting.

According to feature I3 of the group of the present invention, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation degree determination means is shifted toward the execution area by the reservation shift means. Since the player is notified before the game is played and digested, the player temporarily switches the second start ball entry part from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered by the game state transition means, thereby performing the second start. The degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the information storage means in the order in which the game balls enter the ball entering section can be comprehensively confirmed before the special internal lottery information is digested.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I4.
In the gaming machine described in feature I3 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature I4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the information storage means stores non-win expected internal lottery information that expects non-win to be stored in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If the expectation level of the notice pending pattern is elevated, it will be depressed, and if it is maintained, it will be enthusiastic.
Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. Elevated expectations lead to euphoria, while maintaining them leads to depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature I5.
In the gaming machine described in feature I4 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature I5 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature I6.
In the gaming machine described in feature I4 or feature I5 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature I6 of the group of the present invention, the expectations of the multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features I3 to I6 of the invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A game machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to feature I7 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I8.
In the gaming machine described in feature I7 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects the notice reserved design for confidentiality based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to feature I8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means selects a concealed advance notice reserved design based on mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, among a plurality of kinds of advance notice reserved patterns, corresponding to the degree of expectation of mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I9.
In the gaming machine described in feature I7 or feature I8 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to feature I9 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and shifts the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Features I10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features I7 to I9 of the invention group,
The information reporting means is
A concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means for deciding whether or not to change the notice reserved notice reserved design for concealment to a notice reserved picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of notice reserved pictures. with
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to the feature I10 of the group of inventions, the pending picture control means determines that the concealment preliminary pending picture change determination means changes to a plurality of types of preliminary pending picture, the concealment displayed on the variable display means The advance notice reserved pattern for use is changed to a notice reserved picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among multiple kinds of notice reserved pictures, and the notice reserved picture for confidentiality is changed to a plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by means of change determination means for notice reserved picture. When it is determined not to change, the concealment advance notice reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so the player pays attention to whether the concealment advance notice reserved picture is changed or not. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group I of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in the pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green, and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has a different image of each pending symbol, such as being elated when seeing a high-expectation pending pattern and depressed when seeing a low-expectation pending symbol. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature J Group> Feature J1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100);
a game situation switching means (main controller 60) for switching between a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning of the internal lottery and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win the internal lottery; with
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to feature J1 of the group of the present invention, the gaming machine has a non-winning expected gaming state in which the player expects to not win the internal lottery, and a winning expected gaming state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. It has a game situation switching means for switching between and. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the game situation switching means switches to the non-winning expected game situation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player becomes depressed. If it is low, it will be high-spirited. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player is excited. If it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature J2.
In the gaming machine described in feature J1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
A gaming machine characterized in that the game situation switching means switches from the non-winning expected game situation to the winning expected game situation when a predetermined number of the sub-side internal lottery information has been consumed by the holding shift means. .

According to feature J2 of the present invention group, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Then, the game situation switching means switches from the non-winning expected game situation to the winning expected game situation when a predetermined number of sub-side internal lottery information is consumed by the holding shift means. Therefore, the player expects not to win the internal lottery in the non-winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified first, and wins the internal lottery in the winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified later. Since it is expected, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature J3.
In the gaming machine described in feature J2 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature J3 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the game state switching means switches to the non-winning expected game state, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised. If you do, you will be demoralized, and if you maintain it, you will be elated. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player is motivated. It becomes ebullient, and if it is maintained, it becomes demoralized.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature J4.
In the gaming machine described in feature J3 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for performing variable display in the winning expected gaming situation, and performs variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation. is maintained or lowered based on the sub-side internal lottery information.

According to feature J4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance reserved design based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can , attention is paid to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the expectation level of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, so that the player can increase the expectation level of the notice reserved pattern. We will pay attention to whether or not it will be demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature J5.
In the gaming machine described in feature J4 of the invention group,
The multiple types of notice pending patterns are
a first notice pending design;
A second advance notice reserved design different from the first notice reserved design is provided,
The reserved pattern control means sets the first advance notice reserved design to a low-expectation notice reserved design when giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation. , when the second notice reserved pattern is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation, and the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation is given notice, the first The game machine is characterized in that the notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a low degree of expectation.

According to feature J5 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means, when predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, lowers the expectations of the first advance notice reserved design. Since the second advance notice pending design is a high-expectation advance notice pending design, the player can confirm the advance notice pending design displayed on the variable display means and use the second advance notice pending design. If there is, the morale will be high, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, the morale will be depressed. Further, the reserved design control means, in the case of notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, sets the first advance notice reserved design to the notice reserved design of high expectation, Since the second notice pending pattern is a notice pending picture with a low degree of expectation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the second notice pending picture is the second notice pending picture, the player becomes enthusiastic. If it is the notice pending pattern of 1, it will be depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice pending picture in either the win-expected game situation or the non-win-expected game situation, The game machine can clarify the determination criteria of the player, because the player is in high spirits, and the first notice pending pattern is depressed.

Feature J6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features J3 to J5 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature J6 of the group of the present invention, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending patterns maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature J7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J6 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entry part is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
After the game state switching means temporarily switches the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered by the ball-entering state switching means, A gaming machine characterized by switching from the winning expected game situation to the non-win expected game situation with the entry of a game ball as a trigger.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature J7 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, the game state switching means temporarily switches the second start ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-enterable state by the ball-entering state switching means, after which the game ball is transferred to the second start-ball entering section. Triggered by the entry of a ball, the winning expectation game state is switched to the non-winning expectation game state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic J group of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature K Group> Feature K1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The game state transition means is
most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for transitioning the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state;
The most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section, and the first start ball entry section. A game machine characterized by facilitating transition when a winning is not made in the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball as a trigger.

According to the characteristic K1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entering section as a trigger. Since it becomes easier to shift when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entering section is not won, the gaming machine is able to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section. A game situation in which winning is expected in the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger, and a game situation in which non-winning in the internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first start ball entry section is expected. You can switch. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K2.
In the gaming machine described in feature K1 of the invention group,
The second starting ball entry part is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing at the end of the mode and fluctuation end processing),
The most advantageous game state transition means is triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second start ball entry section after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. A game machine characterized by shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state when winning as a result of an internal lottery executed as a game machine.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature K2 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K3.
In the gaming machine described in feature K2 of the invention group,
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
After switching to the second game state, the game state switching means associates the internal lottery information with a predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entering section storage means. Switching from the second game state to the first game state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery received,
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the most advantageous game state transition means performs the internal lottery stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. This game machine is characterized by shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning the result of an internal lottery associated with information.

According to feature K3 of the present invention group, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means selects a predetermined number less than the number of the plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second game state, he/she expects that he/she will not win the lottery, and then enters the first game state. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the rest of the internal lottery information is reported by the player, the player expects to win the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K4.
In the gaming machine described in feature K3 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A gaming machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature K4 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the results of internal lotteries associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature K5.
In the gaming machine described in feature K3 or feature K4 of the invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to the feature K5 of the present invention group, the second game state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state. The probability of winning is high when the result of the internal lottery that has been received is notified, and the probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first game state. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K6.
In the gaming machine described in feature K5 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to the feature K6 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features K3 to K6 of the invention group,
Variable display means (symbol display device 47) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100);
A non-winning expected gaming state in which non-winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information is notified in the second gaming state, and after the second gaming state a game situation switching means (main controller 60) for switching between a winning expectation game situation in which winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the first game state; prepared,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to the feature K7 of the group of the present invention, the gaming machine has a non-win expected game state in which the player is expected not to win the internal lottery, and a winning expected game state in which the player is expected to win the internal lottery. It has a game situation switching means for switching between and. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the game situation switching means switches to the non-winning expected game situation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player becomes depressed. If it is low, it will be high-spirited. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player is excited. If it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature K8.
In the gaming machine described in feature K7 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to the feature K8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. Become. Specifically, when the game state switching means switches to the non-winning expected game state, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised. If you do, you will be demoralized, and if you maintain it, you will be elated. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player is motivated. It becomes ebullient, and if it is maintained, it becomes demoralized.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature K9.
In the gaming machine described in feature K8 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for performing variable display in the winning expected gaming situation, and performs variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation. is maintained or lowered based on the sub-side internal lottery information.

According to the feature K9 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can , attention is paid to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the expectation level of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, so that the player can increase the expectation level of the notice reserved pattern. We will pay attention to whether or not it will be demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature K10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features K7 to K9 of the invention group,
The multiple types of notice pending patterns are
a first notice pending design;
A second advance notice reserved design different from the first notice reserved design is provided,
The reserved pattern control means, when foretelling the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, sets the first advance notice reserved design as a notice reserved design with a low degree of expectation. In addition, when the second notice reserved pattern is set to a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation, and the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation is given notice, the second The game machine is characterized in that the first notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a high expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a low expectation.

According to the feature K10 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means, when notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, sets the first notice reserved pattern to low expectations. Since the second notice pending pattern is a notice pending picture with a high degree of expectation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means and performs the second notice pending picture. If it is a pattern, it will be in high spirits, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, it will be depressed. Further, the reserved pattern control means sets the first advance notice reserved pattern to a high expected notice reserved pattern in the case of notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation. At the same time, since the second notice pending pattern is a notice pending picture with a low degree of expectation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice pending picture, he will be excited. If it is the first notice pending picture, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice pending picture in either the win-expected game situation or the non-win-expected game situation, The game machine can clarify the determination criteria of the player, because the player is in high spirits, and the first notice pending pattern is depressed.

Feature K11.
In the gaming machine described in feature K10 of the invention group,
When the reserved pattern control means announces the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section as a trigger, The game machine is characterized in that the first notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture of low expectation and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture of high expectation.

According to the feature K11 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means expects the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. When the degree is announced, the first notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of low expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of high expectation. Therefore, in a gaming situation in which the player expects to win the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If it is the first advance notice pending picture, it will be depressed, and if it is the second notice pending picture, it will be upbeat. Also, in a gaming situation in which the player expects not to win the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means. If it is the first advance notice pending picture, the player will be in high spirits, and if it is the second notice pending picture, the player will be depressed.
According to this, the value of the first notice pending design and the second notice pending design is sub When the expectation level of the side internal lottery information is announced, and the expectation level of the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entrance section is announced. Since it is different depending on whether the game is played or not, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group K of the present invention, it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, so that the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.

However, since the player always expects to win the internal lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for game machines such as pachinko game machines.

10... Pachinko machine, 36... Upper operation opening, 37... Lower operation opening, 38... Variable winning device, 38a...
Grand winning opening 38b Open/close door 38c Variable winning driving section 39 Out opening 47 Symbol display device 60 Main control device 62 MPU 90 Sound emission control device 92 MPU 10
0... Display control device, 102... MPU.

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko game machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a game machine provided with variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns (see Patent Document 1, for example). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns.
For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

JP 2005-074175 A

However, the player has a different image of each pending symbol, such as being elated when seeing a high-expectation pending pattern and depressed when seeing a low-expectation pending symbol. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the attention of a player to a game.

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 comprises a shooting means for shooting game balls toward a game area formed in front of a game board, and a game ball entering the game area flowing down the game area. In addition, based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means and the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, it is advantageous for the player. A game state transition means for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state, wherein the normal control state includes a first game state and a second game state different from the first game state. , the starting ball-entering means includes a first starting ball-entering section and a second starting ball-entering section different from the first starting ball-entering section; A most advantageous game state transition means is provided for shifting the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the second game state, and the most advantageous game state is the number of game balls entering the first start ball entering section. When the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball as a trigger is won, it becomes difficult to shift, and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry part is not won. It is easier to migrate when

According to the gaming machine of claim 1 , the shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, the game ball entering the game area flowing down the game area, and the game ball Based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the start ball entry means for executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters the start ball entry means and the game ball entering the start ball entry means, a specific control state advantageous to the player is normally established. a game state transition means for shifting the game state from the control state, wherein the normal control state includes a first game state and a second game state different from the first game state, and the starting ball entry. The means includes a first start-up ball-entering section and a second start-up ball-entering section different from the first start-up ball-entering section, and the game state transition means changes the game state between the first game state and the second game state. a most advantageous game state transition means for shifting the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first start ball entry section; When the result of the executed internal lottery is won, it becomes difficult to shift, and when the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is not won, the transition is made. It becomes easier. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's attention to the game can be improved.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention; front view of game board Figure showing the display screen of the pattern display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing an electric role success/failure table storing values of random numbers for winning the electric role item open lottery A diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot A diagram showing a distribution table storing random number values related to distribution destinations of jackpot types Figure showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing A diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening Diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing Diagram showing a flowchart of main processing A diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation start processing A diagram showing a flowchart of processing for electric support A diagram showing a flowchart of the electrical data setting process A diagram showing a flowchart of an electric duty fluctuation start process Diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process A diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process A diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing at the end of the open/close execution mode A diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing A diagram showing a flowchart of second support mode setting processing A diagram showing the value of the number-of-games counter set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process Diagram showing a flowchart of fluctuation end processing A diagram showing a flowchart of an electric duty fluctuation end process Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with a sound emission control apparatus. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing A diagram showing a flow chart of production pattern determination processing A diagram showing the relationship between the game result and the game state, etc. A diagram showing a flow chart at the time of transition between the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode A diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section when the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode are shifted. Shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. figure The display screen of the pattern display device, the first holding lamp part, and the second holding lamp part at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode diagram showing A diagram showing a flow chart at the time of transition between the success or failure lottery mode and the support mode when the first reservation lamp unit is not lit A diagram showing the display screen, the first reservation lamp section, and the second reservation lamp section of the pattern display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the first reservation lamp section is not lit. Shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. figure The display screen of the pattern display device, the first holding lamp part, and the second holding lamp part at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode diagram showing The front view of the game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery A diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening A diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing Diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing Front view of a game board according to a third embodiment of the present invention A diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. A diagram showing a flowchart of an electric duty fluctuation end process A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing Shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section at the time of transition to the win-or-fail lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the "most advantageous result" at the time of transition to the short-term high-frequency support mode. figure The display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp section, and the second suspension lamp when transitioning to the winning lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the "high probability result of the short-term high-frequency support mode" when transitioning to the short-term high-frequency support mode diagram showing part A diagram showing a flowchart of a winning process for an operating port according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the audio emission control device and the display control device The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed with a sound emission control apparatus. Diagram showing a flowchart of pending decision processing A diagram showing a flowchart of pending occurrence processing Diagram showing the contents of the sub-side hold information storage area A diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice pending occurrence processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the lottery process of the notice suspension expectation degree A diagram showing the notice pending design of each expectation level A diagram showing the relationship between the pass/fail result and the probability of occurrence of notice suspension for each degree of expectation A diagram showing a notice pending pattern and a normal pending pattern displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing A diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode The figure which shows the flowchart of the notice suspension generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of special hold setting processing Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing A diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice reserved design and a normal reserved design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device when the confidential notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal and shifted. The figure which shows the flowchart of the process for electric support|support which concerns on 7th Embodiment of this invention. A diagram showing a flow chart of effect determination processing The figure which shows the flowchart of a comprehensive expectation alerting|reporting process A diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first holding lamp section, and the second holding lamp section when the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode are shifted. The figure which shows the display screen of the pattern display apparatus in opening-and-closing execution mode, a 1st reservation lamp part, and a 2nd reservation lamp part. The figure which shows the flowchart of the advance notice suspension generation|occurrence|production process which concerns on 8th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing A diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode A diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode

[First embodiment]
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko game machine which is a kind of game machine. This pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. 12.

The gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as the supporting side, and an inner frame (not shown) disposed in front of the inner frame. A front door frame 13 supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable forward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side, and a front door frame 13 disposed behind the inner frame and rearward with one of the left and right side portions as the support side. and a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable.

The gaming machine main body 12 has a locking device (not shown) provided at the leading end of the rotation. This locking device has a function of locking the game machine main body 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 so that it cannot be opened, and has a function of locking the front door frame 13 with respect to the inner frame so that it cannot be opened. have. These locked states are released by unlocking the cylinder lock 14 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlock key.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window portion 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted into the window portion 21 . In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is made of transparent and colorless glass, but may be made of synthetic resin or the like to be transparent and colorless.
In addition, the front door frame 13 includes a display lamp portion 23 provided above the window portion 21 as a part of light emitting means configured by various lamp portions and the like provided around the window portion 21, and a display lamp portion 23, speaker units 24 for outputting sound effects and the like, and upper and lower bulging portions 25 and 26 provided below the window portion 21.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically arranged side by side and both are provided to bulge forward.
The upper bulging portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided inside so as to open upward. The upper plate 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 4) provided in the back pack unit, and aligns them in a row toward the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 4). It has the function of guiding.
The lower bulging portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided inside so as to open upward. The lower tray 26a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper tray 25a.

Further, the front door frame 13 has a firing handle 27 as a firing means provided on the right side of the lower tray 26a. The shooting handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to shoot a game ball from a game ball shooting mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. do. The shooting handle 27 changes the shooting intensity of the game ball shot toward the game area, ie, the momentum of shooting, by changing the amount of rotation operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
The game board 31, as shown in FIG. 2, has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on an inner frame. The game area described above is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 . Almost the entire area of this game area can be visually recognized from the front through the window portion 21 .
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 form a guide rail 34 for guiding game balls to the game area, and this guide rail 34 is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 81 when the player rotates the shooting handle 27. The game ball that has been hit is guided to the upper part of the game area.

The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is arranged on one side of the game area and faces the center of the upper part of the game area. For this reason, the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is shifted from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the rotation amount of the shooting handle 27 by the player increases. Shift to the side of the side. In this embodiment, the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

The game board 31 has, in the game area, a plurality of large and small openings which are formed so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. In addition, the game board 31 includes an upper operation port (first start ball entry portion) 36, a lower operation port (second start ball entry portion) 37, a variable winning device 38, and an out port 39 provided at each opening. have. The game board 31 includes through gates 41 provided on the left and right sides of the central portion, a main display device 42 provided on the upper right side, a variable display unit 43 provided on the central portion, and the like. have. Furthermore, the game board 31 has, in the game area, various members (accessories) such as a large number of nails 44 planted in order to appropriately disperse or adjust the falling directions of the game balls.

Each of the upper operating port 36, the lower operating port 37, and the various winning ports of the variable winning device 38 is provided with detection sensors 40b to 40d (see FIG. 4) for detecting the entry of game balls, and these detection sensors 40b to 40 d is arranged on the back side of the game board 31 . Specifically, the upper working port 36 has a detection sensor 40b, the lower working port 37 has a detection sensor 40c, and the variable winning device 38 has a detection sensor 40d. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40b-40d. Incidentally, the detection sensors 40b to 40d may be of any kind as long as they can individually detect winning of game balls, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor can be employed.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when a ball enters the upper working port 36 and when a ball enters the lower working port 37 . The pachinko machine 10 pays out 15 prize balls when a ball enters the variable prize winning device 38.例文帳に追加In addition, the number of these prize balls is arbitrary, and for example, the number of prize balls in each of the operation ports 36 and 37 may be different.

Out port 39 is provided at the bottom of the game area of game board 31 . Game balls that do not enter various winning holes are discharged from the game area through the out hole 39.例文帳に追加In addition, the out port 39 is provided with a detection sensor 40e (see FIG. 4) for detecting entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 40e is arranged on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters the out hole 39, unlike when a ball enters the various winning holes.

Each through gate 41 is provided with a detection sensor 40f (see FIG. 4) for detecting an entry of a game ball. Note that the pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters each through gate 41, unlike the case where a ball enters a prize winning opening.

Here, the entry ball means that a game ball passes through a predetermined opening. It also includes a mode in which the game area continues to flow down. However, in the following description, in order to distinguish clearly from the entry of game balls into the out port 39, entry of game balls into various winning ports is also expressed as winning. Further, entering the through gate 41 refers to continuing to flow down the game area without being ejected from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. A ball entering the through gate 41 is also referred to as winning a prize, like entering a ball into various winning holes.

The upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37 are unitized as an operation port device and installed on the game board 31 . Each operating port 36, 37 is opened upward to allow the game ball flowing down the game area to enter, and the upper operating port 36 is arranged upward and the lower operating port 37 is arranged downward. are arranged vertically side by side. The lower operating port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) composed of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

The electric accessory 37a is connected to an electric accessory driving section 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. As shown in FIG. The electric accessory 37a is set to either a closed state (non-supported state or non-guided state) or an open state (supported state or guided state) by being driven by the electric accessory drive section 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the electric accessory 37a closer to the left and right. The open state is a state in which the lower operation opening 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the upper operation opening 36 becomes narrower than one game ball. Further, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the upper operation opening 36 becomes wider than one game ball. Therefore, the game ball cannot enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, and can enter the lower operation opening 37 when the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state. can.

In addition, instead of the closed state and the open state described above, the electric accessory 37a has a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 37 (a state in which the game ball can be entered unlike the closed state), and a lower It may be configured to switch between the operation port 37 and the state in which the game ball is likely to win. In addition, the lower operation port 37 may be configured to perform such switching not by setting the electric accessory 37a but by displacing the lower operation port 37. 37 may not include the electric accessory 37a.

The variable prize winning device 38 includes a large prize winning port 38a that opens to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, an opening and closing door 38b for opening and closing the big prize winning port 38a, and a variable prize winning that drives the opening and closing door 38b. and a drive unit 38c.
In addition, the player can guide the game ball to the variable winning device 38 by adjusting the rotational operation amount of the shooting handle 27 and adjusting the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area.

Here, the game board 31 has a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38 . The cover 381 includes a transparent (or semi-transparent) portion 381a formed to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque portion 381a formed around the transparent portion 381a. and a portion 381b.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent portion 381a and the window portion 21. FIG.

The big winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to pass through in the front-rear direction by applying router processing. As described above, the big winning opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 40d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to be rotatable about one side on the lower side as a central axis. The opening/closing door 38b rotates toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31 to open the opening of the big winning opening 38a, and rotates toward the inside of the game board 31. It has a closed state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is closed by being buried in the game board 31. - 特許庁
The variable winning driving unit 38c sets the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state by driving the opening/closing door 38b.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot win. When the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening/closing execution mode and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize.
The opening/closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state and a game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening/closing execution mode, after the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, it is called one round game until it is set to the closed state again.

The main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and a character object display unit 46, and includes a segment display (not shown) in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner, a dot display, or the like. display device.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to protrude toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 22 . Also, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is narrower than one game ball. Thereby, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22.例文帳に追加In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents game balls from falling in front of the main display device 42 .

The main display portion 45 includes a first result display portion 45a for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the upper working port 36, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning at the lower working port 37. A second result display section 45b for displaying the result of the lottery is provided (see FIG. 4). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for clearly indicating the number of round games in the opening/closing execution mode when the opening/closing execution mode is entered (or when the opening/closing execution mode is entered). .

The first result display unit 45a executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning to the upper working port 36 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper working port 36. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the first result display section 45a displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the variable display of the pattern with the winning of the lower working opening 37 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working opening 37. to display the results of When the result of this internal lottery is the result corresponding to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the second result display section 45b displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the upper operation port 36 and the lower operation port 37 function as starting ball entry means for allowing a game ball flowing down the game area to enter, and executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters. do.

The character object display unit 46 performs variable display of the pattern with the winning of each through gate 41 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41. to display the results of The accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result when the result of the internal lottery is the result corresponding to the shift to the electric role open state. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric role open state. In this electric operation open state, the electric accessory 37a provided in the lower operation opening 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the character object display unit 46 are configured by a segment display device, a dot display device, or the like. It may also consist of other types of displays such as EL displays, CRTs, dot matrix, and the like. The patterns to be variably displayed on the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 include a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters, a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols, and a configuration for variably displaying a plurality of types of characters. , or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are switched and displayed can be adopted.

The variable display unit 43 includes a pattern display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a pattern, which is one type of pattern. Also, the variable display unit 43 has a center frame 48 arranged so as to surround the pattern display device 47 . The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the falling of the game balls. It is configured.

The pattern display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display.
This symbol display device 47 starts the variable display of symbols based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 . That is, when the symbol display device 47 performs the variable display in the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 and when the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45 performs the variable display, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The pattern display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 48 includes a first holding lamp portion 49a provided in the lower left region of the pattern display device 47, a second holding lamp portion 49b provided in the lower right region of the pattern display device 47, and a second holding lamp portion 49b. and a third holding lamp portion 49c provided in the region on the right side of the holding lamp portion 49b.

The first reservation lamp part 49a is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36, and is lit according to the number of reserved balls. The first holding lamp portion 49a can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display portion 45a and the symbol display device 47. FIG.
The second reservation lamp part 49b is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The second holding lamp portion 49b can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display portion 45b and the symbol display device 47. FIG.
The third reservation lamp portion 49c is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won each through gate 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The third holding lamp portion 49 c can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display portion 46 .
It should be noted that each of the holding lamp units 49a to 49c may have another configuration such as being displayed as an image on a part of the pattern display device 47. FIG.

FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display screen of the pattern display device.
As shown in FIG. 3, the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 is divided into three columns of display areas. Column Z3 is displayed. In each pattern row Z1 to Z3, eight kinds of patterns consisting of numbers "1" to "8" are arranged in ascending order from the bottom to the top, and "8" is followed by "1". configured as follows. In addition, in FIG. 3, the center line of each display area is shown by the dashed-dotted line.

The symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in this embodiment) based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. By starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game round is executed on the display screen G. - 特許庁The effect for this game round is switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1→right symbol row Z3→middle symbol row Z2, and finally, predetermined symbols are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. end with a state
In other words, the game cycle means the period from the start of variable display on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to the display of a predetermined stop result based on the wins to the operation ports 36 and 37 .

It should be noted that the pattern display device 47 is not limited to this, and may be arbitrarily selected. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols of each symbol row, etc. can be changed as appropriate. Also, the patterns in each pattern row may be a combination of a picture and a number instead of only numbers, or may be a picture only.

<Electrical Configuration of Pachinko Machine 10>
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 4, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 includes a payout control device 70 for executing payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out game balls, and a power source/power source for executing shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. and a launch control device 80, which are mounted on the back pack unit.

The main controller 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control (main control) of the game, and a power outage monitoring board 65 that monitors the power supply. Note that the main controller 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. The substrate box may comprise marking means for marking upon its opening and may comprise marking structures for marking upon its opening. Specifically, as trace means, a circuit board box is formed by connecting a plurality of case bodies, and a connecting part (crimped part) that requires breaking of a predetermined part when separating each case body is provided, or a structure that peels off At this time, it is possible to adopt a structure in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace of being peeled off because the adhesive layer remains on the object to be adhered is attached so as to straddle the boundary between the plurality of case bodies. Also, as the trace structure, it is possible to employ a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundary between these case bodies.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61 and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 that constitute the MPU 62 . Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which, in addition to the ROM 63 and RAM 64, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like are combined into a chip.
In this embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but they may be integrated into individual chips. This also applies to the MPUs of other controllers other than main controller 60 .

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a success/failure table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, an electric service success/failure table storage area 63c, and a reach table storage area 63d. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 63. The RAM 64 is a volatile storage means that requires external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 64 has various areas such as a various counter area 64a, a reserved ball storage area 64b, and an electrical work reservation area 64c. These areas are described in detail later.

The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. An input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main controller 60 and a plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. Further, the output ports of the MPU 62 include an electric accessory drive unit 37b that opens and closes the electric accessory 37a of the lower operation port 37, a variable winning drive unit 38c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a main display. 45 and the character object display unit 46 .

The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units and the like through this driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric role open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric accessory drive unit 37b to open and close the electric accessory 37a. Further, in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c to open and close the big winning opening 38a. Also, in each game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winnings to the operation ports 36 and 37 . Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display section 46 to display the results of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41 .

The blackout monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and the power supply/launch control device 80 having the function of supplying operating power, and monitors the stable 24 volt DC voltage output from the power supply/launch control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power through the blackout monitoring board 65 .
The detection sensors 40b to 40f are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the upper operation opening 36, the lower operation opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, the out opening 39, and each through gate 41. The MPU 62 performs prize winning determination (ball entry determination) to various prize winning ports, the out port 39, and each through gate 41 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 40b to 40f. Note that the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on the winning determination for the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 .

The payout control device 70 executes payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls and rental balls (game balls to be lent to players during games) based on commands (control instructions) transmitted from the main control device 60. do.

The power supply/launch control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. Then, the power supply/launch control device 80 generates the operating power required for each of the main control board 61 and the payout control device 70 based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, and the generated operation supply power. The power/launch control device 80 includes a power failure power supply unit such as a backup capacitor. This power-off power supply unit supplies power for memory retention to the RAM 64 of the main control unit 60 even when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted.

In addition, the power supply/shooting control device 80 executes shooting control for causing the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot game balls. Here, the game ball shooting mechanism 81 includes a shooting rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeding device for supplying game balls stored in the upper tray 25a onto the shooting rail, and a and a solenoid that is an electric actuator that shoots the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34 toward the guide rail 34 . The power supply/launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to the solenoid to launch the game ball when a predetermined launch condition is met.

<Electrical Configuration for Execution of Internal Lottery by MPU 62 of Main Control Unit 60>
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 5, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, uses the big win type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the big win, and determines whether to generate the ready-to-win display. , the reach random number counter C3 is used. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory open counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric role open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 4).

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as acquired information storage means. In addition, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 is stored as the electric work holding information in the electric work holding area 64c of the RAM 64 (Fig. 4).

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display section reservation area Ra, a second result display section reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

The first result display section reservation area Ra provided as the first ball entering section storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Ra1 to a fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Ra1 to Ra4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the upper working port 36 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Ra1→second area Ra2→third area Ra3→fourth area Ra4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, the reservation area Ra for the first result display section is provided with four storage areas, so that up to four winnings of game balls into the upper operation opening 36 are reserved. Further, the first result display reserved area Ra includes a storage area for writing the reserved number stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
In addition, the number of reservations related to the upper working port 36 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The second result display section reservation area Rb provided as the second ball entering section storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the lower opening 37 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Rb1→second area Rb2→third area Rb3→fourth area Rb4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display portion reservation area Rb has four storage areas, up to four winnings of game balls into the lower operation opening 37 are reserved. In addition, the second result display portion reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The execution area AE stores the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb when starting the variable display of each of the result display portions 45a and 45b. This is the area to move the .

Thus, in this embodiment, the first result display holding area Ra includes a plurality of internal lottery information associated with the results of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 as a trigger. It functions as storage means for the first ball-entering section that stores (holding information).
Further, in the present embodiment, the holding area Rb for the second result display section includes a plurality of internal lottery information (holding information).

The electrician reservation area 64c includes four storage areas, like the first result display reservation area Ra and the second result display reservation area Rb. Further, the electrical work holding area 64c includes an electrical work execution area (not shown), similar to the reserved ball storage area 64b. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of pending gates 41 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more. may

<Detailed description of each counter>
The details of each counter will be described below.
First, the electric accessory release counter C4 will be described. For example, the electric accessory release counter C4 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 65535 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 65535. ing.
The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41. be.
Then, based on the value of the electric role product open counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c, the MPU 62 draws a lottery (electric role object release lottery).

FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an electric role right/wrong table storing values of random numbers for winning the electric accessory open lottery.
Among the values of the electric role release counter C4, the value of the random number that wins the electric role release lottery is stored in the electric role right/wrong table storage area of the ROM 63 provided as the electric right/wrong information group storage means, as shown in FIG. 63c (see FIG. 4) is stored as an electric service right/wrong table (electric power right/wrong information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes with mutually different frequencies of enabling game balls to enter the lower operation opening 37 by setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has a low frequency support mode (low frequency guide state) in which the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the electric role product 37a to the open state is low. and a relatively high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

Specifically, the electric service acceptance/rejection table includes the low-frequency support mode acceptance/rejection table (low-frequency acceptance information group) shown in FIG. mode (high-frequency electricity usage information group).
The MPU 62 executes the electric role release lottery by comparing these electric role right/wrong tables with the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c.

These electric role success/failure tables have a plurality of results (electric role success/failure results) of a plurality of electric role product open lotteries of "electric role open win" and "electric role open loss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the electric role winning lottery for the low-frequency support mode is referred to, as shown in FIG. There is one random number value. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the electric role right/wrong table for the low-frequency support mode is referred to in the electric role open lottery, the probability of winning the "electric role open winning" is 1/65536.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the electric role winning lottery for the high-frequency support mode is referred to, as shown in FIG. There are 65535 random number values. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the electric role right/wrong table for the high-frequency support mode is referred to in the electric role open lottery, the probability of winning the "electric role open winning" is 65535/65536. Here, the value of the random number that becomes "Electricity open winning" stored in the low-frequency support mode table is the "Electricity open winning" stored in the high-frequency support mode table. is included in the random number value.

In addition, the value and the number of random numbers stored in each electric role success/failure table are arbitrary. good. In addition, the value of the random number that becomes "Electricity open winning" stored in the high-frequency support mode table is the same as the "Electricity open winning" stored in the low-frequency support mode table. It does not have to include the random number value for the low frequency support mode.

Compared with the low-frequency support mode, the high-frequency support mode sets the electric accessory 37a to the open state more times when winning the electric accessory opening lottery, and sets the electric accessory 37a to the open state. The opening time of one time is also getting longer. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in the one-time electrical open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, compared to the low-frequency support mode, the minimum secured time (role The duration of one fluctuation display in the object display section 46) is shortened.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

Thus, in this embodiment, the lower working port 37 has a low-frequency support mode and a high-frequency support mode. The low-frequency support mode functions as a non-enterable state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and the high-frequency support mode allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter. Acts as a possible state.

Note that the configurations of the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode are not limited to this. Specifically, the high-frequency support mode may be configured so that the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is relatively high compared to the low-frequency support mode, and the low-frequency support mode and The high-frequency support mode may have the same probability of winning the electric accessory open lottery. For example, a plurality of types of reserved time may be prepared, and the high-frequency support mode may be configured to make it easier to select a shorter reserved time than the low-frequency support mode, and the average of the selected reserved times may be shortened. It may be configured to Furthermore, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode changes the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state to the low frequency support mode. may be configured to be relatively high compared to .

Next, the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. For example, the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 59 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 59. . Also, the jackpot random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value each time it loops. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 59, like the jackpot random number counter C1.

The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is transferred to the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit (lottery for winning or not) based on the value of the big-hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a success/failure table that stores values of random numbers for winning a jackpot.
Among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the random number that wins the jackpot is stored in the hit/fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as hit/fail information group storage means, as shown in FIG. (whether or not information group).

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has two win/fail lottery modes of a low probability mode (low probability state) in which it is difficult to win a big win and a high probability mode (high probability state) in which it is easy to win a big win. . The success/failure table includes the success/failure table for the low-probability mode (low-probability success/failure information group) shown in FIG. group).
The MPU 62 executes a lottery for the occurrence of a big hit by comparing these win/fail tables with the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

These hit/fail tables have lottery results (hit/fail results) of occurrence of a plurality of jackpots, such as "big win win", "special loss result", and "ordinary loss result".
Specifically, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to when the lottery for the occurrence of the big win is made, the probability of winning the "big win" is 1/30.
On the other hand, under the gaming state in which the win/loss table for the high-probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, as shown in FIG. is. Therefore, under the gaming state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, the probability of winning the "big win" is 1/3.
Here, the value of the random number "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is included in the value of the random number "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode. .

Thus, in this embodiment, the high-probability mode (second gaming state) executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low-probability mode (first gaming state).

The value and number of random numbers stored in each success/failure table are arbitrary, and it is sufficient that the high probability mode has a higher probability of winning a "big win" than the low probability mode. Further, the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the high-probability mode must not include the value of the random number for "winning the jackpot" stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode. Alternatively, it may include a part of the random number values that are stored in the success/failure table for the low-probability mode and become the "big win".

In addition, in each win/fail lottery mode, random numbers other than "big win winning" results in a loss without winning a big win.
Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result (small win result)" and the "normal loss result". These outliers are common in that none of them serve as a trigger for shifting to the lottery mode or the support mode. However, the difference is that the "special deviation result" serves as a trigger for shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, whereas the "normal deviation result" does not trigger a transition to the opening/closing execution mode.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 29. .
The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display portion of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins in the upper operating port 36, and the game ball wins in the lower operating port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (distribution lottery) for the jackpot type when the jackpot occurs.

FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an allocation table storing random number values relating to allocation destinations of types of jackpots.
As shown in FIG. 8, the random number value related to the allocation destination of the jackpot type is stored in the allocation table (see FIG. 4) in the allocation table storage area 63b (see FIG. 4) of the ROM 63 provided as the allocation information group storage means. minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 8(a) and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 8(b). ing.
The MPU 62 executes a jackpot type lottery by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

In the first distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the first result display portion reservation area Ra to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
The first distribution table, as shown in FIG. Probability result)" and "Most advantageous result (special distribution result corresponding to high probability)" are assigned as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the jackpot type counter C2, “0 to 9” are distributed to “non-explicit small round high probability results”, and “10 to 19” It is sorted into ``high probability result of explicit few rounds'', and ``20 to 29'' is assigned to ``best result''.

In the second distribution table, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 shifted from the second result display portion reservation area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 based on the winning to the lower operation port 37 It is a table referred to when performing a lottery for the type of jackpot.
As shown in FIG. 8(b), the second distribution table assigns only the distribution result of the "best result". Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values "0 to 29" of the jackpot type counter C2, "0 to 29" are distributed to the "best result".

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value of 238. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. stored in Specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display portion reservation area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 36, and the game ball wins the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach generation lottery) to determine whether to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The ready-to-win display is an expectation effect that occurs when the winning lottery does not result in a "big hit" but results in a "normal failure".
Specifically, the MPU 62 determines the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reach table and the reserved ball storage area 64b when the result of the win/fail lottery does not result in a "big hit" but results in a "normal loss". By comparing with, a lottery is executed as to whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display, and when the ready-to-win display is to be generated in this lottery, the ready-to-win display is generated. The ready-to-win table is a table that stores values of random numbers related to occurrence of the ready-to-win display, and is stored in the ready-to-win table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 (see FIG. 4).

Here, in the case of "big win winning" in the lottery lottery and "most advantageous result" in the distribution lottery, the symbol display device 47 selects a combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result. Stop display on the effective line L. In addition, if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the winning lottery and is distributed to "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability result" in the distribution lottery, or "jackpot winning" in the lottery lottery In the event that a "special failure result" is obtained without becoming, the symbol display device 47 selects a "normal failure result" in the winning lottery instead of a combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result. A special combination of symbols having numbers different from each other, which will never be displayed, is stopped on the activated line L. - 特許庁

In the reach display, when the combination of symbols with the same number is finally stopped and displayed (when it becomes a "big win" in the winning lottery and is distributed to the "best result" in the distribution lottery), It occurs regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. In addition, the reach display is used when the combination of special symbols is finally stopped and displayed ("jackpot winning" in the winning lottery, "unspecified small round high probability result" or "explicit small round high probability" in the distribution lottery) In the case of being sorted to "probable result" or "special losing result" instead of "big hit winning" in the winning lottery), it does not occur regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

In the ready-to-win display mode, some of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) are displayed on the activated line L. By causing the stationary display, the same combination of symbols is displayed to indicate the result of stopping, and in that state, the remaining symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z2) are variably displayed.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 generates the ready-to-win display, after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 47, and before displaying the predetermined stop result, the winning lottery results in a "jackpot winning", It is possible to make the player expect that he or she has been sorted to the "best result" in the sorting lottery.

Note that the ready-to-win display mode is not limited to this, and a part of the symbol rows are stopped and displayed, and the remaining symbol rows are variably displayed, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed in the background as a moving image. Alternatively, each pattern row may be reduced or hidden, and a predetermined character or the like may be displayed on substantially the entire display screen G as a moving image.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the pattern display device 47. - 特許庁The expectation effect is such that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery after the start of the variable display on the symbol display device 47 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed. I mean performance. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expectation effects, namely, the aforementioned ready-to-win display and advance notice display.

The notice display does not become "jackpot winning" in the lottery if it becomes "jackpot winning" in the lottery, or if it becomes "special loss result" without becoming "jackpot winning" in the lottery. This is an expected effect that makes the effect more likely to occur than in the case of the "normal deviation result". Instead of facilitating the occurrence of effects, this advance notice display may facilitate the selection of effects with a low appearance rate, or may be combined.
While the lottery to determine whether or not to generate the ready-to-win display is performed by the main control device 60, the lottery to determine whether to generate the advance notice display is performed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The mode of the advance notice display is that of the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, all of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed, and some of the symbol rows (for example, symbol row Z1) is stopped on the activated line L, and a plurality of symbol rows (for example, symbol rows Z2, Z3) are variably displayed or ready-to-win display is generated, a predetermined character etc. are displayed on the display screen G as moving images. This notice display occurs both when the reach display is generated and when the reach display is not generated, but it is set so that it is more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated. It is
Note that the advance notice display is not limited to this, and for example, the background may be changed, and the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 may be changed and displayed.

Finally, the fluctuation type counter CS will be explained. For example, the fluctuation type counter CS is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198. .
The fluctuation type counter CS is updated at least once each time a normal process, which will be described later, is executed, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time it is updated.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the pattern display duration on the main display section 45 and the pattern display duration on the pattern display device 47 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer.

<Regarding Various Processing Executed by Main Controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes timer interrupt processing and normal processing that advances the game, and main processing that is activated when the power is turned on. Timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing will be described in order below.
In addition to timer interrupt processing, normal processing, and main processing, the MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal), but description of this processing will be omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing.
In timer interrupt processing, the MPU 62 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S101 to S105, as shown in FIG.

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes reading processing of the plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the states of the plurality of detection sensors 40b to 40f, determines the states, and stores them in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. When the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 40b to 40d corresponding to various winning holes detect the winning of game balls, it sets a prize ball command for instructing the payout of the prize balls, and sets this set prize ball command. A command is transmitted to the payout control device 70 . For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 has detected the winning of game balls, a prize ball command for instructing 15 prize balls, which is the specific unit number to the payout control device 70.
The payout control device 70 performs payout control to cause the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on the prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. do. Note that the MPU 62 returns the value of the random number initial value counter CINI to 0 and clears it if it reaches the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI.

In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to each of the previous values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessary product release counter C4 and updates them. The subsequent value is stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Note that the MPU 62 returns the values of the counters C1 to C4 to 0 and clears them when the previous values of the counters C1 to C4 have reached the maximum value when 1 is added thereto.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for through. In this through winning process, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 40f corresponding to each through gate 41 has detected the winning of the game ball, it is stored in the electrical work reserve area 64c of the RAM 64. It is determined whether or not the number RcN of pending electric service is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment).
When the MPU 62 determines that the number RcN of pending electrical work is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for through.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the number RcN of pending electric works is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the number RcN of pending electric works, and updates the electric power supply updated in step S103. The value of the accessory release counter C4 is stored in the electrician holding area 64c. Also, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the third suspension lamp portion 49 c and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90 .
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the third suspension lamp section 49c based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Further, the number of reserved game balls that have won the through gate 41 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the third reservation lamp portion 49c is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

In step S105, the MPU 62 executes the winning process for the working opening.
The prize winning process for the operating port will be described in detail below.

<Winning process for operating port>
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S207 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper working port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether the game ball has won the upper working port 36 (start winning). determine whether When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has won in the upper working port 36, in step S202, the number of reserved balls stored in the first result display section reserved area Ra is grasped, and the reserved number is determined. The number is set in a predetermined storage area in the first result display section reservation area Ra as the first start-up reservation storage number RaN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 detects the winning of the game ball. is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operation opening 37 (start winning).
When the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has not entered the lower working opening 37, it ends the winning processing for the working opening. Further, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, in step S204, the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is grasped, The pending number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display portion pending area Rb as a second start pending storage number RbN. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S205.

After executing the process of step S202 or step S204, the MPU 62 checks in step S205 if the number of starting suspension memories N (RaN or RbN) set in step S202 or step S204 is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Determine whether or not there is
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the number N of start suspension memories is not less than the upper limit value, it ends the prize winning process for the operation port. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205 that the start pending memory number N is less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the value of the start pending memory number N and updates it in step S206.

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process out of the free storage area of the reservation area for the result display section. The suspension information is stored in the first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the start suspension storage number N updated in step S206.

For example, when the MPU 62 sets the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, each of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process A set of values is stored as pending information in the first storage area of the empty storage areas in the first result display portion pending area Ra, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the first start pending storage number RaN updated in step S206. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the first start pending memory number RaN in step S202, the MPU 62 stores "4" in the first start pending memory number RaN updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

Also, for example, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process are stored as suspension information in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second result display section storage area Rb, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the second start suspension storage number RbN updated in step S206. do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 stores the second start pending memory number RbN in the storage area corresponding to "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

Further, in step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for turning on the first reservation lamp section 49a or the second reservation lamp section 49b, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the first reservation lamp section 49a or the second reservation lamp section 49b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 . In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36 or the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of 4 pieces, and the first reservation lamp part 49a or the second reservation lamp part 49b is the reservation number The corresponding number of lights up.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later, which is activated when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process, which is the main process for advancing the game. In this normal process, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S314 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes steps S301 to S309 at a cycle of 4 msec, repeatedly executes steps S308 to S311 when a remaining time occurs, and executes step S312 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of step S308. Run.

In step S301, the MPU 62 executes timer interrupt processing or external output processing for transmitting commands set in the previous normal processing to each sub-side control device. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the prize ball command is set, and if it determines that the prize ball command is set, the prize ball command is sent to the payout control device 70 Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a command for effect such as a command corresponding to the effect for the game round or a command corresponding to the effect for the open/close execution mode is set, and the command for effect is determined. When it is determined that it is set, the command for that effect is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .

In step S302, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS to update it, and stores the updated value in the lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. . In addition, when the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the fluctuation type counter CS, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS is returned to 0 and cleared.

In step S303, the MPU 62 executes game round control processing for advancing the game round. In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes a win/fail lottery and a sorting lottery, determines information related to a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the pattern display device 47, and determines a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. decision of information related to
In step S304, the MPU 62 executes game state transition processing for shifting the game state. In the game state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each game state such as the opening/closing execution mode, the high probability mode, and the high frequency support mode.
The game round control process in step S303 and the game state transition process in step S304 will be described later in detail.

In step S305, the MPU 62 executes demonstration display execution determination processing. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 30 sec) for the start of the demonstration has elapsed without a new game round being started after the game round has ended. However, when it is determined that the start waiting period has passed, a demo command for starting the demo display is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 .
Note that the sound emission control device 90 starts the demonstration display execution process based on the demonstration command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S305 is executed. For example, if the start waiting period is 30 sec and the interval for repeatedly executing the process of step S305 is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S305 is executed, and when it reaches 7500 times, the start waiting period is determined to have passed. Note that the configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary, and for example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. In addition, when the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of execution times of the process of step S305, the count value is reset.

In step S<b>306 , the MPU 62 executes an electric role support process for executing drive control of the electric accessory 37 a provided in the lower working port 37 . In this electric role support process, the MPU 62 executes the electric role product opening lottery based on the value of the electric role product opening counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 64c of the RAM 64, and the electric role product opening lottery. When winning, the opening/closing process of the electric accessory 37a is executed. In addition, the MPU 62 performs display control of the accessory display unit 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory open lottery.
Note that the electric support processing in step S306 will be described later in detail.

In step S307, the MPU 62 executes game ball launch control processing. In this game ball shooting control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply/shooting control device 80 to execute shooting control for shooting a game ball based on the rotation of the shooting handle 27 by the player. Specifically, the power supply/shooting control device 80 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 sec in this embodiment). . In addition, the solenoid is energized so as to shoot the game ball with a shooting intensity corresponding to the rotation operation amount of the shooting handle 27 . Further, the power supply/shooting control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot the game ball when a predetermined shooting condition is met.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines whether a power failure flag is set in a power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64 or not. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power failure signal is input from the power failure monitor board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62 . The power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal when it confirms the occurrence of power failure. This power failure flag is cleared when the main process is executed next time.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 or the like, and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power outage flag by substituting 1 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 and clears the power outage flag by substituting 0 in the power outage flag storage area of the RAM 64 .

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S308, the MPU 62 executes the power failure processing of step S312 and subsequent steps without executing the processing of step S309 and subsequent steps. Specifically, in step S312, the MPU 62 prohibits the generation of timer interrupt processing. In step S313, the MPU 62 calculates and stores a RAM determination value (checksum of the RAM 64). In step S314, MPU62 prohibits the access to RAM64. After that, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power supply is completely cut off and the process cannot be executed.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the power outage flag has not been set, in step S309 it determines whether the timing for executing the next normal process has arrived, that is, whether the current normal process It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has passed since the start.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not yet arrived, that is, when the remaining time has occurred, in step S310, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated, and in step S311. , the fluctuation type counter CS is updated. The MPU 62 repeats steps S308 to S311 until it determines in step S309 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the timing for executing the next normal process has come, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the next normal process is executed by executing step S301 again. Begin normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the main processing.
In the main process, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S412 as shown in FIG.
In step S401, the MPU 62 executes start-up processing upon power-on. In this start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after the power is turned on in order to wait for the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) to become operable. ) has passed.

In step S402, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the permission prohibition period of 1 sec has elapsed. When the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has not passed in step S402, it repeats the process of step S402. Further, when the MPU 62 determines that 1 sec has passed in step S402, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S403.

Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 sec has passed by counting the number of times the process of step S402 is executed. For example, if the interval for repeatedly executing the processing of step S402 is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the processing of step S402 and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when the number reaches 10000 times. Note that the configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is arbitrary. For example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S403, MPU62 permits the access to RAM64.
In step S404, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erase switch (not shown) provided in the power/emission control device 80 is turned on.
When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S409.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S404 that the RAM erase switch is not turned on, it determines in step S405 whether or not the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. do.

When the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S405, it calculates the RAM determination value in step S406.
At step S407, the MPU 62 confirms the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated at step S406 is normal. Specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S406 with the RAM determination value saved in step S313 (power failure processing) of the normal processing, and if they match, , the RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

When the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S407, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S409.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S407, it clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S408.

The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by determining in the main processing whether or not the keyword has been written normally.

As described above, if the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erase switch is turned on in step S404, determines that the power failure flag is not set in step S405, or determines that the RAM determination value is not normal, the processing from step S409 is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S409, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S410.

Therefore, for example, the administrator of the game hall can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business of the game hall. Moreover, the pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed by the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the process of step S408 or step S410, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) in step S411, and timer interrupt in step S412. Allow the process to occur, and shift to the above-described normal process.
By receiving the initial command transmitted in step S411, the sub-side control board recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is being performed normally, and executes its own initialization. do.

<Game Round Control Processing>
FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the game is in the opening/closing execution mode, it ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the opening/closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, and clears the opening/closing execution mode flag when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S502 it determines whether the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing in steps S503 to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing for game turn progress in steps S506 to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game round in steps S503 to S505 will be described.
In step S503, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb, and these numbers of reservations is equal to or less than "0". When the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is equal to or less than "0", it ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503 that the total number CRN is not "0" or less, in step S504, the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area A data setting process is executed for setting the pending information stored in Rb for completion of game rounds. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display, executes a variation start process for finishing the game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S504 and the variation start process in step S505 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reservation memory number RbN in the second result display section reservation area Rb set in step S204 of the operation port winning process is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0", it executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", data setting processing for the second result display section of steps S607 to S611 is executed.

In this way, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section for completing the game cycle, and the data setting processing for the second result display section. and a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for completion of the game cycle.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display section. Execute the data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the operation to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is preferentially played regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball. Set for one digestion.

First, data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S602 to S606 will be described.
In step S602, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the first start pending storage number RaN in the first result display portion pending area Ra to update the value.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display portion pending area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S604, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information in the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the pending information in the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the pending information in the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra1. Shift to area Ra3.

At step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display flag stored in the RAM 64. FIG. This second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which main display section 45, out of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b, starts the variable display when completing a game round. is. In this step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the variable display is made on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. (first variable display).

In step S606, the MPU 62 sets a first shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set first shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. exit. This command at the time of the first shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the upper working port 36. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first holding lamp portion 49 a based on the command for the first shift transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the first reservation lamp portion 49a as the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation opening 36 decreases.

Next, data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in the second result display portion pending area Rb to update it.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display portion pending area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the pending information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, shifts the pending information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

At step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. FIG. In this step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the second result display section 45b displays a variable display based on the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37. (second variable display).

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set second shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. exit. This command at the time of the second shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display section has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp portion 49b based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the second reservation lamp portion 49b as the number of reserved game balls that have entered the lower opening 37 decreases.

In the following description, the first shift command and the second shift command are also referred to as pending shift commands.

FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation start process.
In the fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S718 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S702, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 7A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S701 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 7(b)) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S703. read out.

After executing the process of step S702 or step S703, the MPU 62 executes the suitability determination process in step S704. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success/failure table read out in step S702 or step S703 to obtain the result of the success/failure lottery (result of success/failure). judge. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S705, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is "big hit". If the MPU 62 determines in step S705 that the win/loss result is "jackpot winning", it executes the processing from step S706 onwards. , the processing after step S712 is executed.

First, in step S705, the process (process after step S706) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the winning result is "big hit winning" will be described.
In step S706, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display flag is set in the RAM 64. FIG.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 starts the variable display. Therefore, in step S707, the first distribution table (see FIG. 8A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63. FIG.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S706, the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower opening 37 , the second sorting table (see FIG. 8B) is read from the sorting table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S708.

After performing the process of step S707 or step S708, MPU62 performs a distribution determination process in step S709. In this distribution determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read out in step S707 or step S708 to determine the result of the distribution lottery ( distribution result).

In step S710, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the jackpot result. In this stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines in step S709 the information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45. A decision is made according to the sorting result, and the decided information is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 compares the allocation result determined in step S709 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in advance in the ROM 63, and determines the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. Determine relevant information. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the mode of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 so as to be different for each sorting result.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a flag in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result determined in step S709. Specifically, when the MPU 62 specifies that the distribution result is the "non-explicit small round high-probability result", the MPU 62 sets the non-explicit small-round high-probability result flag and sets the "explicit small round high-probability result , the explicit few-round high-probability result flag is set, and when the ``most favorable result'' is identified, the most favorable result flag is set. Then, MPU62 performs the process after step S716.
In addition, in each of the following processes, the MPU 62 executes determination of the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, the process (process after step S712) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/loss result is not the "big hit win" in step S705 will be described.
In step S712, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result determined in step S704 is the "special losing result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S712 that the win/loss result is the "special failure result", it executes the processing from step S713 onwards, and if it determines that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" in step S712. , the process after step S715 is executed.

In step S713, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for the special outlier result. In this stop result setting process for the special outlier result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 by referring to the stop result table for the special loss result stored in advance in the ROM 63 . The mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the special winning result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stop result table for the big win result.
At step S714, the MPU 62 sets a special out flag in the RAM 64. FIG.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning result is the "special losing result" by referring to this special losing flag.

On the other hand, in step S715, the MPU 62 executes the stop result setting process for the normal deviation result. In this stop result setting process for the out-of-normal result, the MPU 62 determines information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display section 45a or the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45, and The information obtained is stored in the RAM 64 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal outlier result stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 . The mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the normal losing result is different from the mode of the picture set in the stopping result table for the jackpot result and the stopping result table for the special losing result.

After executing any of the processes of steps S711, S714, and S715, the MPU 62 executes a process of setting the display duration (display duration) in step S716.
In the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 .

In addition, in the display duration setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the symbol display device 47 will display the ready-to-win state. Specifically, when the distribution result determined in step S709 is the "most favorable result", and the success/failure result determined in step S704 is the "normal outlier result", the reach generation lottery When winning, it is determined that the ready-to-win display occurs. In addition, as described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. Run a reach generation lottery.

When determining that the reach display occurs, the MPU 62 refers to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63 d of the ROM 63, so that the fluctuation type counter obtained from the fluctuation type counter buffer A display continuation time corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .
On the other hand, when it is determined that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63. A display continuation time corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS acquired from the buffer is determined, and the determined display continuation time is set in a display continuation time counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM64.

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shortened as the pending number increases. Therefore, the display continuation time for consuming the pending information related to the upper working port 36 is set to be shorter as the number of pending items related to the upper working port 36 increases. The display continuation time when the pending information relating to the lower operating port 37 is consumed is set to be shorter as the number of pending items relating to the lower operating port 37 increases. Further, the reach non-occurrence display duration table is set so that the display duration is shorter when the support mode is the high-frequency support mode than when it is the low-frequency support mode. In other words, if the pending number is the same, the display duration time in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach occurrence display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table.

In addition, the reach non-occurrence display duration table may be set to a relationship opposite to the above-described relationship, such as increasing the display duration as the number of holds increases, depending on the number of holds and support mode It may be configured so that it does not fluctuate. Alternatively, the display duration table may be set individually for each of the win/fail result and the sorting result.

At step S717, the MPU 62 sets the variation command and the type command. In step S301 of normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for variation and the type command set in step S717 to the sound emission control device 90. FIG.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

The variation command includes information related to display duration. Also, the variation command does not include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-occurrence display duration table are mutually different.
Therefore, even if the variation command does not include the information on whether or not the ready-to-win display occurs, the ready-to-win display is performed by the sound emission control device 90, which is the sub-side control device, based on the information on the display duration time. It is possible to determine whether or not it occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the variation command indirectly includes information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur. Note that the variation command may directly include information as to whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur.

In addition, the variation command includes information on the lottery mode (low-probability mode or high-probability mode) and information on the support mode (low-frequency support mode or high-frequency support mode). Further, the variable command is variable display information for specifying which of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display when completing a game round. (first variable representation or second variable representation).

The type command includes information regarding the win/fail result. In other words, the type command includes each piece of information related to "big win win", "special loss result", and "normal loss result" as information related to win/fail results. Also, the type command includes information related to the sorting result. In other words, the type command includes each information related to the "non-explicit few rounds high probability result", the "explicit few rounds high probability result", and the "best result" as the information related to the sorting result.
In the following description, the win/fail result and the sorting result are collectively referred to as the game result. In other words, the type command includes information on the game result.

In step S718, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display section 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. After that, the MPU 62 ends the fluctuation start process.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64, the first Since it indicates that the result display section 45a is to start the variable display, the first result display section 45a is caused to start the variable display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, the second Since it indicates that the result display section 45b is to start the variable display, the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progressing process of steps S506 to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing for variable display. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display on the main display section 45 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, in step S508, the MPU 62 executes fluctuation end processing. In this fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 stores the information (main (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45). Then, at the end of the game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during variable display (variation end execution processing). Note that the fluctuation end processing will be described later in detail.

Here, the pattern finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differs for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can confirm the game result by looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, the manager of the game hall can easily check whether or not the pachinko machine 10 behaves in the same manner as in the case of winning a lottery to generate a big win. can be done systematically.
The display area of the main display section 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game cycle, the player checks the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 instead of the main display unit 45 to determine whether or not the player has won the big win. Attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. The MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring reception of the variation end command.

Thus, in this embodiment, the MPU 62 notifies the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pending information stored in the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb .
Further, as described above, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the upper operation opening Priority is given to the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to 36. It is generally set for digestion of game times. In other words, the MPU 62 puts the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb into the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra. The results of the internal lottery associated with the

<Electronic support processing>
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a flowchart of processing for electric support.
In the electrician support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S809 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the character object display unit 46 is performing variable display, that is, whether or not an electric role game cycle is in progress.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the character object display unit 46 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S802 onward.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S801 that the character object display unit 46 is performing the variable display, it executes the processing from step S806 onward.

First, the processing (processing after step S802) when it is determined in step S801 that the character object display unit 46 is not performing variable display will be described.
In step S802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 ends the electric support process without executing the processes after step S803. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the electric role game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 .

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S802 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S803, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the number RcN of pending electrical work is equal to or less than "0".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the number RcN of pending electric workers is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 terminates the electric worker support process without executing the processes after step S804.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S803 that the number RcN of the electrical work on hold is not equal to or less than "0", then in step S804, the MPU 62 sends the electrical work on hold information stored in the electrical work holding area 64c. An electric role data setting process is executed for setting for the completion of the role game times. After that, in step S805, the MPU 62 causes the character product display unit 46 to start a variable display, executes an electric role fluctuation start process for completing the electric role game round, and ends the electric role support process.
The electric power data setting process in step S804 and the electric power change start process in step S805 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric service data setting process.
In the electrical service data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S904 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the number RcN of the electrician pending in the electrician pending area 64c to update it.
In step S902, the MPU 62 moves the electrician pending information stored in the storage area of the electrician pending area 64c to the electrician execution area.
In step S903, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the electrician pending information stored in the storage area of the electrician pending area 64c. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the electrician pending information stored in each storage area of the electrician pending area 64c to the electrician execution area side.

In step S904, the MPU 62 sets an electrical shift time command for recognizing that the shift of the electrical work hold information has been executed, and transmits the set electrical work shift time command to the sound emission control device 90. The hand data setting process is terminated. This command at the time of shift of the electrician is executed to shift the electrician's reserved information stored in the storage area of the electrician's reserved area 64c based on the win of the game ball to each through gate 41. includes information for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize the .
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the third holding lamp portion 49c based on the electric duty shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the number of lights of the third reservation lamp portion 49c as the number of the game balls winning the through gate 41 is reduced.

FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric duty change start process.
In the electric power fluctuation start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1010 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode by determining whether the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 . This high frequency support flag will be described later in detail.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1002, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electric work for the low-frequency support mode is appropriate. The table (see FIG. 6A) is read out from the electrical work propriety table storage area 63c of the ROM 63, and if it is determined in step S1001 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S1003, the high-frequency support mode is selected. The electric work propriety table (see FIG. 6B) is read out from the electric work propriety table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. FIG.

After executing the process of step S1002 or step S1003, the MPU 62 executes the electric work propriety determination process in step S1004. In this electric role right/wrong determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the electric role product release counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 with the electric role right/wrong table read in step S1002 or step S1003. , Determine the result of the electric role open lottery (electric role right or wrong result).
In addition, as described above, the success or failure result of the electric call is either "won an electric call open" or "result of unopened electric call". The same is true for

In step S1005, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of winning the electric role determined in step S1004 is "open winning".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the electric role win/fail result is "electric role open winning", in step S1006, the MPU 62 executes stop result setting processing for electric role open winning. In this stop result setting process for electric role open winning, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for electric role open winning stored in advance in the ROM 63 to determine information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 .

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1005 that the result of winning the electric role is not "winning the electric role open" (if it determines that the result is "unable to open the electric role"), in step S1007, Execute the stop result setting process for the result of disconnection of electric power. In this stop result setting process for the electric role release result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the result of unlocked electric power stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the character object display section 46 .

After executing the process of step S1006 or step S1007, the MPU 62 executes a setting process of the electric role display duration (electric role display duration) in step S1008.
In the processing for setting the electric duty display duration time, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high-frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 refers to the high-frequency support mode electric duty display duration table stored in the ROM 63 to determine the electric duty display duration. , the determined electric duty display duration time is set in an electric duty display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (when it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), The electric combination display duration time is determined by referring to the winning combination display duration table, and the determined electric combination display duration time is set in the electric combination display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64 a of the RAM 64 .

Here, the electric role display duration table for the high-frequency support mode is set so that the electric duty display duration time is shorter than the electric duty display duration table for the low-frequency support mode. In other words, the duration of the electric role display in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
Further, the telephone display duration determined by referring to the telephone display duration table for the high-frequency support mode is determined by referring to the telephone display duration table for the low-frequency support mode. It is different from the combination display duration time.
It should be noted that the electric role display continuation time may be configured so as not to vary according to the support mode. Further, the electric role display duration table for the high frequency support mode and the electric duty display duration table for the low frequency support mode may be the same.

In step S1009, the MPU 62 sets a power change command. This electric role change command includes information related to the electric role display duration time. The MPU 62 transmits the electric role change command set in step S1009 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the electric role change command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S1010, the MPU 62 causes the character object display section 46 to start variable display.
After that, the MPU 62 ends the power fluctuation start process.

Returning to the description of the electric support process, the processes after step S806 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the character object display unit 46 is in the process of changing display. to run.

In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electric duty display continuation time set in step S1008 of the electric duty change start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the electric role display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. It should be noted that the value of the electric role display continuation time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt processing is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the electric role display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S807, the MPU 62 executes an electric role change display process. In this electric role variable display processing, the MPU 62 updates the display of the character object display section 46 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the electronic support process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the electric duty display continuation time has passed, in step S808, the MPU 62 executes the electric duty fluctuation ending process. In this electric role variation ending process, the MPU 62 stores the information (the role item (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 46). Then, at the end of the electric role game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character object display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the character object display unit 46 during variable display ( power fluctuation end execution processing). Note that the electric duty fluctuation ending process will be described later in detail.

In step S809, the MPU 62 sets an electric duty change end command. In step S301 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the electric role change end command set in step S809 to the sound emission control device 90. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the electronic support process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process for ending the effect of the electric role game round based on the electric role variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured so as to independently end the effect of the electric role game round without requiring reception of the electric role variation end command.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game state transition processing.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1114 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the opening/closing execution mode is not in progress, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1102.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the opening/closing execution mode is in progress, the processing from step S1111 onwards is executed.

First, the processing (processing after step S1102) when it is determined in step S1101 that the MPU 62 is not in the opening/closing execution mode will be described.
In step S1102, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the variable display on the main display section 45 has ended. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that the variable display on the main display section 45 has not ended, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1102 that the variable display on the main display section 45 has ended, it determines in step S1103 whether the win/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. determine whether Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is "big win winning" or "special losing result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets an opening/closing execution mode flag in the RAM 64, and then executes the processing from step S1104.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the win/fail result does not correspond to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode (if it determines that the win/fail result is the "normal deviation result"), the game Terminate state transition processing.

In step S1104, the MPU 62 determines whether the hit/fail result is a "special loss result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1104 that the win/loss result is the "special loss result", in step S1105 the MPU 62 sets "2" to the open/close counter SOC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG. This open/close counter SOC is a counter for specifying the total number of times the MPU 62 opens and closes the big winning opening 38a of the variable winning device 38 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1104 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", that is, if it determines that the win/loss result is "jackpot", in step S1106, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the result of allocation is a small round high probability result, in step S1107 the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 is set to "2". Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1106 that the distribution result is not a high-probability result for a small number of rounds, that is, when it determines that the distribution result is the "best result", in step S1108, the round counter RC is set to "4". This round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of opening/closing execution modes with mutually different end conditions. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has, as opening/closing execution modes, a number-of-rounds stipulation mode that shifts to when the win/fail result is a "jackpot win", and an opening/closing number mode to shift to when the win/fail result is a "special losing result". and a prescribed mode.

The round number regulation mode ends on the condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The opening/closing number regulation mode ends under the condition that the large winning hole 38a has been opened and closed a predetermined total number of times, or that a predetermined number of game balls have won the large winning hole 38a. Here, the total number of openings and closings of the big winning opening 38a corresponds to the value set in the opening/closing counter SOC. This opening/closing number regulation mode does not end under the condition of the number of executions of the round game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a once per round game. Also, one round game continues until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) Elapse of a predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) (2) The total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number

After executing any one of steps S1105, S1107, and S1108, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 as waiting time (waiting period) for opening in step S1109. Set "1000". The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for opening is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

As described above, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1103 that the win/fail result corresponds to the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time for opening to the timer counter T regardless of the type of the game result. set. In other words, the waiting time for opening is the same regardless of the type of game result.
The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this. For example, it may be configured to be slightly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the opening is greatly different depending on the type of game result, such as when the game result is the "best result" and when the game result is other than this. It is good also as a structure which makes it different.

At step S1110, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process. This opening command includes information on the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. The MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S1110 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 recognizes the transition to the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, processing (processing after step S1111) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1101 that the open/close execution mode is in progress will be described.
In step S1111, the MPU 62 executes a big winning opening opening/closing process.

FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening/closing process.
In the big winning opening opening/closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1224 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the big winning opening 38a is open.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the large winning opening 38a is not open, it executes the processing from step S1202.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the big winning opening 38a is open, it executes the processing from step S1206.

First, in step S1201, the processing (processing after step S1202) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is not open will be described.
In step S1202, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1202 that both the value of the opening/closing counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1202 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 starts the timer counter T in step S1203. Determines whether the value is less than or equal to "0".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1203 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1203 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", in step S1204, it executes a special winning opening opening process.
The special winning opening opening process of step S1204 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the big winning opening opening process.
In the big winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1307 as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", in step S1302, the MPU 62 sets "8" to the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64, and At S1303, the timer counter T is set to "85". As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 0.17 sec.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", in step S1304, it sets the winning counter PC to "8", and in step S1305, the distribution result is a small-round high-probability result ("implicit small-round high-probability result" or "explicit small-round high-probability result").

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the result of allocation is the small round high probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "85" in step S1303.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the allocation result is not the small round high probability result, it sets the timer counter T to "15000" in step S1306. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

After executing the processing of step S1303 or step S1306, the MPU 62 executes processing for opening the big winning opening in step S1307. In this process for executing the opening of the big winning opening, the MPU 62 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1302 or step S1304 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a.
Also, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1303 or step S1306 defines the upper limit duration time from when the open/close door 38b is set to the open state to when it is set to the closed state again. Therefore, the MPU 62 sets two types of upper limit duration time with different lengths by setting the timer counter T to "85" or "15000", as described above. Specifically, the MPU 62 has a long-time mode (long-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 30 sec, and a short-time mode (short-term mode) in which the upper limit duration is set to 0.17 sec, which is shorter than that of the long-time mode. aspect).

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the game ball shooting mechanism 81 to shoot a game ball by exciting the solenoid of the game ball shooting mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. In addition, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls to the big winning opening 38a to eight by setting the winning counter PC to "8".
Therefore, the upper limit duration of the long time mode is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the firing period of the game balls, so the upper limit of 8 game balls is easy to win in the big prize opening 38a.
On the other hand, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is shorter than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls into the big winning hole 38a and the shooting cycle of the game balls. (shorter than the cycle), it is difficult to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 38a. Depending on the timing, it is possible to win about one game ball into the big winning hole 38a.

Returning to the explanation of the big winning opening opening/closing process, the processes after step S1205 will be explained with reference to FIG.
MPU62 sets an opening command in step S1205, after performing the big winning a prize opening opening process of step S1204. In addition, the MPU 62 transmits the open command set in step S1205 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
Based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the open state, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1206) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the big winning opening 38a is being opened in step S1201 will be described.
In step S1206, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuation time set in the timer counter T in step S1303 or step S1306 of the big winning opening opening process has elapsed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S1207.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S1218.

First, processing (processing after step S1207) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than "0" will be described.
In step S1207, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize has been awarded to the large prize winning opening 38a. It should be noted that the determination as to whether or not a prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a is executed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 40d corresponding to the large winning opening 38a.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1207 that no prize has been awarded to the large winning opening 38a, the MPU 62 ends the large winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1207 that a prize has been awarded to the big prize opening 38a, in step S1208, the value of the prize counter PC is updated by subtracting 1 from it.

In step S1209, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1209 that the value of the winning counter PC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1209 that the value of the winning counter PC is equal to or less than "0", in step S1210 the closing execution process is executed. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the open/close door 38b to the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable winning driving section 38c.

In step S1211, the MPU 62 sets a closing command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in step S1211 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Based on the closing command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the opening/closing door 38b has been set to the closed state, and executes predetermined processing.

In step S1212, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1212 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1223, which will be described later.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1212 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S1213.
In step S1213, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1214, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1214 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it sets the value of the timer counter T to "500" in step S1215. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.

Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1215 is the open standby time from when the open/close door 38b is set to the open state to the closed state until the open/close door 38b is set to the open state again. stipulates the time. In addition, in this embodiment, the release waiting time is 1 sec. This opening standby time is the same regardless of the type and progress of the opening/closing execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1214 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processing from step S1216.
In step S1216, the MPU 62 sets the timer counter T to "2000" as a waiting time (waiting period) for ending. As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for the ending is 4 seconds. Note that the waiting time for the ending is not limited to this and is arbitrary.

The waiting time for the ending is the same regardless of the type of game result, like the waiting time for the opening. That is, the waiting time for this ending is the same regardless of the type of opening/closing execution mode.
The waiting time for the ending is not limited to this, and for example, it may be configured to be subtly different according to the type of game result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same.
In addition, for example, the waiting time for the ending is greatly different depending on the type of game result, such as when the game result is the "best result" and when it is a game result other than this. It is good also as a structure which makes it different.

In step S1217, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. The MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in step S1217 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the big winning opening opening/closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the opening/closing execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes predetermined processing.

Next, the processing (processing after step S1218) when the MPU 62 determines in step S1206 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less will be described.
In step S1218, the MPU 62 executes closing execution processing in the same manner as in step S1210 described above.
In step S1219, the MPU 62 sets a closing command as in step S1211 described above.

In step S1220, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the win/loss result is a "special loss result".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1220 that the win/loss result is not the "special loss result", that is, if it determines that the win/loss result is the "big win", it executes the processing from step S1221 onwards.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1220 that the win/fail result is the "special loss result", it executes the processing from step S1223 onwards.

First, the process (process after step S1221) when it is determined by the MPU 62 that the win/fail result is not the "special loss result" in step S1220 will be described.
In step S1221, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the round counter RC to update it.

In step S1222, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1222 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes after step S1215 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1222 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the above-described processing from S1216 onward.

Next, processing (processing after step S1223) when the MPU 62 determines that the win/fail result is the “special losing result” in step S1212 or step S1220 will be described.
In step S1223, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the open/close counter SOC to update it.

In step S1224, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the open/close counter SOC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1224 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes the processes after step S1215 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1224 that the value of the open/close counter SOC is equal to or less than "0", it executes the processes from S1216 onward.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S1112 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the big winning opening opening/closing process in step S1111, the MPU 62 checks whether the value of the opening/closing counter SOC is "0" or less and the value of the round counter RC is "0" or less in step S1112. judge.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that at least one of the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1112 that both the value of the open/close counter SOC and the value of the round counter RC are less than or equal to "0", in step S1113 the value of the timer counter T becomes " 0” or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1113 that the value of the timer counter T is not "0" or less, it ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1113 that the value of the timer counter T is "0" or less, in step S1114, after clearing the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64, Execute transition processing when opening/closing execution mode ends.
After that, the MPU 62 terminates the game state transition process.
The transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends will be described in detail below.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.
In the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1406 as shown in FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game result is a "special loss result".

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the game result is the "special loss result", the MPU 62 terminates the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends without executing the processing after step S1402.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the game result is not the "special loss result" (when it determines that the game result is a "jackpot win"), in step S1402, the MPU 62 stores the 2 Determine whether the result display section flag is set.

When the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is not set in the RAM 64 in step S1402, the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 starts the variable display. Therefore, the first support mode setting process in step S1403 is executed. This first support mode setting process is a process of setting the support mode to the low-frequency support mode or the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode, which has shifted to the upper working port 36 as a trigger for winning a prize, is ended.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S1402, the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower opening 37 , the second support mode setting process of step S1404 is executed. This second support mode setting process is a process of setting the support mode to the low-frequency support mode or the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode, which has shifted to the lower opening 37 with the winning of a game ball as a trigger, ends.
The first support mode setting process in step S1403 and the second support mode setting process in step S1404 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the first support mode setting process.
In the first support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1512 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the win/fail lottery mode is the high probability mode, it executes the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1507, and in step S1501, the win/fail lottery mode is selected. is not the high-probability mode, a first support mode setting process for the low-probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 is executed.

First, the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1507 will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1503. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In step S1504, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1505 the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1506, the MPU 62 sets "1" to the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG.
In step S1507, the MPU 62 sets a short-term high-frequency support mode command. The MPU 62 transmits the short-term high-frequency support mode command set in step S1507 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1504 or the process of step S1507, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

Next, the first support mode setting processing for the low probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1509. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1510, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1511, the data stored in the RAM 64 clear the high-frequency support flag. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
At step S1512, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

After executing the process of step S1510 or the process of step S1512, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the second support mode setting process.
In the second support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1601 to S1611 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1601 that the win/fail lottery mode is the high probability mode, it executes the second support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1602 to S1606, and in step S1601 the win/fail lottery mode is selected. is not the high-probability mode, a second support mode setting process for the low-probability mode of steps S1607 to S1611 is executed.

First, the second support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1602 to S1606 will be described.
In step S1602, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1603. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1604, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1605 the data stored in the RAM 64 clear the high-frequency support flag. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In step S1606, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

After executing the process of step S1604 or the process of step S1606, the MPU 62 ends the second support mode setting process.

Next, the second support mode setting process for the low probability mode in steps S1607 to S1611 will be described.
In step S1607, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1607 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, it sets a high-frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1608. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1609, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1607 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1610 the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1611, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

After executing the process of step S1609 or the process of step S1611, the MPU 62 ends the second support mode setting process.

FIG. 25 shows the value of the number-of-games counter set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process. Specifically, FIG. 25 shows the first variable display and the second variable display that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode, the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode at the time of transition to the opening/closing execution mode, and the first support mode. It is a figure which shows the relationship with the value of the number-of-games counter RTC which is set in the mode setting process or the second support mode setting process.

The value of the number-of-games counter RTC that is set in the first support mode setting process (the process in the case of shifting to the open/close execution mode triggered by the winning of a game ball into the upper operating port 36) is shown in the left column of FIG. In addition, it differs depending on the combination of the lottery mode and the support mode.
In the case of the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-frequency support mode, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is 34 times.
In the case of the combination of the high-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is one.
In the case of combinations other than these, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC becomes zero. In this case, since the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared, the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode.

In addition, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC set in the second support mode setting process (the process when shifting to the open/close execution mode triggered by the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37) is shown in the right column of FIG. As shown, it differs depending on the combination of the lottery mode and the support mode.
In the case of the combination of the high-probability mode and the low-frequency support mode, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is 0 times. In this case, since the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared, the support mode is set to the low frequency support mode.
In the case of combinations other than these, the value of the number-of-games counter RTC is 34 times.

Here, the high-frequency support mode continues until one game or 34 games, which is the end reference number set in the game counter RTC, is completed. The MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag when one or 34 games have been completed. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In the following description, the high-frequency support mode that continues until one game round, which is the end reference number set in the number-of-games counter RTC, is completed is also referred to as a short-term high-frequency support mode, and is set in the number-of-games counter RTC. The high-frequency support mode that continues until 34 game rounds, which is the end reference number of times, is completed is also referred to as a long-term high-frequency support mode.

The MPU 62 executes these processes in the above-described electric power fluctuation end process of step S808. Note that the electric power fluctuation end processing in step S808 will be described later in detail.

Returning to the description of the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends, the processing after step S1405 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the first support mode setting process in step S1403 or the second support mode setting process in step S1404, the MPU 62 sets the high probability mode flag in the RAM 64 in step S1405. The MPU 62 maintains the high-probability mode flag if it has already been set in the RAM 64 . As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the high probability mode.
In step S1406, the MPU 62 sets "3" to the value of the highly accurate counter STC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the transition processing when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

When ending the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the flags (the non-explicit small round high-probability result flag, the explicit small-round high-probability result flag, and Most advantageous result flag) and special outlier flag are cleared. Further, in step S701 of the fluctuation start process described above, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the high probability mode flag is set in the RAM 64, thereby determining whether or not the win/loss lottery mode is the high probability mode. there is

Here, the high-probability mode continues until three game rounds, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability counter STC, are completed. The MPU 62 clears the high-probability mode flag when three games have been played. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the low probability mode.
The MPU 62 executes these processes in the fluctuation end process of step S508 described above. The fluctuation end processing in step S508 will be described in detail below.

FIG. 26 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the fluctuation ending process.
In the fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1701 to S1709 as shown in FIG.
In step S1701, the MPU 62 stores information (main display unit 45, the information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed) is specified. Then, at the end of the game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during the variable display (variation end execution processing).

In step S1702, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1702 that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes the processes from step S1706.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1702 that the win/fail lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S1703, the high probability number set in step S1406 of the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode The value of the counter STC is decremented by 1 and updated. Here, the variation command set in step S717 described above includes the value of the high-accuracy number counter STC.
In step S1704, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the highly accurate number counter STC is "0" or less.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1704 that the high-accuracy number counter STC is not "0" or less, it executes the processing after step S1706.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1704 that the high probability counter STC is "0" or less, it clears the high probability mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1705. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the win/fail lottery mode to the low probability mode.

In this way, when a "big win" is won in the winning lottery, the game state shifts to the high probability mode after the opening/closing execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) ends, regardless of the current game state. . The high-probability mode continues until three game rounds, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability counter STC, are completed.
Further, when the winning lottery does not result in a "big hit", that is, when the winning result in the winning lottery is a "special losing result" or "ordinary losing result", the game state does not shift.

After executing the processing of step S1705, if it is determined that the winning lottery mode is not the high probability mode in step S1702, or if it is determined that the highly accurate number counter STC is not "0" or less in step S1704, the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the MPU 62 terminates the fluctuation without executing the processing after step S1707. End the process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1706 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, in step S1707, the game set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process The value of the number counter RTC is decremented by 1 and updated. Here, the variation command set in step S717 described above includes the value of the number-of-games counter RTC.

In step S1708, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the number-of-games counter RTC is "0" or less.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1708 that the number-of-games counter RTC is not equal to or less than "0", it ends the fluctuation end processing without executing the processing after step S1709.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1708 that the number-of-games counter RTC is "0" or less, it clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1709. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the fluctuation end processing.

In this way, when the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64 as a result of a "jackpot win" in the winning lottery, the game state is the open/close execution mode (that is, the round number regulation mode) regardless of the current game state. After completion, transition to high-frequency support mode. The high-frequency support mode continues until one game or 34 games, which is the end reference number set in the game counter RTC, is completed.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, the transition process and the variation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode function as game state switching means for switching between the low probability mode and the high probability mode.
Specifically, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are performed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger is won. Switching to high probability mode.
Further, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed by determining the number of pieces of pending information (4 in this embodiment) stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb after switching to the high probability mode. Switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode is triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three in this embodiment) of pending information.

In this embodiment, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are executed as a result of the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. When switching to the high-probability mode, and switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (3 in this embodiment) of the pending information, but other than these You may switch a low-probability mode and a high-probability mode based on the conditions of. In short, the game state switching means should switch between the first game state and the second game state.

Further, in the present embodiment, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed by temporarily switching the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after switching to the high-probability mode. It also functions as state switching means.

Further, in the present embodiment, the main controller 60 performs opening and closing advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working opening 36 and the lower working opening 37. It functions as game state transition means for shifting the game state from the normal control state (low probability mode and high probability mode) to the mode.

FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric duty fluctuation ending process.
In the electric duty fluctuation end process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1801 to S1805 as shown in FIG.
In step S1801, the information (final (information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed). Then, at the end of the electric role game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character object display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the character object display unit 46 during variable display ( power fluctuation end execution processing).

In step S1802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of winning the electric role is "Electrical role open winning".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is not "electric role open winning", it ends the electric role change ending process without executing the processes after step S1803.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is "Electric role open winning", in step S1803 it determines whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode. do.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S1804, the MPU 62 executes high-frequency electric power opening execution processing. In the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1805, the MPU 62 Execute the role release execution process. In the low-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product drive unit 37b.
After executing the high-frequency electric power opening execution process in step S1804 or the low-frequency power electric power opening execution process in step S1805, the MPU 62 ends the electric power fluctuation ending process.

Here, in the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, when the electric accessory opening lottery is won, the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state is greater than in the low-frequency electric role opening execution process. , the opening time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is also longer. In addition, in the high-frequency power supply opening execution process, the closed time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one power supply open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. ing.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

<Electrical Configuration of Audio Light Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 28, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc., as well as the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the ROM 93, and is a volatile storage means that requires external power supply to hold the stored information. is. This RAM 94 has various areas such as a command list storage area 94a.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60 as described above. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to various lamp units 23 , 49 a to 49 c , speaker unit 24 and display control device 100 .
The MPU 92 executes driving control of various lamp units 23 , 49 a to 49 c and the speaker unit 24 based on commands transmitted from the main control device 60 .
Also, the MPU 92 transmits commands resulting from analysis of these commands to the display control device 100 . The sound emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of a signal line.

The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101 , an MPU 102 , a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 that constitute the MPU 102 , a video display processor (VDP) 105 , a character ROM 106 and a video RAM 107 . Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which, in addition to the program ROM 103 and work RAM 104, a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and the like are combined into a chip. MPU 102 , VDP 105 , character ROM 106 and video RAM 107 are mounted on display control board 101 .

The MPU 102 analyzes the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on this command to control the VDP 105 . Specifically, MPU 102 controls VDP 105 by generating commands for VDP 105 .

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside for holding stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the program ROM 103. The work RAM 104 is a volatile RAM that requires power supply from the outside to hold the stored information. It is a memory means.

The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the pattern display device 47 . Since the VDP 105 is made into an IC chip, it is also called a "drawing chip", and its substance should be called a microcomputer chip containing firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the content of the command generated by the MPU 102 and stores the image data in the video RAM 107 .

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as designs displayed on the design display device 47 . The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various patterns, a color palette table and the like that are referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the pattern display device 47 , and the display contents of the pattern display device 47 are changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 107 .

<Regarding Timer Interrupt Processing Executed by Sound Emission Control Device 90>
FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S2001 to S2005 as shown in FIG.

In step S2001, the MPU 92 executes command storage processing. In this command storage process, when the MPU 92 receives a command from the MPU 62 , it stores the command in the RAM 94 . Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62 , and the MPU 92 stores the commands in the ring buffer according to the order received from the MPU 62 . The MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in the order in which they are stored in the ring buffer.

In step S2002, the MPU 92 executes effect determination processing based on the command received from the MPU 62. FIG. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines the effect for the game cycle, the effect for the open/close execution mode, and the like.
In step S2003, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the content of the effect determination process in step S2002. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and 49a to 49c and executes sound control of the speaker unit 24. FIG.

In step S<b>2004 , the MPU 92 executes demonstration display execution processing based on the demonstration command received from the MPU 62 . In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period (for example, 30 sec) for the start of the demonstration elapses without a new game cycle being started after the game cycle ends. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of various lamp units 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 .

In step S2005, command transmission processing for transmitting the command set in the effect determination processing in step S2002 to the display control device 100 is executed. In this command transmission process, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100 , and transmits various commands to the display control device 100 . , the command is transmitted to the display control device 100 .
After that, the MPU 92 terminates the timer interrupt processing.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the opening/closing execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2116 as shown in FIG.

In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that each command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S2109 onward.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2101 that each command has been received, in step S2102 it determines whether the game result is the "best result" based on the content of the type command. determine whether

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the game result is the "best result", in step S2103, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing corresponding to the type of game result. In this symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "most advantageous result", the MPU 92 determines the combination of symbols having the same number as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Determine information. The numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that the game result is not the "best result", in step S2104, the game result is the "normal result" based on the content of the type command. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the game result is not the "normal result", that is, the game result is "special result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result". If it is either, in step S2105, common symbol determination processing is executed. In this common symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a combination of special symbols as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects not a combination of symbols having the same number, but a special combination of symbols having different numbers (for example, "3.4.1") is determined. It should be noted that this special symbol combination is the same regardless of the type of game result.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2104 that the game result is the "normal failure result", in step S2106, the MPU 92 executes symbol determination processing for normal failure. In this normal out-of-symbol determination process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the ready-to-win display will occur based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display will occur, the MPU 92 determines information relating to the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display as the stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. FIG. It should be noted that the combination of symbols for the ready-to-win display is randomly determined by a lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the ready-to-win display does not occur, the MPU 92 provides information relating to a combination of symbols different from the above-described combination of symbols as a stop result to be finally displayed stop on the activated line L. decide. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a combination of symbols different from any of the combination of symbols having the same number, the special combination of symbols, and the combination of symbols in the ready-to-win display by lottery or the like.

After executing any one of steps S2103, S2105, and S2106, the MPU 92 executes a production pattern determination process in step S2107. In this effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table pre-stored in the ROM 93 . Specifically, the MPU 92 selects an effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect as the effect pattern. In step S2107, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice display.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the selected effect pattern.
The effect pattern determination process in step S2107 will be described in detail below.

<Production Pattern Decision Processing>
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the effect pattern determination process.
In the effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2201 to S2212 as shown in FIG.
In step S2201, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high-probability mode based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2201 that the winning/failure lottery mode is the high probability mode, in step S2202 it determines whether or not a high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 . This high-probability suggestion flag is a flag for specifying whether or not to suggest to the player that the high-probability mode is set. The MPU 92 sets a high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94 when the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode is the "best result" or the "high-probability result of the low-explicit round." Round High Probability Result" is cleared, the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 is cleared. Processing for setting or clearing the high probability suggestion flag will be described later.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2202 that the high-probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94, in step S2203, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number of times notification determination processing. In this high-precision number-of-times notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines notification of the value of the high-precision number-of-times counter STC based on the content of the variation command.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2202 that the high probability suggestion flag is not set in the RAM 94, in step S2204, the support mode is changed to the high frequency support mode based on the content of the variation command. It is determined whether or not.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2204 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S2205, after setting the high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 described above is performed. Run.
In this way, even if the game result that triggered the transition to the opening/closing execution mode is the "non-explicit small round high probability result", if the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 92 , sets a high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94, and executes the high-probability-number-of-reports determination process in step S2203.

MPU92, after executing the high probability number of times notification determination processing of step S2203, when it is determined that the lottery mode is not the high probability mode in step S2201 (when it is determined to be the low probability mode), or in step S2204 If it is determined that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode, it is determined in step S2206 whether or not the support mode is the high frequency support mode based on the content of the variation command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2206 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S2207, the MPU 92 executes game count notification determination processing.
In this number-of-games notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines notification of the value of the number-of-games counter RTC based on the content of the variation command.
After executing the number-of-games notification determination process in step S2207, or when determining that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode in step S2206 (when determining that it is the low frequency support mode), the MPU 92 performs step S2208. , it is determined whether or not the variable display information is the second variable display.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2208 that the variable display information is the second variable display, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2209.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2208 that the variable display information is not the second variable display (when it determines that it is the first variable display), it executes the processing from step S2212.

In step S2209, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode is set.
The MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode is set by referring to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 92 determines whether or not the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 is received. Read and clear high frequency support mode command. Also, the MPU 92 clears the short-term high-frequency support mode flag when the short-term high-frequency support mode ends.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that the mode is the short-term high-frequency support mode, in step S2210, the MPU 92 executes special game state notification determination processing. In this special game state notification determination process, the MPU 92 determines the notification of the special game state. This special game state will be described later in detail.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2209 that it is not the short-term high-frequency support mode, in step S2211, whether the winning lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is the low-frequency support mode. determine whether or not

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2211 that the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is the low-frequency support mode, the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process of step S2210 described above.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2211 that the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is not the low-frequency support mode, it executes the processing from step S2212.
In this way, when the MPU 92 determines that the variable display information is the second variable display in step S2208 during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode or during stay in the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode, step A special game state notification determination process of S2210 is executed.

After executing the special game state notification determination process of step S2210, the MPU 92 determines that the variation display information is not the second variation display in step S2208 (if it determines that it is the first variation display), or step S2211. If it is determined that the lottery mode is the low-probability mode and the support mode is not the low-frequency support mode, reach display setting processing is executed in step S2212.
In this ready-to-win display setting process, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate a ready-to-win display, and if it determines to generate a ready-to-win display, sets the type of ready-to-win display, effect duration, and the like.
Thereafter, the MPU 92 terminates the effect pattern determination process.

Returning to the description of the effect determination process, the processes after step S2108 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2108, the MPU 92, the value of the high probability number counter STC, the value of the game number counter RTC, and the fluctuation start command including information related to the special game state, step S2103, step S2105, and any of the processing of step S2106 Set a stop result command including information related to the stop result determined in . Then, the MPU 92 stores the variation start command and the stop result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. FIG. These fluctuation start command and stop result command are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 retrieves from the program ROM 103 a data table for starting the variable display and displaying the stop result on the pattern display device 47 based on the variable start command and the stop result command transmitted from the MPU 92 . read out. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the effective line L after starting the variable display.

After executing the processing of step S2108, or when determining in step S2101 that the command for variation and the type command have not been received, the MPU 92 executes processing from step S2109 onward.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2109 that the opening command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S2116.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2109 that the opening command has been received, in step S2110 it determines the type of game result based on the contents of the opening command.

In step S2111, the MPU 92 executes determination processing of the effect for the opening/closing execution mode corresponding to the type of game result determined in step S2110. In the processing for determining the effect for the opening/closing execution mode, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2110 that the game result is the "special loss result" or the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the opening/closing execution mode effect is determined. Effect A is selected as the effect. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the “explicit small round high probability result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Further, when the MPU 92 determines that the game result is the "best result", the MPU 92 selects the effect C as the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.
The duration of the effects A and B corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short period of time in the open/close execution mode. Also, the duration of the effect C corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode in the opening and closing execution mode.

Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the selection result of the effects A to C.

In step S2112, the MPU 92 sets an opening/closing execution mode command including information relating to the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected in step S2111. Then, the MPU 92 stores the open/close execution mode command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94 a of the RAM 94 . This opening/closing execution mode command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the opening/closing execution mode effect on the pattern display device 47 based on the opening/closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 executes an effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 .

In step S2113, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the game result is the "highest advantage result" or the "explicit small round high probability result" based on the content of the opening command.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the game result is the "highest advantage result" or the "high-probability result for a small number of explicit rounds", it sets a high-probability suggestion flag in the RAM 94 in step S2114.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the game result is not the "most advantageous result" or the "explicit few rounds high probability result" (if the game result is the "non-explicit few rounds high probability result" If determined), the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 is cleared in step S2115.

After executing the processing of step S2114 or step S2115, or when determining that the opening command has not been received in step S2109, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2116 and subsequent steps.
In step S2116, the MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes processes for advancing the effects for the opening/closing execution mode based on the opening command, closing command, and ending command transmitted from the MPU 62, for example. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the effect determination process.

<Regarding the relationship between game results and game status>
The relationship between game results and game states based on the execution of various processes will be described below.
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the relationship between game results and game states. Specifically, FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the relationship between the game results excluding the "normal failure result" and the game states, etc., in which the game results are arranged in the column direction and the game states, etc. are arranged in the row direction.
The pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. It has distribution results of "Few Rounds High Probability Results" and "Most Favorable Results".

As shown in the second column of the table in FIG. 32, the "special losing result" is the game result selected when the "big win" is not won in the winning lottery (symbol x in the drawing). Also, the sorting result is the game result selected when "big hit" is won in the winning lottery (symbol ◯ in the figure).
Hereinafter, the relationship between the game results other than the "normal result" and the game state will be described. In this embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state as follows. The contents of the game state and the like are arbitrary.

In the case of the "special failure result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the opening/closing number regulation mode instead of the round number regulation mode, and the opening/closing of the big winning hole 38a is executed twice in a short period of time. Also, in the "special losing result", the lottery mode does not shift.
In the "unspecified small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be done. In addition, in the "non-explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode.
In this way, the "special loss result" and the "non-explicit small round high probability result" are different in the type of opening and closing execution mode, but are common in that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. is doing.

In addition, in the "special failure result" and "non-explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode is effect A. Furthermore, in the "non-explicit small round high probability result", since the high probability suggestion flag stored in the RAM 94 in step S2115 is cleared, the symbol display device 47 displays the high probability No image is displayed on the display screen G to clearly indicate that the mode is the stochastic mode.

Therefore, the player cannot grasp whether the game result is the "special failure result" or the "non-explicit few round high probability result" by checking the stop result or the effect for the opening/closing execution mode. Can not. In other words, even if the distribution lottery results in the "non-explicit small round high probability result" and shifts to the high probability mode, the symbol display device 47 does not perform the winning lottery in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode ends. Disguise as if the mode has not changed.
Therefore, the player can play the game while enjoying the prediction of whether or not the winning lottery mode has shifted to the high-probability mode.
In addition, in the "high frequency support mode", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2205, when the distribution lottery becomes "non-explicit small round high probability result" and shifts to the high probability mode Even so, the player can exceptionally grasp that the win/fail lottery mode has shifted to the high-probability mode.

In the "explicit small round high probability result", the opening and closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with two times as the upper limit number, and the opening and closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed twice in a short time mode. be. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. In addition, in the "explicit small round high probability result", the stop result is a combination of special symbols, and the effect for the open/close execution mode is effect B. Furthermore, in the "express small round high probability result", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2114, the symbol display device 47 is in the high probability mode in the game round after the opening and closing execution mode ends. An image clearly indicating that is displayed on the display screen G.
Therefore, the player can understand that the game result is the "explicit small round high probability result" by confirming the stop result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

In the "most advantageous result", the opening/closing execution mode shifts to the round number regulation mode in which the round game is performed with four times as the upper limit number of times, and the opening/closing of the big winning opening 38a is executed four times in a long time mode. In addition, in the "most advantageous result", the winning lottery mode shifts to the high probability mode. In addition, in the ``most advantageous result'', the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same number, the success/failure lottery mode shifts to a high probability mode, and the performance for the opening/closing execution mode is performance C.例文帳に追加
Furthermore, in the "most advantageous result", since the high probability suggestion flag is set in the RAM 94 in step S2114, the symbol display device 47 clearly indicates that the high probability mode is set in the game round after the opening/closing execution mode is finished. The image to be displayed is displayed on the display screen G.
Therefore, the player can understand that the game result is the "best result" by checking the stop result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode.

As described above, the support mode is set in the first support mode setting process or the second support mode setting process based on the combination of the winning/failure lottery mode, the support mode, and the variable display information (Fig. 25).

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a flow chart at the time of shifting between the lottery mode and the support mode.
As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 is operated when a "jackpot win" is achieved (refer to the solid line arrow in the figure) and when a prescribed number of game rounds is completed without "jackpot win" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure). ) to shift the lottery mode and support mode.
FIG. 33 shows a lottery mode of a high probability mode (high probability) and a low probability mode (low probability), a support mode of a high frequency support mode (high frequency) and a low frequency support mode (low frequency), and a high probability mode (low probability). Blocks BL11 to BL17 show the number of game rounds for staying in the probability mode and the high-frequency support mode.

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp section, and the second suspension lamp section when shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. Specifically, FIG. 34A is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode are in effect. be. FIG. 34(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 34(A) results in "best result". FIG. 34(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 34(B). FIG. 34(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 34(C) results in "best result". FIG. 34(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 34(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 35 shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp portion, and the second suspension at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is a figure which shows a lamp|ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 35(A) is a view showing the display screen G in the case where the first variation display of the first rotation after the shift to block BL13 results in "most advantageous result". FIG. 35(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the case of the high probability mode and low frequency support mode after FIG. 35(A). FIG. 35(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G when three game rounds have been completed without obtaining the "best result". FIG. 35(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the second variable display of FIG. 35(C) results in "best result". FIG. 35(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 35(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

FIG. 36 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp part, and the second It is a figure which shows a reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 36(A) is a view showing the display screen G when the first variable display of the first rotation after the transition to block BL13 does not result in the "best result". FIG. 36(B) is a view showing the display screen G when two rounds of the game are completed without the "best result". FIG. 36(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the second variable display of FIG. 36(B) results in "best result". FIG. 36(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 36(C).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a flowchart at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode when the first holding lamp section is not lit.
As shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 is operated when a "jackpot win" is achieved (see the solid line arrow in the figure) and when a prescribed number of game rounds is completed without "jackpot win" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure). ) to shift the lottery mode and support mode.
FIG. 37 shows a lottery mode of high probability mode (high probability) and low probability mode (low probability), support mode of high frequency support mode (high frequency) and low frequency support mode (low frequency), and high probability mode (low probability). Blocks BL21 to BL26 show the number of game rounds for staying in the probability mode and the high-frequency support mode.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first reservation lamp section, and the second reservation lamp section at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the first reservation lamp section is not lit. Specifically, FIG. 38A is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and the low probability mode and low frequency support mode are in effect. be. FIG. 38(B) is a view showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 38(A) results in "best result". FIG. 38(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 38(B). FIG. 38(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 38(C) results in "best result". FIG. 38(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 38(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated upon power-on, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL21). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 38(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 38(A), the number of lighting of the 1st reservation lamp part 49a is 0 pieces.

In block BL21, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 38(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

Incidentally, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL21 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "most advantageous result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL21.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL22). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL22, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.
In addition, in FIG. 38(C), in the opening/closing execution mode of FIG. 38(B), since the game ball did not enter the upper operation opening 36, the number of lights of the first holding lamp portion 49a becomes 0. ing.

In block BL22, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 38(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL22. At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL22 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL21.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL23). In block BL23, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more spins during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 38(E), during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode and in the opening/closing execution mode of FIG. The number of lighting of is 0. In addition, the maximum number of lights of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is four.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

MPU 102, in block BL23, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in the block BL23, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!"

FIG. 39 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winner lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first suspension lamp part, and the second suspension It is a figure which shows a lamp|ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 39(A) is a view showing the display screen G in the case where the second variable display of the first rotation after the shift to block BL23 results in "best result". FIG. 39B is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 39A.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 39. FIG.

In block BL23, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL24). In block BL24, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 39(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more spins during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, in the block BL24, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL24 again when "jackpot win" is obtained in the first variable display or the second variable display (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL24, the pachinko machine 10 completes 34 spins without a "jackpot winning" in the first variation display or the second variation display (see the dotted arrow in the figure). moves to block BL21.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL23 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
The winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode is 1/3.

FIG. 40 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode when the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp part, and the second It is a figure which shows a reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 40(A) is a view showing the display screen G when the second variable display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL23 does not result in the "best result". FIG. 40(B) is a view showing the display screen G when two rounds of the game are completed without the "best result". FIG. 40(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the second variable display of FIG. 40(B) results in the "best result". FIG. 40(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the second variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 40(C).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 40. FIG.

In block BL23, if the second variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the pachinko machine 10 enters the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. (block BL25). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL25, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40(A), the MPU 102 displays "two more spins during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL26). MPU 102, in block BL26, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes special game state notification determination processing in step S2210 in the block BL26, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 40(B), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL22 again when "big hit" is won in block BL25 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL26, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL24). In block BL24, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 40(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of rotations of the game to stay in the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, in the block BL24, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the block BL24 again when "jackpot win" is obtained in the first variable display or the second variable display (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL26, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL24, the first variation display or the second When the 34 rounds of the game are completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL21.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL26 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 38(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is the maximum four, so in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 40, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state of block BL26 unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the first holding lamp portion 49a is not lit, the game state transition processing is performed after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for the second result display part is won first, the game state is set to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player. function as the most advantageous game state transition means for transitioning.

Here, as described above, the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low-probability mode. The probability of winning increases when the result is reported (block BL25), and the probability of winning decreases when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode (block BL26). ). Also, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information is notified in the high probability mode, the winning probability increases (block BL23). According to this, the player most expects to win when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information in the high-probability mode.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The game state transition process is executed when a game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end process. The game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, the player expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information in the high probability mode, and then the remaining pending information in the low probability mode. If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the , you expect to win. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) The pachinko machine 10 selects the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb from the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra. Since the notification is given with priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with the information, regardless of whether the reservation information is stored in the first result display reservation area Ra, the second result display reservation area Rb The result of the internal lottery associated with a plurality of pieces of pending information stored in can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower working hole 37, so the pachinko machine 10 increases the player's attention to the game. can be improved.

(4) Since the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a higher probability of winning than the low-probability mode, when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pending information is notified in the high-probability mode, will be higher, and the odds of winning will be lower when the subsequent low probability mode announces the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) Since the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the player receives the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(6) Since the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path, the player can shoot the game ball on the same path, thereby You can enter the game ball in. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 allows the player to play comfortably.

(7) In the game state transition process, when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 is won, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and, based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and combinations with low-probability and high-probability modes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(8) When the first holding lamp portion 49a is not turned on, the game state transition processing is, after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, displaying the second result first. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb is won, or after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing , the game state is changed to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery result triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operating port 37. to migrate. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(9) When the first holding lamp portion 49a is not turned on, the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing are stored in the holding area Rb for the second result display portion after switching to the high probability mode. The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pieces of reservation information less than the number of the pieces of reservation information is notified. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of hold information from the second time onward in the high probability mode, the player expects not to win, and then in the low probability mode Winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is notified, or when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information is notified in the high probability mode. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Second embodiment]
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 41 is a front view of a game board according to the second embodiment of the invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has the first reservation lamp portion 49a. On the other hand, in this embodiment, the game board 31A differs from the first embodiment in that it does not include the first reservation lamp portion 49a.
In the description of the game board 31A, components having the same functions as those of the first embodiment, but having different shapes and arrangements are given the same reference numerals.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward to allow game balls flowing down the game area to enter, an open/close door 38b for opening and closing the large winning opening 38a, and an opening/closing door 38b. A variable winning drive unit 38c is provided.
The player hits to the right by maximizing the rotation amount of the shooting handle 27, and moves the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 avoiding the variable display unit 43 (right-handed route).

Here, the game board 31A has a first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the upper operating port 36 and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the lower operating port 37, There is also a second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 37 and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加

Here, the game board 31A has a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. As shown in FIG. The cover 381 includes a transparent (or semi-transparent) portion 381a formed to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and an opaque portion 381a formed around the transparent portion 381a. and a portion 381b.
Therefore, the player can see the variable winning device 38 from the front through the transparent portion 381a and the window portion 21. FIG.

The big winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to pass through in the front-rear direction by applying router processing. As described above, the big winning opening 38a is equipped with a detection sensor 40d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening/closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31A so as to close the opening of the big winning opening 38a. The opening/closing door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31A, thereby closing the opening of the big winning opening 38a. It has an open state in which the opening of the big winning opening 38a is opened by being buried in 31A.
The variable winning driving unit 38c sets the opening/closing door 38b to either an open state or a closed state by driving the opening/closing door 38b.

Specifically, the opening/closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which game balls cannot win. When the internal lottery wins the transition to the opening/closing execution mode and the opening/closing execution mode is entered, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize.
The opening/closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state and a game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening/closing execution mode, after the opening/closing door 38b is set to the open state, it is called one round game until it is set to the closed state again.

The variable display unit 43 includes a pattern display device 47 that variably displays (variable display or switching display) a pattern, which is one type of pattern. Also, the variable display unit 43 has a center frame 48 arranged so as to surround the pattern display device 47 . The upper portion of the center frame 48 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and does not cause the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen G is lowered due to the falling of the game balls. It is configured.

The pattern display device 47 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display.
This symbol display device 47 starts the variable display of symbols based on the winning to the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 . That is, when the symbol display device 47 performs the variable display in the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 and when the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45 performs the variable display, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The pattern display device 47 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or another display device such as a CRT.

The center frame 48 includes a second holding lamp portion 49b provided in the lower right region of the pattern display device 47 and a third holding lamp portion 49c provided in the upper region of the pattern display device 47. .

The second reservation lamp part 49b is a part that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The second holding lamp portion 49b can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display portion 45b and the symbol display device 47. FIG.
The third reservation lamp portion 49c is a portion that displays the number of reserved game balls that have won the respective through gates 41, and lights up according to the number of reserved games. The third holding lamp portion 49 c can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the accessory display portion 46 .
It should be noted that the holding lamp portions 49b and 49c may have other configurations such as being displayed as an image on a portion of the pattern display device 47, which will be described later.

<Electrical Configuration for Execution of Internal Lottery by MPU 62 of Main Control Unit 60>
FIG. 42 shows the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 42, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, uses the big win type counter C2 for the lottery for the type of the big win, and determines whether to generate the ready-to-win display. , the reach random number counter C3 is used. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time on the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 47. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory open counter C4 for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 is set to the electric role open state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 4).

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 . Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 4) provided as acquired information storage means. Further, among the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the value of the electric accessary product release counter C4 is stored in the electric role holding area 64c (see FIG. 4) of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 41. be done.

The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a first result display section reservation area Ra, a second result display section reservation area Rb, and an execution area AE.

The first result display section reservation area Ra provided as the first ball entering section storage means includes one storage area. The first result display portion reservation area Ra is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 in the reservation area Ra for the first result display unit. Store.

The second result display section reservation area Rb provided as the second ball entering section storage means includes four storage areas, a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 uses a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as reservation information in time series to each area Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. store it. Specifically, when the winning to the lower opening 37 occurs a plurality of times in succession, the MPU 62 outputs the pending information in the order of the first area Rb1→second area Rb2→third area Rb3→fourth area Rb4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display portion reservation area Rb has four storage areas, up to four winnings of game balls into the lower operation opening 37 are reserved. In addition, the second result display portion reservation area Rb includes a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
In addition, the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. may

The execution area AE stores the pending information stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb when starting the variable display of each of the result display portions 45a and 45b. This is the area to move the .

The electrician reservation area 64c includes four storage areas, like the first result display reservation area Ra and the second result display reservation area Rb. Further, the electrical work holding area 64c includes an electrical work execution area (not shown), similar to the reserved ball storage area 64b. Therefore, the winning of game balls to each through gate 41 is reserved up to four.
The number of pending gates 41 is not limited to four, and may be any number, such as two, three, or five or more. may

Further, in this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the prize winning process and the game round control process for the activation port are different from those in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the prize winning process and the game cycle control process for the operation port in this embodiment will be described.

<Winning process for operating port>
FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a flow chart of the winning process for the working opening.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S208A as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the detection sensor 40b corresponding to the upper working port 36 has detected the winning of the game ball, thereby determining whether the game ball has won the upper working port 36 (start winning). determine whether When the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has entered the upper operation port 36, in step S208A, the jackpot random number counter C1 and jackpot type counter C2 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process, and the reach A set of each value of the random number counter C3 is stored as reservation information in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not entered the upper operating port 36, in step S203, the detection sensor 40c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 detects the winning of the game ball. is detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operation opening 37 (start winning).
When the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has not entered the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, it ends the operation opening winning process. In addition, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the lower operation opening 37 in step S203, in step S204, the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is grasped, The pending number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display portion pending area Rb as a second start pending storage number RbN.

In step S205A, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start pending memory number RbN set in step S204 is less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment).
When the MPU 62 determines in step S205A that the second start pending memory number RbN is not less than the upper limit value, the MPU 62 terminates the winning process for the operating opening. Further, when the MPU 62 determines in step S205A that the second start-holding memory number RbN is less than the upper limit value, in step S206A, the value of the second start-holding memory number RbN is updated by adding 1. .

In step S207, the MPU 62 stores a set of values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process in the second result display holding area Rb. The hold information is stored in the first storage area of the areas, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start hold storage number RbN updated in step S206.
For example, when the MPU 62 sets "3" to the second start pending memory number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 stores the second start pending memory number RbN in the storage area corresponding to "4" updated in step S206. Hold information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

Further, in step S207, the MPU 62 sets a command for lighting the second suspension lamp portion 49b and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90. FIG. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the second suspension lamp part 49b based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62 . In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

<Game Round Control Processing>
FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a flowchart of game round control processing.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S509 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress. When the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the game is in the opening/closing execution mode, it ends the game round control process without executing the processes after step S502. Therefore, when it is determined that the open/close execution mode is in progress, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game cycle regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress by referring to the opening/closing execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 . The same applies to each of the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the opening/closing execution mode flag when shifting to the opening/closing execution mode, and clears the opening/closing execution mode flag when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S501 that the open/close execution mode is not in progress, in step S502 it determines whether the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Determine whether or not
When the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round start processing in steps S503A to S505.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing for game turn progress in steps S510A to S509.

First, the processing for starting a game cycle in steps S503A to S505 will be described.
In step S503A, the MPU 62 determines whether or not pending information is stored in the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb. When the MPU 62 determines in step S503A that the reservation information is not stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area Rb, it ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S503A that the pending information is stored in the first result display portion pending area Ra or the second result display portion pending area Rb, in step S504A, A data setting process is executed for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section or the reservation area Rb for the second result display section for completion of the game cycle. After that, in step S505, the MPU 62 causes the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 47 to start variable display, executes a variation start process for finishing the game round, and ends the game round control process.
The data setting process in step S504A will be described in detail below.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flowchart of data setting processing.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S611 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start reservation memory number RbN in the second result display section reservation area Rb set in step S204 of the operation port winning process is "0" or less. do. When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending memory number RbN is equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 executes data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S603 and S605, and proceeds to step S601. If it is determined that the second start pending memory number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", data setting processing for the second result display section of steps S607 to S611 is executed.

In this way, the data setting process includes the data setting process for the first result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Ra for the first result display section for completing the game cycle, and the data setting processing for the second result display section. and a data setting process for the second result display section for setting the reservation information stored in the reservation area Rb for completion of the game cycle.
When the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that the second start pending storage number RbN is not equal to or less than "0", the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display section. Execute the data setting process for In other words, when the MPU 62 determines that there is reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the operation to the upper operation opening 36 is performed. The reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is preferentially played regardless of whether or not there is reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra based on the winning of the game ball. Set for one digestion.

First, data setting processing for the first result display section in steps S603 and S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the first result display pending area Ra to the execution area AE.
At step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display flag stored in the RAM 64. FIG. This second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b is caused to start the variable display when completing a game cycle. is. In this step S605, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the variable display is made on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. (first variable display).

Next, data setting processing for the second result display section in steps S607 to S611 will be described.
In step S607, the MPU 62 subtracts 1 from the value of the second start pending storage number RbN in the second result display portion pending area Rb to update it.
In step S608, the MPU 62 moves the pending information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display portion pending area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S609, the MPU 62 executes data shift processing for shifting the pending information stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the pending information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the pending information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the pending information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, shifts the pending information of the fourth area Rb4 to the third Shift to area Rb3.

At step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. FIG. In this step S610, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag, so that when the game cycle is completed, the second result display section 45b displays a variable display based on the winning of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37. (second variable display).

In step S611, the MPU 62 sets a second shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set second shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and performs data setting processing. exit. This command at the time of the second shift emits a voice to indicate that the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display section has been shifted based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. It contains information for the control device 90 to recognize.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp portion 49b based on the second shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the lighting number of the second reservation lamp portion 49b as the number of reserved game balls that have entered the lower opening 37 decreases.

Returning to the description of the game round control process, the game round progressing process of steps S510A to S509 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display section 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

In step S510A, the MPU 62 clears the pending information stored in the first result display pending area Ra. In other words, when the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that the main display section 45 is performing the variable display, the MPU 62 does not store the reservation information in the first result display section reservation area Ra.

In step S506, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S716 of the fluctuation start process has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the display continuation time counter of the RAM 64 has become "0" or less. The value of the display duration counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value each time the timer interrupt process is executed.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, in step S507, the MPU 62 executes processing for variable display. In this process for variable display, the MPU 62 updates the display on the main display section 45 during variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S506 that the display continuation time has elapsed, in step S508, the MPU 62 executes fluctuation end processing. In this fluctuation end processing, the MPU 62 stores the information (main (information related to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45). Then, at the end of the game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display section 45 so as to display the pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display section 45 during variable display (variation end execution processing).

Here, the pattern finally stopped and displayed on the main display section 45 differs for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can confirm the game result by looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, the manager of the game hall can easily check whether or not the pachinko machine 10 behaves in the same manner as in the case of winning a lottery to generate a big win. can be done systematically.
The display area of the main display section 45 is narrower than that of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game cycle, the player checks the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 instead of the main display unit 45 to determine whether or not the player has won the big win. Attention to the screen G can be increased.

In step S509, the MPU 62 sets a fluctuation end command. The MPU 62 transmits the fluctuation end command set in step S509 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing. After that, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes processing for ending the effect of the game round based on the variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62 . Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring reception of the variation end command.

According to this embodiment, similarly to the case where the first holding lamp portion 49a is not lit in the first embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. After switching to the high-probability mode, a long-term high-frequency support mode ( It functions as most advantageous game state shifting means for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state.

Here, as described above, the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the low-probability mode. The probability of winning increases when the result is reported (block BL25), and the probability of winning decreases when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is reported in the subsequent low probability mode (block BL26). ). Also, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first hold information is notified in the high probability mode, the winning probability increases (block BL23). According to this, the player most expects to win when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information in the high-probability mode.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The game state transition process is executed when a game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end process. The game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, the player expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information in the high probability mode, and then the remaining pending information in the low probability mode. If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the , you expect to win. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) Since the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a higher probability of winning than the low-probability mode, when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pending information is notified in the high-probability mode, the probability of winning will be higher, and the odds of winning will be lower when the subsequent low probability mode announces the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(4) Since the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the player receives the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) The player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the upper operation opening 36 by shooting the game ball on the left-handed route, and by shooting the game ball on the right-handed route. , the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 can be easily generated. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can surely reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play comfortably.

(6) In the game state transition process, when the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 is won, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and, based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and combinations with low-probability and high-probability modes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(7) The game state transition process is associated with the reservation information first stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb after switching to the high probability mode in the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end process. When winning the result of the internal lottery, or after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, the entry of the game ball to the lower operation port 37 is prohibited. When the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger is won, the game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(8) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of hold information from the second time onward in the high probability mode, the player expects not to win, and then in the low probability mode Winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information is notified, or when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first pending information is notified in the high probability mode. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Third embodiment]
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 46 is a front view of a game board according to the third embodiment of the invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 has the through gates 41 provided on the left side of the central portion and the right side of the central portion.
On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the game board 31B is different from the first embodiment in that it has one through gate 41 provided above the upper operating port 36 .

According to this embodiment, when a game ball is entered into the through gate 41 in order to set the electric accessory 37a to the open state, the game ball is always entered into the upper operation opening 36. The situation is the same as in the case of turning on the first reservation lamp portion 49a in the first embodiment.
Specifically, the game state transition processing is stored in the second result display holding area Rb after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing. It functions as most advantageous game state shifting means for shifting the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the reservation information.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) The game state transition process is executed when a game ball enters the lower operation opening 37 after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process at the end of the open/close execution mode and the fluctuation end process. The game state is shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the internal lottery. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The transition process and the variable end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed after switching to the high-probability mode, by performing a predetermined number of The high-probability mode is switched to the low-probability mode when the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information is notified. According to this, the player expects non-winning when notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information in the high probability mode, and then the remaining pending information in the low probability mode. If you are notified of the results of the internal lottery associated with the , you expect to win. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

(3) The pachinko machine 10 selects the results of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb from the plurality of pieces of reservation information stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra. Since the notification is given with priority over the result of the internal lottery associated with the information, regardless of whether the reservation information is stored in the first result display reservation area Ra, the second result display reservation area Rb The result of the internal lottery associated with a plurality of pieces of pending information stored in can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower working hole 37, so the pachinko machine 10 increases the player's attention to the game. can be improved.

(4) Since the high-probability mode executes an internal lottery with a higher probability of winning than the low-probability mode, when the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of pending information is notified in the high-probability mode, will be higher, and the odds of winning will be lower when the subsequent low probability mode announces the results of the internal lottery associated with the remaining pending information. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(5) Since the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the player receives the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(6) Since the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path, the player can shoot the game ball on the same path, thereby You can enter the game ball in. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 allows the player to play comfortably.

(7) In the game state transition process, when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 is won, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and, based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 and combinations with low-probability and high-probability modes. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Fourth embodiment]
A fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the first support mode setting process and the electric duty fluctuation end process are different from those in the third embodiment. The contents of the first support mode setting process and the electric duty fluctuation end process in this embodiment will be described below.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flowchart of first support mode setting processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In the first support mode setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1512 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. When the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the win/loss lottery mode is the high probability mode, the MPU 62 executes first support mode setting processing for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1513C, and selects the win/fail lottery mode in step S1501. is not the high-probability mode, a first support mode setting process for the low-probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 is executed.

First, the first support mode setting process for the high probability mode in steps S1502 to S1513C will be described.
In step S1502, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1503. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
In step S1504, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1505 the high-frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1506, the MPU 62 sets "1" to the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. FIG.

In step S1507, the MPU 62 sets a short-term high-frequency support mode command. The MPU 62 transmits the short-term high-frequency support mode command set in step S1507 to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of normal processing.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes predetermined processing based on the short-term high-frequency support mode command transmitted from the MPU 62 .

In step S1513C, the MPU 62 executes processing for setting the special electrician opening time.
In this special electric role open time setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is the "most advantageous result".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is the "best result", it sets the special electric worker open time flag in the RAM 64. FIG.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is not the "most favorable result" If it is determined to be present), the special electric worker open time flag stored in the RAM 64 is cleared. This special electric service opening time flag is a flag for specifying execution of special electric service opening execution processing. The special electric role opening execution processing will be described later in detail.

After executing the process of step S1504 or the process of step S1513C, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

Next, the first support mode setting processing for the low probability mode in steps S1508 to S1512 will be described.
In step S1508, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the MPU 62 sets a high frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1509. The MPU 62 maintains the high frequency support flag if it is already set in the RAM 64 . Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.
At step S1510, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "34".

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1508 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1511, the data stored in the RAM 64 clear the high-frequency support flag. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low-frequency support mode.
At step S1512, the MPU 62 sets the value of the number-of-games counter RTC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to "0".

After executing the process of step S1510 or the process of step S1512, the MPU 62 ends the first support mode setting process.

FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric duty fluctuation ending process.
In the electric duty change ending process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1801 to S1805 as shown in FIG.
In step S1801, the information (final (information related to the pattern to be stopped and displayed). Then, at the end of the electric role game cycle, the MPU 62 executes display control of the character object display unit 46 so that the pattern corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the character object display unit 46 during variable display ( power fluctuation end execution processing).

In step S1802, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of winning the electric role is "Electrical role open winning".
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is not "electric role open winning", it ends the electric role change ending process without executing the processes after step S1803.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1802 that the electric role winning result is "Electric role open winning", in step S1803 it determines whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode. do.

When the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, in step S1806C it determines whether or not the special electric worker open time flag is set in the RAM 64 .
When the MPU 62 determines in step S1806C that the special electric service opening time flag is set in the RAM 64, it sets a special electric service opening execution command in step S1807C. The MPU 62 transmits the special electric role opening execution command set in step S1807C to the sound emission control device 90 in step S301 of the normal processing.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the special electric role release execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail.
In step S1808C, the MPU 62 executes a special electrician opening execution process. In the special electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1806C that the special electric service opening time flag has not been set in the RAM 64, it executes high-frequency electric service opening execution processing in step S1804. In the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b.
After executing the special electrician opening execution process in step S1808C or the high-frequency electricty electricty opening execution process in step S1804, the MPU 62 ends the electrician fluctuation ending process.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1803 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (if it determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), in step S1805, the MPU 62 Execute the role release execution process. In the low-frequency electric role opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the opening/closing process of the electric role product 37a by executing drive control of the electric role product driving unit 37b. After that, the MPU 62 terminates the power fluctuation end process.

Here, in the high-frequency electric role opening execution process, when the electric accessory opening lottery is won, the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state is greater than in the low-frequency electric role opening execution process. , the opening time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is also longer. In addition, in the high-frequency power supply opening execution process, the closed time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one power supply open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. ing.

Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, game balls are more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of winning the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37 . In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will enter the lower operation opening 37 rather than the upper operation opening 36 is higher.
When it is detected that a prize has been entered into the lower operating port 37, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player can play the game while not reducing the number of game balls. It can be carried out.

Further, in the special electric role opening execution process, when the electric role item opening lottery is won, the number of times the electric role item 37a is set to the open state is larger than that in the high-frequency electric role opening execution process. The opening time for setting the object 37a to the open state is also longer. Specifically, the opening time of the special electric service opening execution process is set to 5 seconds (long-term electric service opening time). Also, the release time of the high-frequency electric service release execution process is set to 2 seconds (short-term service release time). In addition, in the special electric role opening execution process, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state between each opening in one electric role open state is shorter than the opening time of one time. .
Therefore, in the special electric role opening execution process, the game ball is more likely to enter the lower operation opening 37 as compared with the high-frequency electric role opening execution process.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the effect determination process is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 49 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the open/close execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, steps S2101 to S2116 are executed in substantially the same manner as in the third embodiment. The present embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the MPU 92 executes steps S2117C to S2119C before executing step S2116, as shown in FIG.

In step S2117C, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special electrician release execution command transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2117C that it has received the special electric worker release execution command, it executes special electric worker release notification processing in step S2118C.
In this special electric role opening notification process, the MPU 92 determines to inform the special electric role opening.
Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the above-described effect execution processing of step S2003 based on the determination of the special electric role opening notification.

In step S2119C, a special electric service opening notification command related to the special electric service opening information determined in the special electric service opening notification process of step S2118C is set. Then, the MPU 92 stores the special electric service release notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94. FIG. This special electric role release notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the special electric role opening notification effect on the symbol display device 47 based on the special electric role opening notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 executes the special electric role opening notification effect.

After executing the process of step S2119C, or if it is determined in step S2117C that the special electrician opening execution command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the process of step S2116 and subsequent steps, as in the third embodiment. do.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 50 shows the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp section, and the second suspension during the transition to the success or failure lottery mode and the support mode in the case where the "best result" is obtained when transitioning to the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is a figure which shows a lamp|ramp part. Specifically, FIG. 50(A) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and in the low probability mode and low frequency support mode. be. FIG. 50(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variation display of FIG. 50(A) results in "best result". FIG. 50(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 50(B). FIG. 50(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 50(C) results in "best result". FIG. 50(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 50(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 50. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 50(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a is lit according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 50A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 50(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 50(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50(E), the MPU 102 displays "high probability middle 3 rotations" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and has been reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player rotating the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 50(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

Further, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is the "best result", in block BL13, the special electric role opening notification process is executed in step S2118C. Based on the contents of the special electric role opening notification command transmitted from, the special electric role opening information production is executed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 50(E), the MPU 102 displays "Opening for a long time!" It informs that it is set to high-frequency support mode of open time.
The subsequent flow is the same as in the third embodiment (see FIGS. 33, 35, and 36).

FIG. 51 shows the display screen of the symbol display device at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode in the case of the "explicit small round high probability result" at the time of transition to the short-term high-frequency support mode, the first holding lamp part, and It is a figure which shows a 2nd reservation lamp part. Specifically, FIG. 51(A) is a view showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and in the low probability mode and low frequency support mode. be. FIG. 51(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 51(A) results in "best result". FIG. 51(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 51(B). FIG. 51(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variation display in FIG. FIG. 51(E) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the case of the high-probability mode and high-frequency support mode after FIG. 51(D).
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 51. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 51(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed during the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 51A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 51(B). (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in "clearly small round high probability result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. , a special combination of symbols (for example, "3, 4, 1") is stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. Note that FIG. 51(D) shows a case where the first variation display of the first rotation after the transition to block BL12 results in the "high probability result of a small number of explicit rounds", so the MPU 102 is a symbol display device. In the upper left corner of the display screen G of 47, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and has been reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player rotating the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 51(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four. Also, the number of lighting of the second reservation lamp portion 49b is two.

Also, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1513C that the distribution result is not the "most favorable result" If so), the MPU 102 does not execute the special electric role opening notification effect because the special electric role opening notification process is not executed in step S2118C in block BL13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 51(E), the MPU 102 does not display "Opening for a long time!" It informs that it is set to high-frequency support mode of open time.
The subsequent flow is the same as in the third embodiment (see FIGS. 33, 35, and 36).

Thus, in the present embodiment, the high-frequency support mode is a high-frequency support mode (first ball-enterable state) with a short-term opening time in which game balls flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. A high frequency of long-term open time that allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter temporarily, and allows more game balls to enter than the high-frequency support mode of short-term open time. It has a support mode (second entry possible state).
In addition, the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time is set to a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term opening time, so that more games can be played than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term opening time. It is possible to enter the ball.

In this embodiment, the high-frequency support mode for the long-term open time is set to a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode for the short-term open time. For example, by increasing the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, more game balls than in the high-frequency support mode of the short-term electric role open time can be entered. It may be possible to enter the ball. In short, the second ball-enterable state should allow more game balls to enter than the first ball-enterable state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 after switching to the high probability mode. , the lower working port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.
Specifically, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36. In the case of the "non-explicit small round high probability result" (first winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode of the short-term opening time, and the "best result" When (second winning result) is obtained, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.

In this embodiment, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36. ” or “Unexplained small round high probability result”, switch to high-frequency support mode for short-term opening time, and if “best result”, high-frequency support for long-term opening time However, based on the results of internal lottery other than this, the mode may be switched to the short-term open time high-frequency support mode or the long-term open time high-frequency support mode. In short, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36, and the lower operation port 37 is set to the low frequency support mode. , to a high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or a high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.

According to this embodiment, the same actions and effects as those of the third embodiment can be obtained, and the following actions and effects can be obtained.
(8) The transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are, after switching to the high-probability mode, shifting the lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or long-term open time. Switch to time high frequency support mode. In addition, the game state transition process is a long-term process that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. The game state is shifted to the high-frequency support mode. According to this, the player expects to be switched to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(9) The high-frequency support mode of the long-term open time is set to have a longer duration than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term open time, so that more than the high-frequency support mode of the short-term open time Since it is possible to enter a game ball, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the high-frequency support mode for the short-term opening time and the high-frequency support mode for the long-term opening time.
(10) Transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode support the lower operation port 37 at a low frequency based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36. Since the mode is switched to the high-frequency support mode of the short-term opening time or the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time, the player can perform the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 as a trigger. attention will be paid to the results of Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(11) The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are performed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 is "explicit small round high probability result" or "non In the case of a clear small round high probability result” (first winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode with short-term opening time, and the “best result” (first 2 winning result), the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with a long-term opening time, so that the player can enter the opening/closing execution mode with the "best result". It is expected that switching to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term open time is possible in the transition process at the time of termination and the variable termination process. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

In the present embodiment, the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 after switching to the high probability mode. , the lower working port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time.
On the other hand, for example, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are performed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 is won. Based on the content of the expected effect (for example, the type of reach display) executed by the control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with a short-term opening time or You may switch to the high frequency support mode of the long-term electric work opening time.

Specifically, for example, the content of the expectation effect executed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 includes a first reach display (first expectation effect) and a second reach display different from the first reach display. 2, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the open/close execution mode are performed when the first reach display is executed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, and the lower operation opening 37 is opened. When the low-frequency support mode is switched to the high-frequency support mode with the short-term electric service open time, and the second ready-to-reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is set to the low-frequency support mode. , may be switched to a high-frequency support mode with a long-term open time.
Thus, in this modification, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 enter the opening/closing execution mode based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger. It functions as an expected performance executing means for executing an expected performance making the player expect that the game state will be changed.
In this modified example, the content of the expected effect is the type of ready-to-win display, but it may be the degree of expectation of the ready-to-win display, or the content of other expected effect such as the type of advance notice display.

According to this modified example, the following functions and effects can be obtained in place of (10) and (11) in the fourth embodiment.
(12) Transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode are executed when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation opening 36 as a trigger is won, the sound emission control device 90 and Based on the content of the expected effect executed by the display control device 100, the lower operation port 37 is switched from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode with short-term open time or the high-frequency support mode with long-term open time. Therefore, the player pays attention to the content of the expected effect executed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(13) Transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed when the first reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, and the lower operation opening 37 is changed from the low frequency support mode. When switching to the high-frequency support mode for the short-term service opening time and executing the second ready-to-reach display by the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, the lower working port 37 is opened from the low-frequency support mode for the long-term service. Switch to time high frequency support mode. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operating hole 36 as a trigger, the player uses the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 to select It is expected that the reach display will be executed, and that the switching to the high-frequency support mode of the long-term opening time will be performed in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Fifth embodiment]
A fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the third embodiment, the sound emission control device 90, based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62, turns on the first suspension lamp portion 49a or the second suspension lamp portion 49b to notify the player of the occurrence of suspension. was
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90, based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62, turns on the first reserve lamp portion 49a or the second reserve lamp portion 49b, and the symbol display device 47 This differs from the third embodiment in that a pending pattern is displayed on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of pending.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the prize winning process for the working opening is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of the prize winning process for the operating opening in this embodiment will be described below.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a flow chart of a prize winning process for working openings according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
In the winning process for the working opening, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S212D as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the third embodiment in that after executing the process of step S207, the process of step S208D and after is executed.

In step S208D, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the lottery mode is the high-probability mode when starting the variable display based on the suspension information stored in the storage area corresponding to the starting suspension storage number N updated in step S206. do.
Specifically, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb, and proceeds to step S206. When starting variable display based on the number N of starting suspension memories updated by , and the suspension information stored in the corresponding storage area, it is determined by predicting whether the lottery mode is the high-probability mode.

In the present embodiment, the high-probability mode continues until three game rounds, which is the end reference number set in the high-probability counter STC, are completed. If the winning result is "big win" in three rotations before starting the variable display based on the holding information stored in the storage area corresponding to the memory number N, it is determined that the winning lottery mode is the high probability mode. On the other hand, if the win/loss result does not result in a "big hit", the win/fail lottery mode is not determined to be the high probability mode (the win/fail lottery mode is determined to be the low probability mode).

When the MPU 62 determines in step S208D that the win/loss lottery mode is not the high-probability mode, in step S209D, the win/fail table for the low-probability mode (see FIG. 7A) is stored in the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S208D that the win/loss lottery mode is the high-probability mode, the win/fail table for the high-probability mode (see FIG. 7(b)) is read out from the win/fail table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S210D. read out.

After executing the process of step S209D or step S210D, the MPU 62 executes the success/failure determination process in step S211D. In this success/failure determination process, the MPU 62 stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the result display portion reservation area in step S207, and the success/failure read out in step S209D or step S210D. By comparing with the table, the result of the winning lottery (winning result) is determined. In addition, as described above, the winning result is one of "big win winning", "special losing result", and "normal losing result". The same is true for

In step S212D, when the first start pending storage number RaN is set in step S202, the MPU 62 performs a first step for recognizing that the pending information is stored in the storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra. 1 hold generation command is set, and this set first hold generation command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 . After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
This first suspension generation command is for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize that suspension information has been stored in the storage area of the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the first pending generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 turns on the first suspension lamp section 49a based on the first suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, and also executes predetermined processing. This processing will be described later in detail. In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the upper operation port 36 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the first reservation lamp portion 49a is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

Further, in step S212D, when the MPU 62 sets the second start pending storage number RbN in step S204, the MPU 62 recognizes that the pending information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion pending area Rb. , and transmits the set second hold generation command to the sound emission control device 90 . After that, the MPU 62 terminates the prize winning process for the operating port.
This second hold generation command is used to make the sound emission control device 90 recognize that the hold information is stored in the storage area of the second result display portion hold area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37. and information related to the success/failure result. In other words, the second hold generation command includes each information related to "jackpot winning", "special loss result", and "usual loss result" as information related to win/fail results.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 performs predetermined processing in addition to turning on the second suspension lamp section 49b based on the second suspension generation command transmitted from the MPU 62 . This processing will be described later in detail. In addition, the number of reserved game balls that have won the lower operation opening 37 is, as described above, a maximum of four, and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is lit by the number corresponding to this reserved number.

<Electrical Configuration of Audio Light Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 53 is a block diagram showing electrical configurations of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
This embodiment differs from the third embodiment in that, as shown in FIG. 53, the sound emission control device 90 includes a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D in place of the ROM 93 and RAM 94 in the third embodiment.
Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 includes a sound emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound emission control board 91, and a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D that constitute the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, etc., as well as a ROM 93D and a RAM 94D are integrated into a chip.

The ROM 93D is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is non-volatile storage means that does not require power supply from the outside to hold stored information. This ROM 93D has various areas such as a lottery table storage area 93a and an expectation level table storage area 93b. These areas are described in detail later.
The RAM 94D is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 93D. is. This RAM 94D has various areas such as the above-described command list storage area 94a, various counter areas 94b, and sub-side pending information storage area 94c. These areas are described in detail later.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the third embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, timer interrupt processing is different from that in the third embodiment. The contents of timer interrupt processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding Timer Interrupt Processing Executed by Sound Emission Control Device 90>
FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes timer interrupt processing for advancing the game. In this timer interrupt process, the MPU 92 periodically (for example, every 2 msec) executes steps S2001 to S2005 as shown in FIG. In addition, in this embodiment, the MPU 92 executes the hold determination process of step S2006D after executing the command storage process of step S2001 and before executing the effect determination process of step S2002, unlike the third embodiment. different.

In step S2006D, the MPU 92 executes hold determination processing.
The hold determination process will be described in detail below.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the suspension determination process.
In the hold determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2301D to S2304D as shown in FIG.

In step S2301D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2301D that the hold generation command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S2303D.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2301D that it has received the pending command, it executes pending processing in step S2302D. In this hold generation process, the MPU 92 stores sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c based on the content of the hold generation command. This pending generation process will be described later in detail.

After executing the processing of step S2302D, or when determining that the hold command is not received in step S2301D, the MPU 92 executes processing from step S2303D.
In step S2303D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the pending shift command (first shift command or second shift command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2303D that the hold shift command has not been received, it ends the hold determination process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2303D that it has received the hold shift command, it executes hold shift processing in step S2304D. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c based on the content of the pending shift command. This pending shift process will be described later in detail. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the suspension occurrence process.

<Holding process>
FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a hold occurrence process.
In the hold occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2401D to S2409D as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 stores sub-side pending information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c based on the contents of the pending command.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing the contents of the sub-side pending information storage area.
The sub-side reservation information storage area 94c, as shown in FIG. 57, comprises a first sub-side reservation area SRa, a second sub-side reservation area SRb, and an execution area SAE.

The first sub-side reservation area SRa provided as the first sub-side acquisition information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4. Each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for causing a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 in time series in accordance with the reception of the first hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the first hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 sends the sub-side hold information in the order of the first area SRa1→second area SRa2→third area SRa3→fourth area SRa4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, since the first sub-side reservation area SRa has four storage areas, up to four pieces of sub-side reservation information based on the first reservation generation command are reserved. Also, the first sub-side reservation area SRa has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in the areas SRa1 to SRa4.

The second sub-side reservation area SRb provided as the second sub-side acquired information storage means comprises four storage areas of a first area SRb1 to a fourth area SRb4. Each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing normal hold information for generating a normal hold and advance notice hold information for causing a notice hold. The normal hold information for generating the normal hold and the notice hold information for causing the notice hold will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 stores the normal hold information or advance notice hold information as sub-side hold information in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 in chronological order in accordance with the reception of the second hold generation command. Specifically, when the MPU 92 receives the second hold generation command transmitted from the MPU 62, the sub-side hold information is sent in the order of the first area SRb1→second area SRb2→third area SRb3→fourth area SRb4. Store in chronological order.

Thus, the second sub-side reserved area SRb has four storage areas, so that up to four pieces of sub-side reserved information based on the second reservation generation command are reserved. Further, the second sub-side reservation area SRb has a storage area for writing the number of reservations stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4.

The execution area SAE is for moving the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa or the second sub-side reservation area SRb when starting the variable display of the pattern display device 47. area.

Returning to the description of the hold occurrence process, the processes after step S2401D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2401D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first pending command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2401D that it has received the first suspension generation command, in step S2402D, it grasps the number of reservations stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and determines the number of reservations. It is set in a predetermined storage area in the first sub-side reservation area SRa as the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2404D.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2401D that it has not received the first pending command (if it determines that it has received the second pending command), in step S2403D, The number of reservations stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb is grasped, and the number of reservations is set in a predetermined storage area in the second sub-side reservation area SRb as the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN. After that, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2404D.

After executing the process of step S2402D or step S2403D, the MPU 92 adds 1 to the value of the sub-side start pending storage number SN (SRaN or SRbN) to update it in step S2404D.

In step S2405D, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for notice suspension. In this advance notice suspension lottery process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate the advance notice suspension.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate an advance notice suspension by using the value of the advance notice suspension occurrence counter. Note that the notice suspension occurrence counter is provided in the various counter areas 94b of the RAM 94D.

The notice suspension occurrence counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a notice pending occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94D.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement suspension occurrence lottery) to determine whether or not to generate an announcement suspension based on the value of the announcement suspension occurrence counter stored in the announcement suspension occurrence counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the notice pending occurrence counter stored in the notice pending occurrence counter buffer, and compares this value with the notice pending occurrence table to determine whether or not to generate the notice pending. conduct a lottery. The advance notice pending occurrence table is a table that stores random number values relating to the occurrence of advance notice pending, and is stored in the lottery table storage area 93a of the ROM 93D.

In step S2406D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the lottery for notice suspension occurrence has been won in step S2405D (whether or not notice suspension is generated).
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2406D to generate the advance notice suspension, the MPU 92 executes advance notice suspension generation processing in step S2407D. In this notice pending generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for causing notice pending. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of this advance notice suspension generation processing.
Note that the advance notice suspension occurrence processing in step S2407D will be described later in detail.

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2406D not to generate the advance notice suspension, it executes normal suspension generation processing in step S2408D. In this normal hold generation processing, the MPU 92 executes processing for generating a normal hold. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this normal hold generation processing.

Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the normal suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, ie, the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S2402D, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side holding area SRa, that is, the MPU 92 updates in step S2404D. The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory in step S2402D, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory updated in step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area for

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in step S2403D, the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second sub-side reservation area SRb, that is, in step S2404D The normal suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN to "3" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The normal hold information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This normal hold information is information for specifying to generate a normal hold. In addition, the normal hold information includes information related to the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S2404D and the corresponding storage area.

After executing the advance notice suspension generation process of step S2407D or the normal suspension generation process of step S2408D, the MPU 92 sets a suspension display generation command in step S2409D. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for causing the pattern display device 47 to generate an advance notice suspension or a normal suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. Thereby, the pattern display device 47 displays the notice pending pattern or the normal pending pattern on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the notice pending or the normal pending.

<Notice Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the advance notice suspension generation process.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of suspension generation processing. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2503D as shown in FIG.

In step S2501D, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the degree of expectation of suspension of notice suspension. In the lottery process of the degree of expectation of the suspension of the advance notice, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the suspension of the notice.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes lottery processing for the advance notice pending expectation level based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from the MPU 62 .

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the lottery process for the degree of expectation of holding the previous notice.
In the lottery process for the degree of expectation of suspension of advance notice, the MPU 92 executes steps S2601D to S2606D as shown in FIG.
In step S2601D, based on the contents of the pending command (first pending command or second pending command) received from MPU 62, it is determined whether or not the winning result is "big hit".

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2601D that the win/loss result is "big win winning", in step S2602D, the MPU 92 reads the prediction pending expectation level table for the big win result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2601D that the win/fail result is not "jackpot winning", in step S2603D the hold generation command received from MPU 62 (first hold generation command or second hold generation command ), it is determined whether or not the win/loss result is a “special loss result”.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2603D that the result is the "special failure result", in step S2604D, the MPU 92 reads the notice pending expectation level table for the special failure result from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2603D that the success/failure result is not the "special failure result" (if it determines that the success/failure result is the "normal failure result"), in step S2605D The advance notice pending expectation level table for results is read from the expectation level table storage area 93b of the ROM 93D.

After executing any one of steps S2602D, S2604D, and S2605D, the MPU 92 executes an advance notice pending expectation lottery execution process in step S2606D. In this advance notice holding expectation degree lottery execution process, the MPU 92 executes a lottery for determining the degree of expectation of the advance notice holding by using the value of the advance notice holding expectation degree counter. Note that the notice holding expectation degree counter is provided in the various counter areas 94b of the RAM 94D.

The advance notice pending expectation degree counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The notice pending expectation degree counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the notice pending expectation degree counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94D.
Then, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (announcement holding expectation level lottery) for determining the degree of expectation of the announcement holding based on the value of the announcement holding expectation level counter stored in the announcement holding expectation level counter buffer. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the advance notice pending expectation degree counter stored in the advance notice pending expectation degree counter buffer, and uses this value as the advance notice pending expectation value read in step S2602D, step S2604D, or step S2605D. A lottery is performed to determine the expected degree of advance notice pending by comparison with the degree table.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing an advance notice pending design of each degree of expectation. FIG. 61 is a diagram showing the relationship between the success/failure result and the probabilities of occurrence of advance notice suspension for each degree of expectation.
As shown in FIG. 60, the advance notice pending design has low, medium, and high expectation levels associated with the success/fail result. The pattern of each degree of expectation is held in the character ROM 106 of the display control device 100 .
FIG. 60(A) shows a low-expectation pending notice pattern displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, and FIG. 60(B) shows a display screen G of the pattern display device 47. FIG. 60(C) shows a notice pending picture with a medium expectation degree, and FIG. 60C shows a notice pending picture with a high expectation degree displayed on the display screen G of the pattern display device 47.

As shown in FIG. 60(A), the low-expectation pending notice design is a picture (first notice pending picture) in which one scallop is placed on a plate. This low-expectation advance notice suspension is less likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win'' or ``special loss result'' and more likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, the low-expectation notice suspension occurs with a probability of 5% when the jackpot-result notice-hold expectation table is read in step S2602D, and step S2604D. If the advance notice pending expectation table for the special outlier result is read in step S2605D, it occurs with a probability of 10%. will occur with a probability of

In addition, the notice pending design of medium expectation level is a design in which three scallops are placed on a plate, as shown in FIG. 60(B). This medium-expectation notice hold is more likely to occur than the low-expectation notice hold if the result of the lottery is "jackpot winning" or "special loss result", and is more likely to occur than the high-expectation notice hold. It is a notice hold that is unlikely to occur, and if the result of the lottery is a "normal outlier result", it is less likely to occur than a notice hold with low expectations, and a notice hold that is more likely to occur than notice holds with high expectations. be.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, when the announcement suspension expectation level table for the big win result is read out in step S2602D, the intermediate expectation announcement suspension occurs with a probability of 15%, and step S2604D. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read out in step S2605D, it occurs with a probability of 30%. will occur with a probability of

The high-expectation pending notice pattern is, as shown in FIG. 60(C), a picture (second notice pending picture) in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate. This high-expectation advance notice suspension is likely to occur when the lottery result is ``big win winning'' or ``special loss result'', and is less likely to occur when the result is ``ordinary loss result''.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 61, when the advance notice pending expectation table for the jackpot result is read in step S2602D, the notice pending of high expectation occurs with a probability of 80%, and step S2604D. If the advance notice pending expectation level table for the special outlier result is read out in step S2605D, it occurs with a probability of 60%. will occur with a probability of

Returning to the description of the advance notice pending generation process, the processes after step S2502D will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2502D, the MPU 92 executes start-time notice suspension expectation level selection processing. In this start-time notice pending expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or lower in expectation than the notice hold won in the lottery process for the notice hold expectation level in step S2501D. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D, the MPU 92 randomly selects one of the high expectation, medium expectation and low expectation notice hold. , and in the lottery process of the notice hold expectation in step S2501D, if the notice hold of medium expectation is won, the notice hold of medium expectation or low expectation is selected at random, and the notice hold of step S2501D is selected. When the lottery process of the expectation degree wins the announcement suspension of the low expectation, the announcement suspension of the low expectation is selected.

In step S2503D, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information in the first memory area among the empty storage areas of the sub-side reservation areas, that is, in the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the advance notice pending generation process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the first sub-side start pending storage number SRaN in step S2402D, the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first sub-side holding area SRa, that is, the MPU 92 updates in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information is stored in a storage area corresponding to the first sub-side start suspension storage number SRaN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets "3" to the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory in step S2402D, the MPU 92 corresponds to "4" in the number SRaN of the first sub-side start suspension memory updated in step S2404D. The notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRa4, which is a storage area to be used.

Further, for example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in step S2403D, the first storage area among the empty storage areas of the second sub-side reservation area SRb, that is, in step S2404D The notice suspension information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the updated second sub-side start suspension storage number SRbN. For example, when the MPU 92 sets the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN to "3" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "4" in the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The notice suspension information is stored in the fourth area SRb4, which is a storage area for

This advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension is to be generated. Further, the advance notice pending information includes information related to the expectation level of the pending advance notice won in the lottery process of the expectation pending notice in step S2501D, information related to the current expectation level of the pending notice, and the sub information updated in step S2404D. It contains the side start pending storage number SN and information related to the corresponding storage area. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation level of the announcement suspension selected in the process of selecting the expectation level of announcement suspension at the start of step S2502D as the current expectation level of the announcement suspension.

Here, the notice suspension information stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for causing the pattern display device 47 to generate an advance notice suspension based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 displays the notice pending pattern on the display screen G to inform the player of the occurrence of the notice pending.

FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the advance notice reserved design and normal reserved design displayed on the display screen of the design display device.
As shown in FIG. 62, the MPU 102 includes pedestals B11 to B14 provided corresponding to four storage areas of a first area SRa1 to a fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa, and a second sub-side reservation area SRa. Pedestals B21 to B24 provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to fourth area SRb4 of the area SRb, and execution pedestals provided between the pedestals B11 and B21 corresponding to the execution area SAE. AB is displayed on the display screen G.

The first reservation lamp portion 49a is provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa from left to right. On the other hand, the pedestals B11 to B14 are provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRa1 to the fourth area SRa4 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa from right to left.
In addition, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is provided corresponding to four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb from left to right. Similarly, the pedestals B21 to B24 are provided corresponding to the four storage areas of the first area SRb1 to the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb from left to right.

The pedestals B11-B14, the pedestals B21-B24, and the execution pedestal AB notify the player of the occurrence of the advance notice suspension or the normal suspension by placing the notice suspension pattern or the normal suspension pattern thereon.
Specifically, when the MPU 102 determines that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa based on the content of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the pedestal On B11 to B14, a sphere design, which is a normal reserved design, is placed.
MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command transmitted from MPU 92, when it is specified that the advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of the first sub-side holding area SRa, on the pedestals B11 to B14 60) corresponding to the degree of expectation of the current notice suspension is placed.

Further, when the MPU 102 determines that the normal hold information is stored in the storage area of the second sub-side holding area SRb based on the content of the hold display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 selects the pedestals B21 to B24. A sphere pattern, which is usually a reserved pattern, is placed on the .
MPU 102, based on the content of the pending display generation command transmitted from MPU 92, when specifying that the advance notice pending information is stored in the storage area of the second sub-side holding area SRb, on the pedestals B21-B24 60) corresponding to the degree of expectation of the current advance notice suspension is placed.

Furthermore, when the MPU 102 specifies that the execution area SAE stores the normal pending information, the MPU 102 places the sphere pattern, which is the normal pending pattern, on the execution pedestal AB.
When the MPU 102 specifies that the advance notice suspension information is stored in the execution area SAE, the notice suspension pattern (see FIG. 60) corresponding to the current degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension is placed on the execution pedestal AB. do.
Note that the MPU 102 identifies the information stored in the execution area SAE based on the content of the pending display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92 . This pending display shift command will be described later in detail.

Here, in the example of FIG. 62, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestals B11 and B12, places the low-expectation advance notice reserved design on the pedestal B13, and places the reserved design on the execution pedestal AB. , the reserved design is usually placed. Also, in this example, the MPU 102 does not place any pattern on the pedestals B14, B21 to B24.
In the present embodiment, the notice pending picture is different from the normal reserved picture, but for example, a plate without scallops on it may be included as a kind of notice reserved picture as a normal reserved picture.

Thus, in this embodiment, the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c is associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger. It functions as information storage means for storing sub-side pending information (sub-side internal lottery information).
This sub-side pending information storage area 94c includes an execution area SAE as an execution area for storing sub-side pending information during execution of variable display on the pattern display device 47, and a first sub-side reservation area SRa and a second sub-side reservation area SRb as a plurality of reservation areas for storing sub-side reservation information in a reservation state.

Here, in the present embodiment, the sub-side pending information is associated with the win/fail result, but may be associated with other information such as display duration time. In short, the sub-side reservation information may be associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37 as a trigger.

Specifically, the MPU 92 generates the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration, and the display duration is set to such an extent that the player expects that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined to be long (for example, when super reach occurs), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is increased and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is decreased. In addition, the MPU 92 should generate the ready-to-win display based on the information about the display duration time, and the display duration time must be long enough to make the player expect that he or she has won a "big win" in the lottery. When it is determined (for example, when super reach does not occur), the probability of generating a high-expectation advance notice suspension is reduced and the probability of generating a low-expectation advance notice suspension is increased. Then, the MPU 92 may determine the degree of expectation of advance notice suspension by drawing lots based on this probability.

In addition, in this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 serves as information storage means for storing sub-side hold information in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the order in which the game ball enters the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Function.
Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 display the pattern associated with the sub-side pending information on the pattern display device 47 based on the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c. It functions as information reporting means for

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes hold shift processing in step S2304D of the hold determination processing, as described above. In this hold shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710D as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending area based on the content of the pending shift command.

In step S2701D, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the first shift command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2701D that it has received the first shift command, it executes data setting processing for the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S2702D to S2704D. If it is determined that the shift time command has not been received (if it has been determined that the second shift time command has been received), data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S2705D to S2707D is executed. .

First, data setting processing for the first sub-side reservation area SRa in steps S2702D to S2704D will be described.
In step S2702D, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the first sub-side start reservation storage number SRaN in the first sub-side reservation area SRa to update it.
In step S2703D, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRa1 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa to the execution area SAE.
In step S2704D, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRa1 to SRa4 to the first area SRa1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRa2 to the first area SRa1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRa3 to the second area SRa2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRa3.

Next, data setting processing for the second sub-side reservation area SRb in steps S2705D to S2707D will be described.
In step S2705D, the MPU 92 subtracts 1 from the value of the second sub-side start reservation storage number SRbN in the second sub-side reservation area SRb to update it.
In step S2706D, the MPU 92 moves the sub-side reservation information stored in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb to the execution area SAE.
In step S2707D, the MPU 92 executes data shift processing for shifting the sub-side reservation information stored in the storage area of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the sub-side pending information stored in each of the areas SRb1 to SRb4 to the first area SRb1 side. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information of the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2, and shifts the sub-side pending information of the third area SRb3 to the second area SRb2. The side hold information is shifted to the third area SRb3.

After executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the MPU 92 determines in step S2708D whether or not the sub-side pending information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side pending area is advance notice pending information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2708D that the information is the notice pending information, the MPU 92 executes notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S2709D. In this advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level processing.

Here, the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current expectation degree of the advance notice pending is lower than the expectation degree of the previous notice pending prize won in the above-mentioned step S2501D lottery processing of the notice pending expectation degree. is stepwise upgraded with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree promotion process stepwise increases the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be promoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation level of the winning notice hold expectation level is set to high expectation level, and the current notice hold expectation level is set to low expectation level. When SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 maintains the low expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension with a probability of 50% in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D. , 50% chance to upgrade to medium expectations.
When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the third area SRa3 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current expectation degree of advance notice suspension included in the advance notice suspension information is updated to medium expectation degree.

Further, for example, the first sub-side sets the advance notice hold information in which the expectation of the notice hold won in step S2501D is the high expectation level and the current notice hold expectation level is the medium expectation level. When shifting from the third area SRa3 of the holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation level of the advance notice hold at the medium expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice hold expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain it and upgrade it to High Expectation with a 50% chance. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to a high expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current expectation level of the advance notice suspension included in the advance notice suspension information is updated to a high expectation level.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing in step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708D that the information is not the notice pending information, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command in step S2710D. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. Here, the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This pending display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing in step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100, based on the hold display shift time command transmitted from the MPU 92, shifts between normal hold and advance notice hold and raises the degree of expectation of the notice hold. The table is read from program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shift between the normal hold and the notice hold and the promotion of the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the pending shift processing is performed as pending shift means for shifting the sub-side pending information stored in the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 provides a plurality of types of advance notice pending pictures (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation pending picture) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. function as reserved pattern control means for causing the pattern display device 47 to display the advance notice reserved pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice pending picture includes a plurality of types of notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, namely, a low expected notice reserved picture, a medium expected notice reserved picture, and a high expected notice reserved picture. Equipped with a notice pending pattern.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the low, medium, and high expectations of each of the low, medium, and high expectation prediction pending patterns suggest changes in expectations by changing the amount of scallops. . On the other hand, for example, the preview pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other characteristics such as color.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern when shifting the sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. Then, the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side pending information to the execution area SAE.
It should be noted that the display control device 100 may maintain the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern without increasing it when shifting the sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. You can let it run. In addition, the expectation level of the notice pending picture may be promoted after the sub-side pending information is shifted to the execution area SAE, or may be maintained or promoted independently of the shift of the sub-side pending information. . In short, the display control device 100 only needs to maintain or increase the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design, but may promote the normal reserved design to the advance notice reserved design of each degree of expectation.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
In this embodiment, the game board 31B is provided with one through gate 41 provided above the upper operating port 36 as in the third embodiment.
Therefore, when a game ball is entered into the through gate 41 to set the electric accessory 37a to the open state, the game ball is always entered into the upper operation opening 36. The situation is the same as in the case of turning on the reserve lamp portion 49a.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. Note that in FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 64 is a diagram showing the advance notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34(E).
When the lower operation port 37 is won during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. Patterns are placed on pedestals B21 to B24 to generate them.
The MPU 102 shifts the normal pending picture placed on the pedestal B11 to the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92.例文帳に追加

Here, the hold display generation command includes advance notice hold information. This advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension is to be generated. Further, as described above, the advance notice withholding information includes information regarding the expectation level of the advance notice withholding that was won in the lottery process for the degree of advance notice withholding expectation in step S2501D, information regarding the current expectation level of the advance notice withholding, and step S2404D. contains the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in , and information related to the corresponding storage area.

For the pending notice patterns placed on the pedestals B22 and B23, the information regarding the expectation of the pending notice won in the step S2501D lottery processing for the degree of expectation of the pending notice is assumed to be a low expectation, and the current expectation of the pending notice. The information on the degree of expectation is low expectation, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 and the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side pending area SRb. is.
Further, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is assumed to be a high expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information on the degree of expectation is low expectation, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates low-expectation advance notice pending pictures placed on the pedestals B22 to B24 based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92 .
In addition, in the example of FIG. 64, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34(E), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects no winning in the third spin before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the first spin after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects no winning in the two spins before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the two spins after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In the following description, a hold (normal hold or advance notice hold) generated by entering the lower operation port 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode is called a special hold. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.

Therefore, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the player can obtain the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (non-winning expectation special hold SH1) related to the hold symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22. If it becomes, or if it does not result in the "most advantageous result", it is expected that you will not be elected. In other words, the sub-side hold information that has generated the non-win expectation special hold SH1 functions as non-win expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to be non-win.
In addition, the player can obtain the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B23. In the case of non-winning expected gaming situation, non-winning is expected, and in the case of not having the "best result" (winning expected gaming situation), winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side hold information that caused the mixed win expectation special hold SH2 is a non-win expected game situation in which the player expects non-win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. It functions as mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of

In the present embodiment, a hold (normal hold or advance notice hold) generated by entering the lower operating port 37 during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode is a special hold, but occurs by entering the upper operating port 36. The suspension caused by winning a prize in the through gate 41 may be a special suspension. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the suspension generation process is performed by placing the sub-side suspension information in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 (first area) on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side suspension area SRb. When stored, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and when sub-side reserved information is stored in a fourth area SRb4 (second area) opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information. It functions as a pending distribution storage means for making
In the present embodiment, the hold generating process stores the non-win expected internal lottery information when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, and stores the sub-side hold information in the second area. was stored as internal lottery information for expected winning. On the other hand, in the hold generating process, when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information so as to have a reverse relationship, and is stored in the second area. When sub-side reservation information is stored, it may be stored as non-winning expectation internal lottery information, or may be stored so as to have a relationship other than these.

Furthermore, the player achieved the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 (winning expectation special hold SH3). Winning is expected in both cases, and in cases where there is no "best result". In other words, the sub-side hold information that has generated the winning expectation special hold SH3 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 65 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35(B).
The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the pending display shift command received from the MPU 92, the upgraded advance notice pending design is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. position and shift.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the expectation degree of the current notice suspension is not raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the notice hold picture is not changed. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is raised by increasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 64, in the notice pending designs placed on the pedestals B22 and B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. It will not be identified as raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestals B21 and B22.
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation on the pedestal B23.

In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, There is a 50% chance that it is identified as not elevating the expectations of the current advance notice hold. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation advance notice reserved design on the pedestal B23 (not shown).
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, As shown in FIG. 65, after the medium-expectation pending notice pattern is placed on the pedestal B23 and shifted, it is placed on the pedestals B21 and B22 and shifted. It has the potential to be promoted to a pattern.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expectation special reservation SH1 and the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the advance notice reserved pattern with low expectation rather than the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation. In addition, it is expected that the notice pending pattern will not be promoted.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the win expectation special hold SH3, the player expects the notice reserved picture with a high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with a low expectation, and the notice reserved picture. Expect a promotion.

Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 identifies that the expectation level of the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the pending display shift command received from the MPU 92, the upgraded advance notice pending design is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23. position and shift.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the expectation degree of the current notice suspension is not raised based on the content of the hold display shift command received from the MPU 92, the notice hold picture is not changed. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is raised by increasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 64, in the notice pending designs placed on the pedestals B22 and B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. It will not be identified as having elevated the expectations of the current advance notice hold. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestals B21 and B22.
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 65, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation on the pedestal B23.

In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, There is a 50% chance that it is identified as not elevating the expectations of the current advance notice hold. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation advance notice pending design on the pedestal B23 (not shown).
In addition, in FIG. 64, in the notice pending pattern placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation degree in step S2501D is high expectation, As shown in FIG. 65, after the medium-expectation pending notice pattern is placed on the pedestal B23 and shifted, it is placed on the pedestals B21 and B22 and shifted. It has the potential to be promoted to a pattern.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-win expectation special suspension SH1, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the low-expectation announcement pending picture rather than the high-expectation announcement pending picture. I will expect non-promotion of the pattern.
In addition, since the player expects winning in the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2 and the winning expectation special reservation SH3, the player expects the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with low expectation. In addition, we will expect the promotion of the notice pending pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode, and the opening and closing execution mode. After switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the transition process at the time of termination and the fluctuation end process, the internal lottery information for winning expectations is digested.
In the present embodiment, the hold shift process consumes non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode, and shifts the winning expectation internal lottery information after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode. Although it has been digested, the winning expectation internal lottery information and the non-winning expectation internal lottery information may be digested without depending on the timing of switching the win/fail lottery mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then Triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation hole 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state. Then, the main controller 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of sub-side reserved information is consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the main control unit 60 switches between a non-winning expected game state in which the player expects that the internal lottery will not be won and a winning expected game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. functioning as a tool.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Triggered by the entry of a game ball into the operation port 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state, and a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of the sub-side hold information is digested in the hold shift process. Although the non-winning expected game situation is switched to the winning expected game situation with this as a trigger, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation may be switched with other triggers.

In addition, in this embodiment, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 notifies the number of game rotations to stay in the high probability mode, and the number of games notification determination processing in step S2207 includes high-frequency support mode (long-term high The number of rotations of the game times to stay in the frequency support mode) is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of game rounds staying in the non-winning expected game situation or the number of game rounds staying in the winning expected game situation.

According to this embodiment, the same actions and effects as those of the third embodiment can be obtained, and the following actions and effects can be obtained.
(8) A plurality of sub-side reserved information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win, and winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win (Pachinko The machine 10 is provided with a main control device 60 for switching between a non-winning expectation game state in which the player expects non-winning in the internal lottery and a winning expectation game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. there is.). Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 cause the pattern display device 47 to display a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side pending information. Therefore, when the player stores the non-winning expectation internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the sub-side holding information storage area 94c in the voice light emission control device 90 (non-winning expected game situation in the main control device 60) ), the advance reservation pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation of the advance notice reservation design is high, it becomes depressed, and if it is low, it becomes cheery. Conversely, when the player stores winning expectation internal lottery information that expects winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c with the voice emission control device 90 (switches to the winning expectation game state with the main controller 60) If the expectation of the notice pending picture displayed on the picture display device 47 is high, the player will be excited, and if the expectation is low, the player will be depressed. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

(9) Suspension occurrence processing is stored as non-win expected internal lottery information when advance notice suspension information is stored in the first area SRb1 and second area SRb2 on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side suspension area SRb. In the case of storing the notice suspension information in the fourth area SRb4 on the opposite side of the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. In the pending shift process, the advance notice pending information stored in the second sub-side pending area SRb is shifted toward the execution area SAE. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(10) The pending shift process shifts the advance notice pending information stored in the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Then, the main control device 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number of pieces of sub-side reserved information have been consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the player expects not to win the internal lottery in the non-winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified first, and wins the internal lottery in the winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified later. Since it is expected, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(11) Since the display control device 100 maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the notice pending symbol, the player pays attention to whether the degree of expectation of the notice pending symbol is promoted. Specifically, when the player stores non-win expectation internal lottery information that expects non-win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the voice emission control device 90 (non-win in the main controller 60 When the game state is switched to the expected game state), the notice reserved pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern is raised, it becomes depressed, and if it is maintained, it becomes cheery. Conversely, when the player stores winning expectation internal lottery information that expects winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c with the voice emission control device 90 (switches to the winning expectation game state with the main controller 60) ), the advance reservation pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice reservation pattern is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.

(12) Expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending patterns maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side pending information to the execution area SAE. Will pay more attention. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.
(13) In the pending shift process, before switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end process, the non-winning expected internal lottery information is digested, and the transition is made at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. After switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the process and the fluctuation end process, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(14) A plurality of sub-side pending information includes a mixed winning expectation game situation in which the player expects non-winning and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. It has internal lottery information. Then, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 cause the pattern display device 47 to display a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side pending information. Therefore, when the sound emission control device 90 stores the mixed winning expected internal lottery information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47. , Mixed Winning Expectation The degree of expectation of the internal lottery information can be confirmed. At this time, the value of the expectation degree of the notice pending pattern depends on the game situation (non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning, or winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win). will change accordingly. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

[Sixth embodiment]
A sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the fifth embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending design.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 is different from the fifth embodiment in that the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is maintained, promoted, or demoted.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform different processes from those in the fifth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice suspension generation process and the suspension shift process are different from those in the fifth embodiment. The contents of the advance notice pending generation process and pending shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Notice Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 66 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the advance notice suspension occurrence process according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of suspension generation processing. In this advance notice pending occurrence process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2506E as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2501D, the processing of step S2504E and subsequent steps is executed.

In step S2504E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special hold is caused by entering the lower opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, when the MPU 92 refers to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94D and determines that the short-term high-frequency support mode is on, the second sub-side start is suspended in step S2403D. It is determined to be special pending when the number SRbN of memories is set.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2504E that it is not a special hold, it executes the processing after step S2502D in the same manner as in the fifth embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2504E that it is special suspension, in step S2505E it determines whether or not the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D is 3 or less. do. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not there is a special hold (winning expectation special hold SH3) related to the reserved design placed on the pedestal B24.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2505E that it is the winning expectation special hold SH3, it executes the processing from step S2502D described above. In other words, the MPU 92 processes the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 in the same manner as the normal notice hold.
In the following description, the advance notice reservation information stored in the storage area of the sub-side reserve area in step S2503D described above is referred to as promotion advance notice reservation information (winning expectation internal lottery information).

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2505E that it is not the winning expectation special hold SH3, it executes special hold setting processing in step S2506E.

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing a flowchart of special hold setting processing.
In the special hold setting process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2801E to S2804E as shown in FIG.
In step S2801E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D is 2 or less. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not it is a special hold (non-winning expectation special hold SH1) related to the hold symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2801E that it is non-winning expectation special suspension SH1, in step S2802E, the MPU 92 executes demotion start announcement suspension expectation level selection processing. In this relegation start time notice hold expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or higher than the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation level lottery process of step S2501D. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D, the MPU 92 selects the high expectation notice hold, and the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D. If the medium expectation notice hold is won, the high expectation or medium expectation notice hold is randomly selected, and the low expectation notice hold is selected by the notice hold expectation lottery process in step S2501D. If a winner is selected, one of high expectation, medium expectation, and low expectation is selected at random.

In step S2803E, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information for demotion (non-winning expectation internal lottery information) in the first storage area among the free storage areas of the sub-side storage areas, that is, the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D. is stored in the corresponding storage area.
After that, the MPU 92 terminates the special hold setting process.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the number SRbN of second sub-side start-holding storage to "1" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "2" of the second sub-side start-holding storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information for demotion is stored in the second area SRb2, which is a storage area for demotion.

This advance notice suspension information for demotion is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension for demotion is to be generated. Further, the advance notice suspension information for demotion is updated in step S2404D with information on the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice hold expectation level in step S2501D and information on the current expectation level of the advance notice hold. It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information indicating that it is a demotion pending notice that lowers the degree of expectation of the preliminary notice pending. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the demotion start time advance notice postponement expectation degree selection process in step S2803E as the current expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.

Here, the advance notice suspension information for demotion stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the generation of advance notice suspension for demotion in the symbol display device 47 based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the prior notice pending symbol and notifies the player of the occurrence of the prior notice pending for demotion.
It should be noted that the pattern of the advance notice reservation for demotion is the same as the normal notice reservation pattern (low-expectation notice reservation pattern, medium-expectation notice reservation pattern, and high-expectation notice reservation pattern).

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2801E that it is not the non-winning expectation special suspension SH1 (when it determines that it is the mixed winning expectation special suspension SH2), in step S2804E, the confidential notice suspension information ( Mixed Winning Expected Internal Lottery Information) is stored in the first memory area among the free memory areas of the sub-side reservation area, ie, the memory area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation memory number SN updated in step S2404D. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the special hold setting process.

Specifically, the MPU 92 stores the anonymity advance notice pending information in the third area SRb3, which is a storage area corresponding to "3" of the second sub-side start pending storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D.

This anonymity advance notice suspension information is information for specifying that the anonymity advance notice suspension is to be generated. In addition, the confidential advance notice withholding information includes information related to the expectation of the notice withholding that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation in step S2501D, and a memory corresponding to the sub-side start holding storage number SN updated in step S2404D. It includes information related to the area and information indicating that it is a concealment advance notice hold that conceals the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

Here, the confidential advance notice suspension information stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the generation of the confidential advance notice suspension in the pattern display device 47 based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 displays the anonymity advance notice suspension design on the display screen G to notify the player of the occurrence of the anonymity advance notice suspension.
It should be noted that the concealment-use advance notice reserved pattern is different from the usual notice reserved pictures (low-expectation notice reserved picture, middle-expected notice reserved picture, and high-expected notice reserved picture). Specifically, in the present embodiment, the anonymity advance notice pending design is a furoshiki design (see FIG. 69).

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 68 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes hold shift processing in step S2304D of the hold determination processing, as described above. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710E as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending area based on the content of the pending shift command. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the processing of step S2711E and after is executed.

In step S2711E, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the sub-side advance notice pending information moved to the execution area SAE is confidential notice pending information.
When the MPU 92 determines in step S2711E that the information is anonymization-use advance notice-holding information, in step S2712E, the MPU 92 executes anonymity-use advance notice-holding expectation level notification processing. In this concealment-use advance notice hold expectation degree notification process, the MPU 92 informs the player of the advance notice hold expectation degree. More specifically, the MPU 92 opens the furoshiki, which is a concealment notice reserved design, and executes processing for informing the player of the contents. Further, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of the confidentiality notice hold expectation level notification processing. do.

Here, when the furoshiki, which is an anonymity-use advance notice reserved design, is opened, the content is one of the advance notice reserved designs of each degree of expectation. Specifically, the player is informed of the prediction pending picture of the expected degree won in the lottery process of the prediction pending expectation degree in step S2501D described above as the contents of the furoshiki.

After the MPU 92 executes the anonymity-use advance notice hold expectation degree notification process in step S2712E, or if it is determined in step S2711E that the information is not confidential use advance notice hold information, the MPU 92 shifts to the storage area of the sub-side reserve area in step S2713E. It is determined whether or not the received sub-side hold information is advance notice hold information for demotion.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2713E that the information is the advance notice suspension information for demotion, in step S2714E, the MPU 92 executes advance notice suspension expectation demotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation demotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for lowering the advance notice pending expectation degree. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing.

Here, in the advance notice pending expectation degree demotion processing, if the current advance notice pending expectation degree is higher than the advance notice pending expectation degree won in the advance notice pending expectation degree lottery processing in step S2501D described above, the advance notice pending expectation degree is stepwise demoted with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree demotion process stepwise lowers the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be demoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation of the winning advance notice withholding expectation is set to the low expectation, and the expectation of the current advance notice withholding is set to the high expectation. When the reservation area SRb is shifted from the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, the MPU 92 maintains the high expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice holding expectation level demotion process in step S2714E. Retain and have a 50% chance to demote to medium expectations. It should be noted that, when the MPU 92 demotes the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level demotion process of step S2714E, the MPU 92 stores in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. The current expectation degree of advance notice suspension included in the advance notice reserve information for demotion is updated to medium expectation degree.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing in step S2714E, or if it is determined in step S2713E that it is not the advance notice pending information for demotion, in step S2708E, the sub side shifted to the storage area of the sub side reserve area It is determined whether or not the side hold information is advance notice hold information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2708E that the information is the advance notice hold information, in step S2709D, the MPU 92 executes notice hold expectation degree promotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level processing.

Here, the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current expectation degree of the advance notice pending is lower than the expectation degree of the previous notice pending prize won in the above-mentioned step S2501D lottery processing of the notice pending expectation degree. is stepwise upgraded with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree promotion process stepwise increases the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be promoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation level of the winning advance notice hold is set to high expectation, and the expectation level of the current notice hold is set to low expectation. When the reservation area SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation level of the advance notice reservation at a low expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice reservation expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain and upgrade to medium expectations with a 50% chance. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, the MPU 92 stores the The current advance notice pending expectation level included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to the middle expectation level.

Further, for example, the advance notice withholding information for promotion is set to the high expectation level as the expectation level of the winning notice withholding expectation level in the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation level in step S2501D, and the middle expectation level as the current expectation level of the withholding notice. When the shift is made from the third area SRa3 of the sub-side holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 raises the expectation level of the advance notice hold to medium expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice hold expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain it as it is and upgrade it to high expectations with a probability of 50%. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to a high expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current advance notice pending expectation included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to a high expectation.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation level promotion processing in step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708E that the information is not advance notice pending information, in step S2710E, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This pending display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing in step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 shifts the normal hold and the advance notice hold, notifies the degree of expectation of the notice hold for confidentiality, and raises or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice hold based on the hold display shift command transmitted from the MPU 92. is read out from the program ROM 103 for executing the above on the pattern display device 47 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shifting of the normal hold and the notice hold, the notification of the degree of expectation of the notice hold for secrecy, and the raising and lowering of the degree of expectation of the notice hold.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the pending shift processing is performed as pending shift means for shifting the sub-side pending information stored in the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 provides a plurality of types of advance notice pending pictures (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation pending picture) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. function as reserved pattern control means for causing the pattern display device 47 to display the advance notice reserved pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice pending picture includes a plurality of types of notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, namely, a low expected notice reserved picture, a medium expected notice reserved picture, and a high expected notice reserved picture. Equipped with a notice pending pattern.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pattern of each expectation level of low expectation level, medium expectation level, and high expectation level suggested a change in expectation level by changing the amount of scallops. On the other hand, for example, the preview pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other characteristics such as color.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for promotion, and maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for demotion. ing. Then, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side reserved information to the execution area SAE.
Note that the display control device 100 may maintain or raise or lower the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern when shifting various sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. When the sub-side reserved information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the shift process, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern may be maintained without being lowered or lowered without fail. In addition, the expectation level of the notice pending pattern may be lowered or lowered after the sub-side suspended information is shifted to the execution area SAE, and is maintained or lowered regardless of the shift of the sub-side suspended information. good too. In short, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or demotes the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture, but may also promote the normal reserved picture to the notice pending picture of each degree of expectation. A symbol may be demoted to a normal reserved symbol. Furthermore, the display control device 100 may lower the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern based on the advance notice pending information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100, when the voice light emission control device 90 stores the confidential advance notice pending information in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c, is different from the multiple types of advance notice pending patterns. The symbol display device 47 is caused to display a concealment advance notice pending pattern for concealing the degree of expectation of the concealment advance notice reserve information.
In the present embodiment, a furoshiki cloth is used as an announcing reserved design for concealment, but any design may be adopted as long as it is different from a plurality of types of previously reserved design. Further, in the present embodiment, a picture of scallops on a plate is used as the reserved notice picture, but any picture may be adopted as long as it is different from the reserved notice reserved picture for concealment.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 selects, from among multiple types of advance notice pending pictures, a notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice pending information for concealment, based on the notice pending notice information for concealment. are changing.
Note that the display control device 100 shifts the anonymization advance reservation information toward the execution area SAE in the reservation shift process, that is, when shifting the anonymity advance reservation information within the second sub-side reservation area SRb. Alternatively, the announcing pending picture for concealment displayed on the pattern display device 47 may be changed to a foretelling pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the foretelling pending information for concealment among a plurality of types of foretelling pending picture.

The display control device 100 configured in this way changes the notice pending picture for confidentiality based on the notice pending information for secrecy to the notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice pending information for secrecy among a plurality of types of notice pending picture. It may be provided with an anonymity advance notice pending design change determination means for determining whether or not. In this case, when the display control device 100 determines that the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means changes to the advance notice reserve design, the concealment advance notice reserve design is selected from the plurality of kinds of notice reserve designs to be concealed. When it is determined not to change to the notice reserved picture by the notice reserved picture for concealment, the notice reserved picture for concealment is changed to the notice reserved picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the notice reserved picture for concealment, and the notice reserved picture for concealment is maintained. . According to this, since the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserved pattern changes, the gaming machine can increase the player's attention to the game.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also wins the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 69 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34(E).
In the event that a prize is won in the lower operation port 37 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. Patterns are placed on pedestals B21 to B24 to generate them.
The MPU 102 shifts the normal pending picture placed on the pedestal B11 to the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92.例文帳に追加

Here, the hold display generation command includes various advance notice hold information. This various advance notice suspension information is information for specifying the generation of notice suspension. In addition, as described above, the various types of advance notice pending information are information related to the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice pending expectation level in step S2501D, information related to the current expectation level of the advance notice hold, Information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN updated in step S2404D, information indicating that it is the advance notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation level of the notice hold, and the expectation level of the notice hold are concealed. and information indicating that it is an anonymity notice hold.

For the pending notice pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the pending notice won in the step S2501D lottery processing for the pending notice expectation is set to low expectation, and the current expected degree of pending notice This information is assumed to be a medium expectation level, and the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This advance notice pending information is advance notice pending information for demotion, and includes information indicating that the advance notice pending for demotion lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending.
In addition, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B23, the information regarding the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is set to low expectation, and updated in step S2404D. The information related to the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start reservation storage is the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This notice-holding information is notice-holding information for confidentiality, and includes information indicating that it is notice-holding for confidentiality that conceals the degree of expectation of notice-holding.
Furthermore, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is assumed to be a high expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information on the degree of expectation is the medium expectation degree, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb.
Therefore, based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates the notice pending picture of medium expectation by placing it on the pedestals B22 and B24, and places the notice pending picture for concealment on the pedestal B23. Place it on top of it to generate it.
In addition, in the example of FIG. 69, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so when the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects no winning in the third spin before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the first spin after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects no winning in the two spins before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the two spins after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).

Therefore, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the player can obtain the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (non-winning expectation special hold SH1) related to the hold symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22. If it becomes, or if it does not result in the "most advantageous result", it is expected that you will not be elected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the non-winning expectation special hold SH1 functions as non-winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to be non-winning.
In addition, the player can obtain the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold (mixed winning expectation special hold SH2) related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B23. In the case of non-winning expected gaming situation, non-winning is expected, and in the case of not having the "best result" (winning expected gaming situation), winning is expected. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the mixed winning expectation special hold SH2 is the non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning and the winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. It functions as mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of situations.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the suspension generation process is performed by placing the sub-side suspension information in the first area SRb1 and the second area SRb2 (first area) on the execution area SAE side of the second sub-side suspension area SRb. When stored, it is stored as non-winning expected internal lottery information, and when sub-side reserved information is stored in a fourth area SRb4 (second area) opposite to the execution area SAE, it is stored as winning expected internal lottery information. It functions as a hold distribution storage means for making
In the present embodiment, the hold generating process stores the non-win expected internal lottery information when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, and stores the sub-side hold information in the second area. was stored as internal lottery information for expected winning. On the other hand, in the hold generating process, when the sub-side hold information is stored in the first area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information so as to have a reverse relationship, and is stored in the second area. When sub-side reservation information is stored, it may be stored as non-winning expectation internal lottery information, or may be stored so as to have a relationship other than these.

Furthermore, the player achieved the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode in the rotation based on the special hold related to the hold pattern placed on the pedestal B24 (winning expectation special hold SH3). Winning is expected in both cases, and in cases where there is no "best result". In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has caused the winning expectation special hold SH3 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 70 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35(B).
The MPU 102 shifts the reserved pattern toward the execution base AB, as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Here, the MPU 102 places and shifts the confidential advance notice pending picture on the pedestals B21 to B23 based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 69, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestal B21.
In addition, in FIG. 69, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design with high expectation on the pedestal B23.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

FIG. 71 is a diagram showing an advance notice reserved design and a normal reserved design displayed on the display screen of the design display device when the concealment advance notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal and shifted. Specifically, in FIG. 71, in the process of shifting from the situation of FIG. 35(B) to the situation of FIG. FIG. 10 shows.
The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the concealment advance notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the reservation display shifting command received from the MPU 92, the concealment advance notice reserve design is used. A furoshiki is opened and the contents are notified to the player.
Here, when the furoshiki, which is an announcing reserved design for confidentiality, is opened, the content is one of the reserved design for notice of each degree of expectation. Specifically, the player is notified of the prediction pending picture of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the prediction pending expectation degree in step S2501D described above as the contents of the furoshiki.

In FIG. 69, in the announcement suspension placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation level of the announcement suspension that was won in the lottery process of the announcement suspension expectation level in step S2501D is low expectation. Is a low-expectation preview design.

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expectation special reservation SH1 and the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the advance notice reserved pattern with low expectation rather than the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation. Along with that, we will expect the preview reserved pattern to be demoted.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the win expectation special hold SH3, the player expects the notice reserved picture with a high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with a low expectation, and the notice reserved picture. Expect a promotion.

Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The MPU 102 shifts the reserved pattern toward the execution base AB, as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Here, the MPU 102 places and shifts the confidential advance notice pending picture on the pedestals B21 to B23 based on the content of the pending display shifting command received from the MPU 92 .
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 69, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestal B21.
In addition, in FIG. 69, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 70, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design with high expectation on the pedestal B23.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the concealment advance notice reserved design is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted based on the content of the reservation display shifting command received from the MPU 92, the concealment advance notice reserve design is used. A furoshiki is opened and the contents are notified to the player.
Here, when the furoshiki, which is an announcing reserved design for confidentiality, is opened, the content is one of the reserved design for notice of each degree of expectation. Specifically, the player is notified of the prediction pending picture of the expectation degree won in the lottery process of the prediction pending expectation degree in step S2501D described above as the contents of the furoshiki.

In FIG. 69, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is low expectation. The contents will be a low-expectation preview design.

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-win expectation special suspension SH1, the player expects non-winning, so the player expects the low-expectation announcement pending picture rather than the high-expectation announcement pending picture. Expect a demotion of the pattern.
In addition, since the player expects winning in the mixed winning expectation special reservation SH2 and the winning expectation special reservation SH3, the player expects the advance notice reserved picture with high expectation rather than the notice reserved picture with low expectation. In addition, we will expect the promotion of the notice pending pattern.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. This is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the hold shift process digests the non-winning expected internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening and closing execution mode, and the opening and closing execution mode. After switching from the high-probability mode to the low-probability mode in the transition process at the time of termination and the fluctuation end process, the internal lottery information for winning expectations is digested.
In the present embodiment, the hold shift process consumes non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode, and shifts the winning expectation internal lottery information after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode. Although it has been digested, the winning expectation internal lottery information and the non-winning expectation internal lottery information may be digested without depending on the timing of switching the win/fail lottery mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then Triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation hole 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state. Then, the main controller 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of sub-side reserved information is consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the main control unit 60 switches between a non-winning expected game state in which the player expects that the internal lottery will not be won and a winning expected game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. functioning as a tool.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Triggered by the entry of a game ball into the operation port 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state, and a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of the sub-side hold information is digested in the hold shift process. Although the non-winning expected game situation is switched to the winning expected game situation with this as a trigger, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation may be switched with other triggers.

In addition, in this embodiment, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 notifies the number of game rotations to stay in the high probability mode, and the number of games notification determination processing in step S2207 includes high-frequency support mode (long-term high The number of rotations of the game times to stay in the frequency support mode) is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of game rounds staying in the non-winning expected game situation or the number of game rounds staying in the winning expected game situation.

In addition, in this embodiment, the player, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, "maximum If the result is “advantageous result” (non-winning expected gaming situation), then you should expect non-winning, and if you do not get the “most advantageous result” (winning expected gaming situation), expect to win. become. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 switches to the high-probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is , the non-winning expectation game state is determined, and when winning is not achieved in the result of the first internal lottery, the winning expectation game state is determined for the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10, by the time the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information One of the game situations is fixed.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained in addition to the same functions and effects as (1) to (13) in the fifth embodiment.
(15) The display control device 100 maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information (sub-side holding information for executing variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation), so that the player can: Attention is paid to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. More specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the non-win expected internal lottery information (sub-side hold information for executing variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation). , whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. . Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

(16) When the sound emission control device 90 stores the internal lottery information of non-winning expectation or the internal lottery information of winning expectation in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c, the display control device 100 displays a plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns. When the symbol display device 47 is made to display and the sound emission control device 90 stores the mixed winning expected internal lottery information in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c, the symbol display device 47 is caused to display the confidential advance notice reserved pattern. It is possible to cause the pattern display device 47 to display different advance notice pending patterns depending on which sub-side pending information among various types of sub-side pending information is stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c by the sound emission control device 90. can. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can diversify the kinds of the notice pending patterns, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(17) The display control device 100 changes the announcing pending pattern for concealment based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to a preliminary pending pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among a plurality of types of preliminary pending symbols. Therefore, the player can recognize the degree of expectation for the result of the internal lottery due to the change in the concealment advance notice reserved design. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.
(18) When the display control device 100 shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area SAE in the pending shift process, the display control device 100 selects the concealment preliminary announcement pending design as the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the multiple types of preliminary announcement pending designs. Since the pattern is changed to the notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation of the lottery information, the player cannot recognize the expectation of the result of the internal lottery until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 maintains the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area SAE after displaying the confidential advance notice reserved pattern on the pattern display device 47. can do.

(19) Since the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the reserved notice pattern, the player pays attention to whether the degree of expectation of the reserved notice pattern is lowered. Specifically, when the player stores non-win expectation internal lottery information that expects non-win in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c in the voice emission control device 90 (non-win in the main controller 60 When the game state is switched to the expected game state), the advance reservation pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice reservation pattern is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if it is maintained, he becomes depressed. Conversely, when the player stores winning expectation internal lottery information that expects winning in the sub-side hold information storage area 94c with the voice emission control device 90 (switches to the winning expectation game state with the main controller 60) is confirmed), the advance notice reserved pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47 is confirmed, and if the expectation level of the notice reserved pattern is lowered, the player becomes depressed, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes excited. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

(20) The pending shift process shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. By the time the pachinko machine 10 shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area SAE in the holding shift process, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is either a non-winning expected game situation or a winning expected game situation. is confirmed, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is high, the player will be enthusiastic if the winning expected gaming situation occurs, and expect non-winning. When it comes to the game situation, it becomes depressed. Further, the player confirms the advance notice reserved pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is low, the game player will be depressed if the winning expected game state occurs, and if the non-win expected game state occurs. If you do, you will be in high spirits. In other words, the player confirms the advance notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation, and determines the combination of the expectation degree of the notice pending picture and the game situation. will pay attention. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

(21) After the pachinko machine 10 switches to the high-probability mode in the transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the open/close execution mode, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, about the internal lottery information expected to win mixed winning, A non-winning expectation game situation is determined, and when winning is not achieved in the result of the first internal lottery, winning expectation game status is determined for mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the high-probability mode in the transition process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end process. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can increase the attention of the player to the game.

[Seventh embodiment]
A seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the sixth embodiment, when the MPU 62 determines that it is in the open/close execution mode, regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to the through gate 41 is detected, the progress of the electric role game round is started. didn't.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 detects that a game ball has entered the through gate 41, the MPU 62 advances the electric role game cycle regardless of whether it is in the opening/closing execution mode. It differs from the fifth embodiment in that it starts.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 executes processing different from that in the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the processing for electric support is different from that in the sixth embodiment. The contents of the electronic support processing in this embodiment will be described below.

<Electronic support processing>
FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a flowchart of processing for electric support according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
In the electrician support process, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S809 as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the sixth embodiment in that it does not execute the process of step S802.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the MPU 62 detects that a game ball has entered the through gate 41, the MPU 62 starts progressing the electric role game cycle regardless of whether the open/close execution mode is in progress. Therefore, a special hold can be generated during the open/close execution mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 execute processing different from that in the sixth embodiment. Specifically, in this embodiment, the effect determination process is different from that in the sixth embodiment. The contents of the effect determination process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Regarding effect determination processing executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 73 is a diagram showing a flowchart of effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes an effect determination process in order to execute an effect for the game cycle, an effect for the opening/closing execution mode, and the like. In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2116 as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 62 differs from the sixth embodiment in that it executes the processes of steps S2117F and S2118F before executing the process of step S2116.

In step S2117F, the MPU 92 determines whether or not an ending command has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2117F that the ending command has not been received, it executes the processing from step S2116 onward, as in the sixth embodiment.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2117F that the ending command has been received, in step S2118F, the MPU 92 executes comprehensive expectation level notification processing.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the total expectation level notification process.
In the total expectation level notification process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2901F to S2905F as shown in FIG.
In step S2901F, the MPU 92 determines whether or not there is a high-expectation announcement hold in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2901F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, it sets a high-expectation state notification command in step S2902F. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the general expectation level notification process. Then, the MPU 92 stores the high expectation state notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This high-expectation state notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the high-expectation state notification effect in the pattern display device 47 based on the high-expectation state notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 executes a high-expectation state notification effect.

On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2901F that there is no high-expectation notice suspension, in step S2903F, the high-level It is determined whether or not there is an advance notice suspension of the degree of expectation.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, it executes the processes after step S2905F, which will be described later.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is no notice suspension of high expectation, in step S2904F, the notice suspension of high expectation is placed in the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. It is determined whether or not there is

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2904F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, it executes the processes after step S2902F described above.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2903F that there is a high-expectation notice suspension, or if it determines in step S2904F that there is no high-expectation notice suspension, the low-expectation state notification Set command. After that, the MPU 92 terminates the general expectation level notification process. Then, the MPU 92 stores the low expectation state notification command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This low-expectation state notification command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing of step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads out from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the low-expectation state notification effect on the pattern display device 47 based on the low-expectation state notification command transmitted from the MPU 92 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 executes the low-expectation state notification effect.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
FIG. 75 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first suspension lamp portion, and the second suspension lamp portion when shifting to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. Specifically, FIG. 75A is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display when the second holding lamp section is not lit and the low probability mode and low frequency support mode are in effect. be. FIG. 75(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 75(A) results in "Most Advantageous Result". FIG. 75(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G during the first variable display in the high-probability mode and low-frequency support mode after FIG. 75(B). FIG. 75(D) is a diagram showing the display screen G when the first variable display of FIG. 75(C) results in "Most Advantageous Result".
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 75. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated upon power-on, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL21). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 75(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a is lit according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed during the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 75A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL21, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 75(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

Incidentally, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL21 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "most advantageous result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL21.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 37, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL22). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL22, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 75(C), the MPU 102 displays "high probability middle 3 more spins" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL22, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 75(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL22, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL22 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL21.

FIG. 76 is a diagram showing the display screen of the symbol display device, the first reservation lamp section, and the second reservation lamp section during the open/close execution mode. Specifically, FIG. 76A is a diagram showing the display screen G during stay in the opening/closing execution mode. FIG. 76(B) is a diagram showing the display screen G in a state in which the high-expectation state notification effect is being executed during the waiting time for the ending. FIG. 76(C) is a diagram showing the display screen G in a state in which the low-expectation state notification effect is being executed during the waiting time for the ending.

In the present embodiment, as described above, when the MPU 62 detects that a game ball has entered the through gate 41, the MPU 62 advances the electric role game cycle regardless of whether the open/close execution mode is in progress. Since it starts, as shown in FIG. 76(A), a special hold can be generated during the open/close execution mode. In addition, in FIG. 76A, the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b (the number of occurrences of special suspension) is four at maximum.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, after the opening/closing execution mode ends, the game cycle is during the second variable display, so the flow at the time of transition to the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode does not light up the first holding lamp part in the first embodiment. The flow is the same as in the case (see FIG. 38(E), FIG. 39, and FIG. 40 after block BL23 in FIG. 37).

Here, in FIG. 76(A), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, will transition to long-term high-frequency support mode, as described above. In other words, the player will expect to win in one spin during his stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.
In addition, in FIG. 76(A), the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, so even if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, If there is a "best result" in the subsequent two game rounds, as described above, the long-term high-frequency support mode is not entered. In other words, the player expects not to win two spins after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode.
Furthermore, in FIG. 76(A), the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, so even if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, If there is no "most advantageous result" in the subsequent two game rounds and the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the third game round, as described above, long-term high frequency Switch to support mode. In other words, the player expects to win on the third turn after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, the player expects to win in the rotation based on the special hold related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B21. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that has generated the special reservation related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B21 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.
In addition, when the rotation based on the special hold related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B21 does not result in the "best result", the player is placed on the pedestals B22 and B23. Non-winning is expected in the rotation based on the special reservation related to the reserved design, and winning is expected in the rotation based on the special reservation related to the reserved design placed on the pedestal B24. In other words, the sub-side internal lottery information that caused the special hold related to the reserved designs placed on the pedestals B22 and B23 functions as the non-winning expected internal lottery information that the player expects to be non-winning. The sub-side internal lottery information that causes the special reservation related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B24 functions as winning expectation internal lottery information that the player expects to win.

In the waiting time for the ending, when the MPU 102 receives the high expectation state notification command from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 76B, the MPU 102 executes the high expectation state notification effect. In the high-expectation state notification effect, the MPU 102 causes the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 to display a school of fish.
In other words, the MPU 102 is controlled when there is a high degree of expectation for shifting to the long-term high-frequency support mode (when the advance notice hold information relating to the special hold placed on the pedestal B21 has a high degree of expectation, when the pedestals B21 to B23 If the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is not high expectation and the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is high expectation) Execute the notification effect.

Also, during the waiting time for the ending, when the MPU 102 receives the low-expectation state notification command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 executes the low-expectation state notification effect as shown in FIG. 76(C). In the low-expectation state notification effect, the MPU 102 causes the display screen G of the pattern display device 47 to display a small number of fish.
In other words, the MPU 102 executes the low-expectation state notification effect when the expectation for transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode is low.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the total expectation level notification process is performed by temporarily switching the lower working port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode by the main controller 60 so that the lower working port 37 Special internal lottery information when sub-side reservation information is stored as at least one piece of special internal lottery information (sub-side internal lottery information causing special reservation) in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c in the order in which the game balls enter. It functions as a comprehensive expectation degree determination means for comprehensively determining the degree of expectation of In addition, the total expectation level notification processing also functions as total expectation level notification means for informing the player of the expectation level of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the general expectation level notification process comprehensively determines the level of expectation of special internal lottery information based on the level of expectation of non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation level of winning expectation internal lottery information. is doing.
In the present embodiment, the general expectation notification process comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information. However, based on information other than this, the degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information may be comprehensively determined. For example, the degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information may be comprehensively determined based on the result of the non-winning expected internal lottery information and the winning expected internal lottery information.

Further, in the present embodiment, the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are performed by temporarily switching the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode during the opening/closing execution mode, and announcing the general expectation level. The process informs the player of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information during the waiting time for the ending. In other words, the general expectation notification process shifts the special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb toward the execution area SAE in the reservation shift process to digest the expectation of the special internal lottery information. The player is notified before doing so.
On the other hand, for example, the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing temporarily switch the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends, and In the notification process, after switching the lower operation port 37 from the high-frequency support mode to the low-frequency support mode, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information may be notified to the player during the waiting time for the ending.
In the present embodiment, the general expectation notification process shifts the special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb toward the execution area SAE in the process of shifting the expectation of the special internal lottery information. However, the player may be notified at other timing such as after the special internal lottery information is shifted toward the execution area SAE and consumed.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained.
(1) Since the sound emission control device 90 is equipped with a general expectation notification process, the player temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode using the main control device 60. By doing so, it is possible to comprehensively confirm the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the sub-side reserved information storage area 94c in the order of entry of the game ball into the lower operation port 37. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

(2) The display control device 100 causes the pattern display device 47 to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side reserved information, so that the player can confirm the degree of expectation of each of the special internal lottery information. can. In addition, the general expectation degree notification process comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information. can confirm the overall expectation of the special internal lottery information. Therefore, the player can individually confirm the degree of expectation for each piece of the special internal lottery information and the overall degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information, so that the pachinko machine 10 can keep the player's attention on the game. degree can be improved.

(3) The special internal lottery information stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb is shifted toward the execution area SAE by the reservation shift processing of the expectation degree of the special internal lottery information determined by the comprehensive expectation degree notification processing. Since the player is notified before digesting the lower operation port 37 by temporarily switching the lower operation port 37 from the low frequency support mode to the high frequency support mode with the main control device 60, the player can move to the lower operation port 37 The degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the sub-side reservation information storage area 94c in the order of game ball entry can be comprehensively confirmed before digestion of the special internal lottery information.

[Eighth Embodiment]
An eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
In the fifth embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending design.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 is different from the fifth embodiment in that the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is maintained, promoted, or demoted.
In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the parts that have already been described, and the description thereof will be omitted.

In this embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 perform different processes from those in the fifth embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the notice suspension generation process and the suspension shift process are different from those in the fifth embodiment. The contents of the advance notice pending generation process and pending shift process in this embodiment will be described below.

<Announcement Hold Occurrence Processing>
FIG. 77 is a diagram showing a flowchart of advance notice suspension generation processing according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the notice suspension generation process in step S2407D of suspension generation processing. In this advance notice pending generation process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2501D to S2507G as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2501D, the processing of step S2504G and after is executed.

In step S2504G, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the special hold is caused by entering the lower opening 37 while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, when the MPU 92 refers to the short-term high-frequency support mode flag stored in the RAM 94D and determines that the short-term high-frequency support mode is on, the second sub-side start is suspended in step S2403D. It is determined to be special pending when the number SRbN of memories is set.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2504G that it is not a special hold, it executes the processing after step S2502D in the same manner as in the fifth embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2504G that it is a special hold, in step S2507G the sub-side start hold storage number SN updated in step S2404D and the sub-side start hold storage number SN stored in the corresponding storage area When starting the variable display based on the hold information, it is determined whether or not there is a non-win expected game situation.
Specifically, the MPU 92 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first sub-side reservation area SRa and the number of reservations stored in the second sub-side reservation area SRb, When starting the variable display based on the sub side hold information stored in the storage area corresponding to the side start hold storage number SN, it is determined whether or not it is a non-win expected game situation.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2507G that it is not the non-winning expected gaming situation, the MPU 92 executes the processes after step S2502D described above.
In the following description, the advance notice reservation information stored in the storage area of the sub-side reserve area in step S2503D described above is referred to as promotion advance notice reservation information (winning expectation internal lottery information).

On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2507G that the game is in the non-winning expected gaming situation, in step S2508G, the MPU 92 executes demotion-starting advance notice hold expectation level selection processing. In this relegation start time notice hold expectation level selection process, the MPU 92 selects the notice hold that is the same as or higher than the notice hold won in the notice hold expectation level lottery process of step S2501D. Therefore, when the high expectation notice hold is won in the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D, the MPU 92 selects the high expectation notice hold, and the notice hold expectation lottery process of step S2501D. If the medium expectation notice hold is won, the high expectation or medium expectation notice hold is randomly selected, and the low expectation notice hold is selected by the notice hold expectation lottery process in step S2501D. If a winner is selected, one of high expectation, medium expectation, and low expectation is selected at random.

In step S2509G, the MPU 92 stores the advance notice suspension information for demotion (non-winning expectation internal lottery information) in the first storage area among the free storage areas of the sub-side storage areas, that is, the sub-side start suspension storage number SN updated in step S2404D. is stored in the corresponding storage area.

For example, when the MPU 92 sets the number SRbN of second sub-side start-holding storage to "1" in step S2403D, it corresponds to "2" of the second sub-side start-holding storage number SRbN updated in step S2404D. The advance notice suspension information for demotion is stored in the second area SRb2, which is a storage area for demotion.

This advance notice suspension information for demotion is information for specifying that the advance notice suspension for demotion is to be generated. Further, the advance notice suspension information for demotion is updated in step S2404D with information on the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice hold expectation level in step S2501D and information on the current expectation level of the advance notice hold. It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start pending storage number SN and information indicating that it is a demotion pending notice that lowers the degree of expectation of the preliminary notice pending. Here, the MPU 92 sets the expectation degree of the advance notice suspension selected in the demotion start time advance notice postponement expectation degree selection process of step S2508G as the present expectation degree of the advance notice suspension.

Here, the advance notice suspension information for demotion stored in the storage area of the sub-side suspension area is included in the suspension display generation command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D in step S2409D. Then, this hold display generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission processing of step S2005 described above.

As described above, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 the data table for executing the generation of advance notice suspension for demotion in the symbol display device 47 based on the suspension display generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the symbol display device 47 causes the display screen G to display the prior notice pending symbol and notifies the player of the occurrence of the prior notice pending for demotion.

It should be noted that the design of the advance notice reservation for demotion is different from the usual advance notice reservation design.
Specifically, in the normal notice pending pattern (promotion notice pending picture), as described above, the low-expectation notice pending picture is the first notice pending picture with one scallop on the plate. (See FIG. 60 (A)), and the medium-expectation pending notice pattern is a notice pending picture (see FIG. 60 (B)) in which three scallops are placed on a plate. The design is the second advance notice pending design (see FIG. 60(C)) in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.
On the other hand, in the design of the advance notice pending for demotion, the low expectation advance notice pending design is the second advance notice pending design (see FIG. 60(C)) with a large amount of scallops on the plate, The advance notice pending pattern of high expectation is a notice pending pattern in which three scallops are placed on a plate (see FIG. 60(B)), and the advance notice pending pattern of high expectation is a notice pending pattern in which one scallop is placed on a plate. 60(A)).
In other words, in the normal notice pending picture, the number of scallops on the plate increases as the degree of expectation of the notice pending rises, and the number of scallops on the plate decreases as the degree of expectation of the notice pending decreases. In addition, in the pattern of advance notice suspension for demotion, the number of scallops on the plate decreases as the degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension rises, and the number of scallops on the plate increases as the degree of expectation of the advance notice suspension decreases.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs are provided with the first notice reserved picture and the second notice reserved picture different from the first notice reserved picture. Then, when the display control device 100 gives notice of the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (promotion notice hold information) for executing the variable display in the winning expected game situation, the first notice hold pattern is set to the low expectation level. A notice reserved picture is used, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation. In addition, when the display control device 100 announces the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (demotion advance notice hold information) for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, the display control device 100 sets the first notice hold pattern to a high expectation level. , and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a low degree of expectation.

<Hold shift processing>
FIG. 78 is a diagram showing a flowchart of hold shift processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes hold shift processing in step S2304D of the hold determination processing, as described above. In this pending shift process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2701D to S2710G as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 92 shifts the sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending area based on the contents of the pending shift command. In this embodiment, the MPU 92 differs from the fifth embodiment in that after executing the processing of step S2704D or step S2707D, the processing of step S2711G and after is executed.

In step S2711G, it is determined whether or not the sub-side reservation information shifted to the storage area of the sub-side reservation area is demotion advance notice reservation information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2711G that the information is the advance notice hold information for demotion, in step S2712G, the MPU 92 executes advance notice hold expectation demotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation demotion process, the MPU 92 executes a process for lowering the advance notice pending expectation degree. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the content of the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing.

Here, in the advance notice pending expectation degree demotion processing, if the current advance notice pending expectation degree is higher than the advance notice pending expectation degree won in the advance notice pending expectation degree lottery processing in step S2501D described above, the advance notice pending expectation degree is stepwise demoted with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree demotion process stepwise lowers the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be demoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation of the winning advance notice withholding expectation is set to the low expectation, and the expectation of the current advance notice withholding is set to the high expectation. When the reservation area SRb is shifted from the second area SRb2 to the first area SRb1, the MPU 92 maintains the high expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice holding expectation level demotion process of step S2712G. Retain and have a 50% chance to demote to medium expectations. It should be noted that when the MPU 92 lowers the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level demotion process of step S2712G, the MPU 92 stores the expectation level in the first area SRb1 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. The current expectation degree of advance notice suspension included in the advance notice reserve information for demotion is updated to medium expectation degree.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation level demotion processing in step S2712G, or when it is determined in step S2711G that it is not the advance notice pending information for demotion, in step S2708G, the sub side shifted to the storage area of the sub side reserve area It is determined whether or not the side hold information is advance notice hold information.

When the MPU 92 determines in step S2708G that the information is the advance notice hold information, in step S2709D, the MPU 92 executes notice hold expectation degree promotion processing. In this advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process, the MPU 92 executes processing for promoting the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending. In addition, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and audio control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution processing of step S2003 described above based on the contents of this advance notice pending expectation level processing.

Here, the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion processing is performed when the current expectation degree of the advance notice pending is lower than the expectation degree of the previous notice pending prize won in the aforementioned step S2501D lottery processing of the notice pending expectation degree. is stepwise upgraded with a predetermined probability (50% in this embodiment).
In the present embodiment, the pending notice expectation degree promotion process stepwise increases the degree of expectation of the pending notice step by step with a predetermined probability. It may be promoted.

For example, in step S2501D, the expectation level of the winning advance notice hold is set to high expectation, and the expectation level of the current notice hold is set to low expectation. When the reservation area SRa is shifted from the fourth area SRa4 to the third area SRa3, the MPU 92 keeps the expectation level of the advance notice reservation at a low expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice reservation expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain and upgrade to medium expectations with a 50% chance. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to the medium expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, the MPU 92 stores the The current advance notice pending expectation level included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to the middle expectation level.

Further, for example, the advance notice withholding information for promotion is set to the high expectation level as the expectation level of the winning notice withholding expectation level in the lottery process of the advance notice withholding expectation level in step S2501D, and the middle expectation level as the current expectation level of the withholding notice. When the shift is made from the third area SRa3 of the sub-side holding area SRa to the second area SRa2, the MPU 92 raises the expectation level of the advance notice hold to medium expectation level with a probability of 50% in the advance notice hold expectation level processing in step S2709D. Maintain it as it is and upgrade it to high expectations with a probability of 50%. When the MPU 92 raises the current expectation level of the preliminary announcement suspension to a high expectation level in the preliminary announcement suspension expectation level promotion process of step S2709D, it is stored in the second area SRa2 of the first sub-side reservation area SRa. The current advance notice pending expectation included in the promotion advance notice pending information is updated to a high expectation.

After the MPU 92 executes the advance notice pending expectation degree promotion process in step S2709D, or if it is determined in step S2708G that the information is not the advance notice pending information for promotion, in step S2710G, the MPU 92 sets a hold display shift time command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the pending display shift command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. The sub-side pending information stored in the sub-side pending information storage area 94c is included in the pending display shift command stored in the command list storage area 94a of the RAM 94D. This pending display shift command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission processing in step S2005.

The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 is for executing the shifting of the normal hold and the notice hold and the raising and lowering of the degree of expectation of the notice hold on the pattern display device 47 based on the hold display shift time command transmitted from the MPU 92. A data table is read from the program ROM 103 . Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on this data table each time a predetermined image update timing (for example, every 20 msec) comes. As a result, the pattern display device 47 causes the display screen G to display and execute the shift between the normal hold and the advance notice hold, and the raising and lowering of the degree of expectation for the notice hold.

Thus, in the present embodiment, the pending shift process is a pending shift means for shifting the sub-side pending information stored in the first sub-side pending area SRa and the second sub-side pending area SRb toward the execution area SAE. Function.
In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 provides a plurality of types of advance notice pending pictures (low-expectation notice pending picture, medium-expectation notice pending picture, and high-expectation pending picture) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information. function as reserved pattern control means for causing the pattern display device 47 to display the advance notice reserved pattern).

Further, in the present embodiment, the notice pending picture includes a plurality of types of notice pending picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the sub-side hold information, namely, a low expected notice reserved picture, a medium expected notice reserved picture, and a high expected notice reserved picture. Equipped with a notice pending pattern.
Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pattern of each expectation level of low expectation level, medium expectation level, and high expectation level suggested a change in expectation level by changing the amount of scallops. On the other hand, for example, the preview pending picture may suggest a change in expectations by changing other characteristics such as color.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for promotion, and maintains or upgrades the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture based on the notice hold information for demotion. ing. Then, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side reserved information to the execution area SAE.
Note that the display control device 100 may maintain or raise or lower the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern when shifting various sub-side pending information toward the execution area SAE in the pending shift process. When the sub-side reserved information is shifted toward the execution area SAE in the shift process, the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern may be maintained without being lowered or lowered without fail. In addition, the expectation level of the notice pending pattern may be lowered or lowered after the sub-side suspended information is shifted to the execution area SAE, and is maintained or lowered regardless of the shift of the sub-side suspended information. good too. In short, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or demotes the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved design. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains, promotes, or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture, but may also promote the normal reserved picture to the notice pending picture of each degree of expectation. A symbol may be demoted to a normal reserved symbol. Furthermore, the display control device 100 may lower the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern based on the advance notice pending information.

<Regarding the flow at the time of transition to lottery mode and support mode>
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of shifting to the lottery mode and the support mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

After the pachinko machine 10 executes the above-described main processing that is activated when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode (block BL11). In the low-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the upper working opening 36 than the lower working opening 37, so that the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the upper working port 36. - 特許庁Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34(A), the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36, and the game cycle is displayed in the first variable display. On the other hand, since the game ball hardly enters the lower operation opening 37, the second reservation lamp portion 49b is turned off. In addition, in FIG. 34A, the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a is four.

In block BL11, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), the symbol display device 47 displays the same stop result as shown in FIG. 34(B). (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.
In the opening/closing execution mode, the opening/closing door 38b is set to an open state in which a game ball can win a prize. Prizes will be awarded to mouth 38a. Here, since the upper working port 36 is provided on the path for the game ball to enter the big winning port 38a, the game ball is fired from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The ball will enter the upper working port 36 as well.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 stays in the block BL11 as it is when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure) in the block BL11.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL12). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL12, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

In block BL12, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7, 7, 7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 34(D) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after shifting to block BL12, so the MPU 102 causes the symbol display device 47 to display At the upper left of the screen G, "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed.
Incidentally, when the pachinko machine 10 completes three game rounds without "winning a jackpot" in block BL12 (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), it proceeds to block BL11.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL13). In block BL13, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. In addition, the MPU 102 displays "One chance time left" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (short-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is one rotation. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

In the high-frequency support mode, the game ball has a higher probability of entering the lower working port 37 than the upper working port 36, so the game ball is shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by rotating the shooting handle 27 by the player. The game ball enters the lower operation opening 37. - 特許庁Therefore, the second reservation lamp portion 49b lights up according to the number of game balls that have entered the lower operation opening 37 and is reserved. In addition, in the high-frequency support mode, the game ball shot from the game ball shooting mechanism 81 by the player's rotating operation of the shooting handle 27 also enters the upper operation port 36.例文帳に追加In other words, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are arranged on the same path.
Therefore, the first reservation lamp portion 49a lights up according to the number of reserved game balls that have entered the upper operation opening 36. As shown in FIG. Note that in FIG. 34(E), the maximum number of lights of the first reservation lamp portion 49a and the second reservation lamp portion 49b is four.

FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the design display device during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the advance notice pending design and normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 34(E).
In the event that a prize is won in the lower operation port 37 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, the MPU 102, as shown in FIG. Patterns are placed on pedestals B21 to B24 to generate them.
Note that the MPU 102 shifts the highly anticipated advance notice pending design placed on the pedestal B11 to the execution pedestal AB based on the content of the pending display shift command received from the MPU 92. I am letting

Here, the hold display generation command includes various advance notice hold information. This various advance notice suspension information is information for specifying the generation of notice suspension. In addition, as described above, the various types of advance notice pending information are information related to the expectation level of the advance notice hold that was won in the lottery process of the advance notice pending expectation level in step S2501D, information related to the current expectation level of the advance notice hold, It includes information related to the storage area corresponding to the number SN of sub-side start pending storage updated in step S2404D, and information indicating that it is a demotion pending notice that lowers the degree of expectation of the preliminary notice pending.

For the pending notice pattern placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the pending notice won in the step S2501D lottery processing for the pending notice expectation is set to low expectation, and the current expected degree of pending notice This information is assumed to be a medium expectation level, and the information related to the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the second area SRb2 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This advance notice pending information is advance notice pending information for demotion, and includes information indicating that the advance notice pending for demotion lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending.
In addition, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is medium expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information about the degree of expectation is medium expectation, and the information about the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the third area SRb3 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. After switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, this advance notice hold information will be displayed if the result of the first internal lottery is won (during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode In the case of the "most advantageous result"), it is determined in step S2507G that the non-winning expected gaming situation is present, so that it is the advance notice suspension information for demotion, and the expectation level of the notice suspension is demoted. It contains information indicating that the notice is pending. In addition, this advance notice hold information will be displayed if the result of the first internal lottery is not won after switching to the high probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing (stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode If it does not result in the "best result"), it is determined in step S2507G that there is no non-winning expected gaming situation, so it is advance notice hold information, and the degree of expectation for notice hold is demoted. It does not contain information indicating that it is pending advance notice for use.
Furthermore, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is assumed to be a high expectation, and the current notice pending expectation. The information on the degree of expectation is the medium expectation degree, and the information on the storage area corresponding to the sub-side start reservation storage number SN updated in step S2404D is the fourth area SRb4 of the second sub-side reservation area SRb. This advance notice hold information is advance notice hold information, and does not include information indicating that the advance notice hold is for demotion that lowers the degree of expectation of notice hold.
Therefore, the MPU 102 generates the notice pending picture of medium expectation level by placing it on the pedestals B22 to B24 based on the content of the pending display generation command received from the MPU 92 .
In addition, in the example of FIG. 79, the MPU 102 places the normal reserved design on the pedestal B21.

Here, in FIG. 34(E), since the maximum number of lights of the second holding lamp part 49b is 4, when the "best result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is one rotation. In other words, the player expects no winning in the third spin before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the first spin after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), the number of lighting of the second holding lamp part 49b is the maximum of 4, so if the "best result" is not obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, , as described above, the number of rotations of the second variable display in the special game state is two. In other words, the player expects no winning in the two spins before entering the special game state (non-winning expected gaming situation), and expects winning in the two spins after entering the special game state ( Winning expectation gaming situation).

Therefore, in the rotation based on the special holding related to the holding symbols placed on the pedestals B21 and B22, the player can obtain the "best result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "best result". In any case where there is no "advantageous outcome", you are expected to be unsuccessful.
In addition, when the player is in the rotation based on the special holding related to the holding pattern placed on the pedestal B23, during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, if the "best result" is obtained (non-winning expected game situation ), the player expects that the player will not win the game, and if the "most advantageous result" is not obtained (gaming situation in which the player expects to win the game), the player expects to win the game.

In addition, the player can obtain the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "most advantageous result" in the rotation based on the special hold related to the reserved pattern placed on the pedestal B24. In any of the cases where it does not become ", we expect to be elected.
Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 35. FIG.

In block BL13, when the first variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92. FIG. 35(A) shows the case where the "most advantageous result" is obtained in the first variation display of the first rotation after moving to block BL13. "Two more rotations in high accuracy" is displayed on the upper left of the screen G.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL14). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL14, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the contents of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(B), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the game stays in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

FIG. 80 is a diagram showing a notice pending design and a normal pending design displayed on the display screen of the pattern display device after staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode. Specifically, FIG. 80 is a diagram showing the notice pending design and the normal pending design displayed on the display screen G of the design display device 47 in the situation of FIG. 35(B).
The MPU 102 shifts the pending pattern toward the execution pedestal AB as shown in FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 79, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition pending design on the pedestal B21.
Here, as described above, the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B22 is the advance notice hold information for demotion, and is the advance notice hold for demotion that demotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold. contains information indicating In advance notice reservation for relegation, the low-expectation notice reservation pattern becomes the second notice reservation pattern with a large amount of scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is medium expectation. It will not be identified as having demoted the expectations of the current notice hold. In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation on the pedestal B22.
Here, as described above, the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B23 is the notice for demotion if the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. This is suspension information, and includes information indicating that it is an advance notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation level of the advance notice hold. In the advance notice reservation for relegation, the notice reservation pattern of medium expectation level is a notice reservation picture with three scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, as shown in FIG. 80, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending picture with high expectation on the pedestal B23.
Here, as described above, the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is the notice hold information for promotion, and the notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation of notice hold. does not contain information indicating In the advance notice reservation, the high-expectation notice reservation pattern is the second notice reservation pattern in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In addition, in FIG. 35(C), since the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is one in the second variable display, the second pending lamp portion 49b is turned off. .
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL14 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35(E), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby staying in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 35, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamps 49b is four or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player expects to be non-winning, so the low-expectation reserved picture (second notice reserved picture) is lower than the high-expected notice reserved picture (second (Presentation reserved pattern), and expect the relegation of the notice reserved pattern.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the winning expectation gaming situation, the high-expectation preview reserved pattern (second preview pattern) is higher than the low-expected preview reserved pattern (first preview reserved pattern). As well as expecting the reserved pattern), the promotion of the advance notice reserved pattern is expected.
In other words, the player expects the second notice pending pattern more than the first notice pending pattern regardless of whether the game situation is the win expected game situation or the non-win expected game situation. The machine 10 can make the player's criteria explicit.

Hereinafter, the flow at the time of transition to the winning lottery mode and the support mode will be further described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 36. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10, in the block BL13, when the first variation display does not result in the "best result" (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the high probability mode and low frequency support mode (block BL17). Since the MPU 92 executes high-precision number notification determination processing in step S2203 in block BL17, the MPU 102 notifies the value of the high-precision number counter STC based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(A), the MPU 102 displays "2 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 2 rotations. It should be noted that the number of game rounds staying in the high-probability mode decreases as the value of the high-probability number counter STC decreases.

Here, when the MPU 62 determines that there is the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, the game to the upper operation opening 36 Regardless of whether or not there is any pending information stored in the first result display holding area Ra based on the winning of the ball, the pending information stored in the second result holding area Rb is preferentially played. set for digestion of Therefore, the game cycle is during the second variable display.

The MPU 102 shifts the reserved design toward the execution base AB, similar to FIG.
When the MPU 102 determines that the degree of expectation for the current advance notice pending has been upgraded based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the advance notice pending design after the promotion is displayed on the pedestals B21 to B23. and shift it.
On the other hand, when the MPU 102 determines that the current expectation level of the advance notice suspension is not lowered based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, it changes the advance notice pending picture. It is placed on the pedestals B21 to B23 and shifted.
Note that the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised or lowered by increasing or decreasing the number of scallops on the plate.

In FIG. 79, in the notice pending picture placed on the pedestal B22, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is low expectation. is identified as demoting the expectation of the current advance notice hold with a probability of . In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the low-expectation premonition reserved design on the pedestal B21 in the same manner as in FIG.
Here, as described above, the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B22 is the advance notice hold information for demotion, and is the advance notice hold for demotion that demotes the degree of expectation of the notice hold. contains information indicating In advance notice reservation for relegation, the low-expectation notice reservation pattern becomes the second notice reservation pattern with a large amount of scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B23, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending, which was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D, is medium expectation. It will not be identified as raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold. In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design of medium expectation level on the pedestal B22 in the same manner as in FIG.
Here, as described above, the advance notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B23 does not result in the "most advantageous result" during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is the advance notice hold information for demotion and does not include information indicating that it is the advance notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation level of the advance notice hold. In the advance notice pending pattern, the notice pending pattern with medium expectation is a notice pending pattern with three scallops on a plate.

In addition, in FIG. 79, in the notice pending design placed on the pedestal B24, the information related to the expectation of the notice pending that was won in the lottery process of the notice pending expectation in step S2501D is high expectation, Identified with a 50% chance of raising the expectations of the current advance notice hold.
In this case, the MPU 102 places and shifts the notice pending design with a high degree of expectation on the pedestal B23 in the same manner as in FIG.
Here, as described above, the notice hold information related to the special hold placed on the pedestal B24 is the notice hold information for promotion, and the notice hold for demotion that lowers the expectation of notice hold. does not contain information indicating In the advance notice reservation, the high-expectation notice reservation pattern is the second notice reservation pattern in which a large amount of scallops are placed on a plate.

The pachinko machine 10 enters the low-probability mode and low-frequency support mode as shown in FIG. mode (block BL15). MPU 102, in block BL15, when the reservation information stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb remains based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation opening 37, that is, when the second variable display is in progress , based on the content of the variation start command transmitted from the MPU 92, it is notified that it is in the special game state. Specifically, since the MPU 92 executes the special game state notification determination process in step S2210 in block BL15, the MPU 102 displays the upper left corner of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47 as shown in FIG. 35(C). The special game state is notified by displaying "Big Chance Zone!!" In FIG. 36(B), the rest of the pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is two including the one in the second variable display, so the second pending lamp portion 49b The number of lighting of is one.
On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL12 again when "big hit" is won in block BL17 (see the solid line arrow in the figure).

In block BL15, when the second variable display results in the "best result" (see the solid line arrow in the figure), as shown in FIG. (for example, 7.7.7) are stopped and displayed on the activated line L. Then, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect for the opening/closing execution mode selected by the MPU92 based on the command for the opening/closing execution mode transmitted from the MPU92.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 33, the pachinko machine 10 enters the high probability mode and high frequency support mode (block BL16). In block BL16, the MPU 92 executes high-probability number-of-games notification determination processing in step S2203, and executes game number-of-times notification determination processing in step S2207. , the value of the high-precision number counter STC and the value of the game number counter RTC are notified. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the MPU 102 displays "3 more rotations during high probability" on the upper left of the display screen G of the pattern display device 47, thereby allowing the game to stay in the high probability mode. It informs that the number of rotations is 3 rotations. Further, the MPU 102 displays "34 rotations remaining in the chance time" at the bottom of the display screen G of the symbol display device 47, so that the number of game rotations during which the high-frequency support mode (long-term high-frequency support mode) stays is It informs that it is 34 revolutions. In addition, the number of game rotations staying in the high probability mode decreases as the value of the high probability number counter STC decreases, and the number of game rotations staying in the high frequency support mode is the value of the game number counter RTC. decreases with the decrease of

Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to block BL16 again when the first variable display or the second variable display results in a "jackpot win" (see the solid line arrow in the figure).
On the other hand, in the block BL15, the pachinko machine 10 does not obtain the "best result" in the second variation display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), and in the block BL16, the first variation display or the second When 34 rounds of the game have been completed without becoming "big win" in the variable display (see the dotted line arrow in the figure), the process proceeds to block BL11.

In this way, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the long-term high-frequency support mode when the second variation display shows the "best result" in the special game state of the block BL15 (see the solid line arrow in the figure). . Therefore, the special game state is a state in which the transition to the long-term high-frequency support mode occurs when the second variable display results in the "best result".
In addition, in FIG. 34(E), since the number of lighting of the second holding lamp portion 49b is four at maximum, in the example of FIG. becomes.
Therefore, the winning probability of the second variable display in the special game state is 1/30 per rotation. In other words, in the example of FIG. 36, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the special game state unless the number of lighting of the second suspension lamp portion 49b is set to 3 or more during stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode.

Therefore, in the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player expects to be non-winning, so the low-expectation reserved picture (second notice reserved picture) is lower than the high-expected notice reserved picture (second (Presentation reserved pattern), and expect the relegation of the notice reserved pattern.
In addition, since the player expects to win in the winning expectation gaming situation, the high-expectation preview reserved pattern (second preview pattern) is higher than the low-expected preview reserved pattern (first preview reserved pattern). As well as expecting the reserved pattern), the promotion of the advance notice reserved pattern is expected.
In other words, the player expects the second notice pending pattern more than the first notice pending pattern regardless of whether the game situation is the win expected game situation or the non-win expected game situation. The machine 10 can make the player's criteria explicit.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is performed after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode and the variation end processing, and then the second result display holding area Rb. functions as most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to a long-term high-frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) advantageous to the player when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the hold information stored in the do.
In other words, the game state transition processing, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the fluctuation end processing, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the lower operation opening 37 A most advantageous game state shifting means for transferring the game state to a long-term high frequency support mode (most advantageous game state) more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode when the result of the executed internal lottery is won. function as

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game state transition processing is, after switching from the high probability mode to the low probability mode in the transition processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode and the variation end processing, the game ball entering the lower operation opening 37 If you win the result of the internal lottery executed as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode (most favorable game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low probability mode and the high probability mode. , based on conditions other than this, the game state may be shifted to a long-term high-frequency support mode that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. In short, the game state transition process is, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37, the upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 , based on the combination of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode, the game state may be shifted to the long-term high-frequency support mode which is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.
Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The transition process and the fluctuation end process at the end of the opening/closing execution mode are switched to the high probability mode when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. , Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number (three times in this embodiment) of the pending information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb. to switch from high-probability mode to low-probability mode. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is until the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of pending information less than the number of the plurality of pending information stored in the second result display portion pending area Rb is notified. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the continuation rate of the high-probability mode is the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 rotations.

On the other hand, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is the sum of the probability of winning the lottery of 1/3 within 3 spins and the probability of winning the lottery of 1/30 within the remaining 31 spins. Therefore, the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode is set to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode.

In addition, in the present embodiment, by setting the continuation rate of the long-term high-frequency support mode to be higher than the continuation rate of the high-probability mode, the long-term high-frequency support mode can be played more than the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode. Although the game state is advantageous to the player, the game state may be advantageous to the player by setting conditions other than the continuation rate. In short, the most advantageous game state should be a game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state.

Further, in the present embodiment, main controller 60 temporarily switches lower operating port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and then Triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operation hole 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state. Then, the main controller 60 switches from the non-winning expected game state to the winning expected game state when a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of sub-side reserved information is consumed in the reserved shift process. Therefore, the main control unit 60 switches between a non-winning expected game state in which the player expects that the internal lottery will not be won and a winning expected game state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. functioning as a tool.

In this embodiment, the main controller 60 temporarily switches the lower operation port 37 from the low-frequency support mode to the high-frequency support mode in the transition processing and the fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Triggered by the entry of a game ball into the operation port 37, the winning expected game state is switched to the non-win expected game state, and a predetermined number (three pieces in this embodiment) of the sub-side hold information is digested in the hold shift process. Although the non-winning expected game situation is switched to the winning expected game situation with this as a trigger, the non-winning expected game situation and the winning expected game situation may be switched with other triggers.

In addition, in this embodiment, the high-probability number of times notification determination processing in step S2203 notifies the number of game rotations to stay in the high probability mode, and the number of games notification determination processing in step S2207 includes high-frequency support mode (long-term high The number of rotations of the game times to stay in the frequency support mode) is notified. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may notify the number of game rounds staying in the non-winning expected game situation or the number of game rounds staying in the winning expected game situation.

According to this embodiment, the following functions and effects can be obtained in addition to the same functions and effects as (1) to (13) in the fifth embodiment.
(15) The display control device 100 maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the sub-side hold information that executes the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can expect the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern. It will be interesting to see if you get promoted or not. More specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern based on the sub-side hold information that executes the variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation, so that the player can expect the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern. It will be interesting to see if it will be relegated or not. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the degree of expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. .
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

(16) Since the display control device 100 maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the reserved notice symbol, the player pays attention to whether the degree of expectation of the reserved notice pattern is lowered. Specifically, when the main control device 60 switches to the non-winning expected gaming situation, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is confirmed. Demotion will be elation, maintaining will be dejection. Conversely, when the main control device 60 switches to the win expectation gaming situation, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern is lowered. Depressed, if maintained, elated. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can give different impressions to the player with respect to the same reserved pattern.

(17) When the display control device 100 announces the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (promotion notice hold information) for executing variable display in the winning expected game situation, the display control device 100 sets the first notice hold pattern to a low expectation level. , and the second notice pending design is a highly anticipated notice pending design, so that the player can confirm the notice pending design displayed on the pattern display device 47 and use the second notice pending design. If there is, the morale will be high, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, the morale will be depressed. In addition, when the display control device 100 announces the expectation level of the sub-side hold information (demotion advance notice hold information) for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, the display control device 100 sets the first notice hold pattern to a high expectation level. and the second notice pending design is a notice pending design with a low degree of expectation. If there is, the morale will be high, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, the morale will be depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the pattern display device 47, and whether it is the second notice pending pattern in either the winning expected game situation or the non-win expected game situation. The pachinko machine 10 can clarify the determination criteria of the player, because the player will be in high spirits if the pattern is the first notice pending pattern, and will be depressed if the pattern is the first notice pending pattern.

In addition, in this embodiment, the most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, and the "most advantageous result" is obtained during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode. It is easier to migrate if it does not become. In other words, it becomes difficult to shift to the most advantageous gaming state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36, and the game ball entering the upper working port 36 becomes difficult. It is easier to transition if you do not win the result of the internal lottery that is executed with the ball entering.
According to this, the pachinko machine 10 has a game situation in which the winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working opening 36 as a trigger is expected, and the entry of the game ball into the upper working opening 36. It is possible to switch between a game situation (while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode) in which non-winning of the internal lottery executed as a trigger is expected. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game. This point also applies to each of the above-described embodiments.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays the sub-side hold information (promotion notice hold information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working hole 36. When predicting the degree of expectation, the first notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of low expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of high expectation.
Therefore, when the player expects to win the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the upper working hole 36 (other than during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode), the symbol display device 47 The displayed advance notice reserved design is confirmed, and if it is the first notice reserved design, it becomes depressed, and if it is the second notice reserved design, it becomes high spirited. In addition, in a game situation (while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode) in which the player expects non-winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working hole 36, the symbol display device 47 The displayed advance notice reserved pattern is confirmed, and if it is the first notice reserved pattern, the player will be in high spirits, and if it is the second notice reserved pattern, he will be depressed.

For example, in the example of FIG. 79, the MPU 102, based on the content of the hold display shift time command received from the MPU 92, the high-expectation pending notice pattern (second notice pending picture) placed on the pedestal B11 ) is placed on the execution pedestal AB and shifted. In this example, it is a gaming situation (while staying in the short-term high-frequency support mode) that expects non-winning of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36, so the player After confirming the second advance notice reserved design displayed on the display device 47, he becomes depressed.
On the other hand, in the case of announcing the degree of expectation of the special hold generated by winning the lower operation opening 37 during the stay in the short-term high-frequency support mode, as described above, the player is expected to win The pachinko machine 10 clarifies the determination criteria of the players because the second notice reserved pattern is expected more than the first notice reserved pattern in any game situation of the non-winning expected game situation. be able to.
According to this, the value of the first notice reserved design and the second notice reserved design is sub-side reserved associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the upper working port 36 as a trigger. The difference between the case of announcing the degree of expectation of information and the case of announcing the degree of expectation of sub-side reserved information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the lower working port 37 as a trigger. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the attention of the player to the game.

[Modification of each embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and includes modifications, improvements, etc. within the scope of achieving the object of the present invention.
(1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes opening and closing of the big winning hole 38a once per round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the big winning opening 38a a plurality of times for one round game.
(2) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, or the game to the big winning opening 38a When the total winning number of balls reaches a predetermined upper limit number, the door 38b is closed again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may vary according to the upper limit duration time, and the condition for setting the open/close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, and then the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is the predetermined upper limit number. As a result, the opening/closing door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to any number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers according to the distribution result. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set different upper limit numbers for each round in one open/close execution mode.

(4) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes when the total winning number of game balls into the big winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. The door 38b was set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger port for setting the opening/closing door 38b to a closed state when a game ball enters the game ball, and when a predetermined time elapses, this end trigger port is provided. It may be configured to allow the ball to enter the trigger hole.
(5) In each of the above-described embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the predetermined upper limit duration (upper limit duration) elapses, and the opening/closing door 38b is closed again. was set to On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 opens the opening/closing door 38b when a predetermined time elapses from the time when the winning to the big winning opening 38a occurs. It may be set to the closed state again.

(6) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state. On the other hand, for example, after setting the opening/closing door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the opening/closing door 38b to the closed state again.
(7) In each of the above-described embodiments, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is set shorter than the shooting cycle of the game ball. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit duration of the short-time mode is a time equal to or longer than the shooting cycle of the game ball, and not more than n times (n=1, 2, or 3) the shooting cycle of the game ball. It may be set to time.

(8) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of open/close execution modes.
Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an opening/closing execution mode in which the round game is executed twice with the upper limit duration of the short-time mode, and an opening/closing execution mode in which the round game is executed four times with the upper limit duration of the long-time mode. had. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening and closing execution mode different from these regarding the form of the upper limit duration time and the number of round game executions.
In addition, the pachinko machine 10 differs in the mode of the upper limit duration time, instead of setting a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes, by varying the degree of opening of the opening/closing door 38b, such as half-opening or full-opening. , a configuration in which a plurality of types of opening/closing execution modes are set. Furthermore, the upper limit duration time may be set so that the exact upper limit duration time is different, although the same pattern appears to the player.

(9) In each of the above embodiments, the game result and the effect for the opening/closing execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond one-to-one. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the opening/closing execution mode may be set by randomly selecting from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, or may be selected from a plurality of types of effects by lottery or the like. , and the selection rate may be changed according to the game result.

(10) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 92 is effective when the game result is any of the "special loss result", "non-explicit small round high probability result", and "explicit small round high probability result" Information relating to a special combination of symbols is determined as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the line L, and this special combination of symbols is the same regardless of the type of game result.
On the other hand, the MPU 92 may randomly determine the information related to the stop result so that it is difficult for the player to grasp the game result.

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the jackpot random number counter C1 for the jackpot generation lottery, and uses the jackpot type counter C2 for the jackpot type lottery when the jackpot is generated. On the other hand, when a big win occurs, the MPU 62 may use the big win random number counter C1 for the lottery of the type of the big win. In this case, the jackpot type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM64.

(12) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of loss results, ie, the "special loss result" and the "normal loss result", and the MPU 62 stores the value of the random number that wins the jackpot. A lottery for generating a big hit is executed by comparing the success/failure table and the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b. In other words, the MPU 62 used the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 to execute the lottery for the "special losing result". On the other hand, the MPU 62 uses a new counter different from the jackpot random number counter C1 provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 to execute the lottery related to the "special loss result". A lottery related to "result" may be executed.

(13) In each of the above-described embodiments, under the game state in which the success/failure table for the low-probability mode is referred to in the lottery for the occurrence of the big win, the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is two, and the occurrence of the big win. Under the game state in which the success/failure table for the high-probability mode is referred to in the lottery of (1), the value of the random number that becomes the "special loss result" is one. In other words, the probability of a "special failure result" is set to be higher in the low-probability mode than in the high-probability mode. On the other hand, the probability of becoming a "special outlier result" may be set lower in the low probability mode than in the high probability mode, and set to be the same in the low probability mode and the high probability mode. may have been Also, the probability of the "special failure result" may be set to 0 in at least one of the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode.

(14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates advantageous game states and disadvantageous game states for the player by setting the win/fail lottery mode and the support mode. By setting the states, the player may create favorable and unfavorable playing states. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player by varying the number of game rounds for continuing the high-frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create an advantageous game state and a disadvantageous game state for the player depending on whether or not to shift to the high frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create advantageous and unfavorable game states for the player by varying the number of game rounds in which the high-probability mode is continued after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. .

(15) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the reservation information related to the upper working opening 36 in the first result display section reservation area Ra, and stores the reservation information related to the lower working opening 37 in the second result display section. By storing in the reserved area Rb, the reserved information regarding the upper working port 36 and the reserved information regarding the lower working port 37 are separately stored. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information relating to the upper working opening 36 and the holding information relating to the lower working opening 37 together.
(16) In each of the above-described embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the reservation information related to the lower operation opening 37 for completing the game round regardless of whether or not there is the reservation information related to the upper operation opening 36. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the reservation information related to the upper operation port 36 and the reservation information related to the lower operation port 37 for completion of the game cycle in the winning order of the respective reservation information.

(17) In each of the above embodiments, the main controller 60 transmits a command to the audio light emission control device 90, and the audio light emission control device 90 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the display control device 100. The control of the display control device 100 was executed by. In response to this, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the sound emission control device 90, thereby performing sound emission control. Control of device 90 may be performed. The commands sent from the main control device 60 to the sound emission control device 90 and the commands sent from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, and are arbitrary. .
(18) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one of the audio emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is the main control device. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60 .

(19) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the effects for game rounds are not limited to the effects described in the above embodiments, and are optional. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game cycle by operating a combination of a movable decorative member provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for a game round by operating a combination of light-emitting means provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 47 . Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute a game round effect by combining these decorative members and light emitting means with the pattern display device 47 to operate.

(20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 executes an internal lottery (win/fail lottery and sorting lottery) based on the winning to the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37, and then the main display section 45 And the symbol display device 47 executes the variable display, and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 as a result of stopping the variable display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the pattern display device 47 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after the start of the variable display may display the results of In this case, after starting the variable display, before stopping the variable display, an internal lottery may be executed and the stop result and the like may be set.

(21) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 executes the variable display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as a result of stopping the variable display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result as the stop result of the variable display regardless of the result of the internal lottery. The result of the lottery may be made unidentifiable.
Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 does not have to include the main display section 45 .

(22) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 47 periodically scrolls the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on the winning of the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37. Then, by starting the variable display of symbols, an effect for a game cycle is executed on the display screen G.例文帳に追加On the other hand, the symbol display device 47 may execute an effect for a game round on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (design) that indicates the result of the internal lottery.

For example, the pattern display device 47 displays a predetermined area in at least one of an area narrower than the area for displaying the patterns of each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3 and a peripheral area of the area for displaying the patterns of each of the pattern rows Z1 to Z3. When the variable display of the symbols in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is stopped, a symbol indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in the predetermined area. The symbols to be displayed in the predetermined area may be variably displayed or may not be displayed during the variably displayed symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3.

Here, the pattern displayed in the predetermined area may employ letters, colors, or patterns that are difficult for the player to distinguish, or may employ a combination of these. In addition, even if characters, colors, and patterns that are difficult for the player to identify are not used, mutually similar patterns or combinations thereof may be used to make it difficult for the player to identify. According to this, the administrator of the game parlor, for example, looks at the pattern display device 47 without looking at the main display section 45 at the end of the game round, in the same way as in the case of winning a big win lottery. It is possible to easily confirm whether or not a fraudulent act is being performed to cause the pachinko machine 10 to perform the behavior of .

(23) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 was configured to operate independently, but it may be configured to transmit and receive information by linking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured so that an optical code can be output by a player operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and information on the optical code is transmitted to a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like. The game machine may be configured so that the information of the game machine can be transmitted to the web server by capturing and reading the image at the , and accessing the website. In addition, the gaming machine is configured so that the information of the web server can be received by the player accessing the website and entering the password issued by operating the button etc. provided on the gaming machine into the gaming machine. You may

(24) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been exemplified and explained as the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be a pachinko machine of another type different from the pachinko machine 10. For example, the gaming machine of the present invention may be configured such that when a game ball enters a specific area, It may be a pachinko machine that opens an electric accessory a predetermined number of times, or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Also, the gaming machine of the present invention may be an arrangement ball machine or other types of gaming machines such as majang ball machines.

[Group of Inventions Extracted from Each Embodiment]
The features of the group of inventions extracted from each of the above embodiments will be described below. Of the features of the group of inventions, the corresponding configurations in each of the above-described embodiments are shown in parentheses, but the features of the group of inventions are not limited to the above-described embodiments, and the features of the group of inventions. Modifications, improvements, etc., and combinations of features within the range that can achieve the purpose are included in the features of the present invention group.

<Characteristic group A> Characteristic A1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger A most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. A gaming machine characterized by:

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature A1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in feature A1 of the invention group,
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
After switching to the second game state, the game state switching means associates the internal lottery information with a predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entering section storage means. Switching from the second game state to the first game state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery received,
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the most advantageous game state transition means performs the internal lottery stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. This game machine is characterized by shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning the result of an internal lottery associated with information.

According to feature A2 of the present invention group, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means selects a predetermined number less than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second game state, he/she expects that he/she will not win the lottery, and then enters the first game state. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the rest of the internal lottery information is reported by the player, the player expects to win the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A game machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature A3 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the internal lottery results associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in feature A2 or feature A3 of the present invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to feature A4 of the present invention group, the second gaming state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that of the first gaming state. The probability of winning is high when the result of the internal lottery that has been received is notified, and the probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first game state. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in feature A4 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to feature A5 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A5 of the present invention group,
The ball-enterable state is
A first ball-enterable state (high-frequency support mode with short-term electric role open time) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered;
A second ball-enterable state (long-term ball-enterable state) in which game balls flowing down the game area are temporarily allowed to enter and more game balls than the first ball-enterable state are allowed to enter Open time high frequency support mode) and
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the first possible state or the A gaming machine characterized by switching to a second ball-enterable state.

According to feature A6 of the present invention group, after the game state switching means switches to the second game state, the second start-up ball-entering section is switched from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state. Switch to the possible state or the second ball-enterable state. Further, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state between the first game state and the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry portion as a trigger is won. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the game state.
According to this, the player expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state by the ball-enterable state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in feature A6 of the invention group,
By setting the duration of the second ball-enterable state longer than that of the first ball-enterable state, more game balls can be entered than the first ball-enterable state. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature A7 of the present invention group, the second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, so that the number of game balls is greater than that of the first ball-enterable state. can be entered, the configurations of the first enterable state and the second enterable state can be simplified.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine according to feature A6 or feature A7 of the invention group,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first starting ball-entering unit. A game machine characterized by switching to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state.

According to feature A8 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means selects the second start ball entry section based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first start ball entry section. is switched from the ball-unable to enter state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state, the player can enter the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the first start ball-entering section as a trigger. will pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A9.
In the gaming machine described in feature A8 of the invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is
The first winning result (“explicit small round high probability result” or “non-explicit small round high probability result”);
A second winning result ("best result") different from the first winning result;
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-enterable state when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning state is achieved. A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible when a result is obtained.

According to feature A9 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the first state where the ball can be entered when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry part is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball entry possible state, so that the player can switch the entering state as the second winning result. It is expected that the state can be switched to the second ball entry possible state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A10.
In the gaming machine according to feature A6 or feature A7 of the invention group,
An expectation that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. Equipped with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effect,
The ball-entering state switching means, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball-entering section, the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means. a gaming machine characterized in that the second start-up ball-entering section is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the first ball-entering possible state or the second ball-entering possible state based on the content of .

According to the feature A10 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means, when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section, the expected effect execution means Since the second start ball-entering portion is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the ball-entering possible state or the ball-entering possible state based on the content of the expected effect executed in , the player can expect the expected effect Attention will be paid to the content of the expected performance executed by the execution means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A11.
In the gaming machine described in feature A10 of the invention group,
The contents of the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means are
a first expected effect (first reach display);
Provided with a second expected effect (second reach display) different from the first expected effect,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-entering possible state when the expected performance executing means executes the first expected effect. When the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing means, the second starting ball-entering unit is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball-enterable state. game machine.

According to feature A11 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means changes the second starting ball-entering portion from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state when the expected effect execution means executes the first expected effect. When the state is switched to the ball possible state and the second expected performance is executed by the expected performance executing means, the second starting ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the second ball entering possible state. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entering section, the expected effect executing means performs the second expected effect. After execution, it is expected that the ball-entering state switching means will switch to the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature A12.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A11 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to the feature A12 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering part and the second starting ball-entering part are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball on the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature A13.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A11 of the present invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature A13 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group A of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Feature B Group> Feature B1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, the first start ball entry section and the second start ball entry section A most advantageous gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state and the second gaming state based on the combination of the starting ball-entering portion and the first gaming state and the second gaming state. and a most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to a game state.

According to feature B1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous gaming state transition means is based on the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section. When winning, from the first game state and the second game state based on the combination of the first start ball entry portion and the second start ball entry portion and the first game state and the second game state Also, the game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state advantageous to the player. According to this, when the player wins the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, the first start entry Attention will be paid to the combination of the ball portion and the second starting ball entry portion with the first and second playing states. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in feature B1 of the invention group,
The second starting ball entry part is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution mode end transition processing and variable end processing),
The most advantageous game state transition means is triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second start ball entry section after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. A game characterized by shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state which is more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed as machine.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature B2 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in feature B2 of the invention group,
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
After switching to the second game state, the game state switching means associates the internal lottery information with a predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entering section storage means. Switching from the second game state to the first game state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery received,
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the most advantageous game state transition means performs the internal lottery stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. This game machine is characterized by shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning the result of an internal lottery associated with information.

According to feature B3 of the present invention group, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means selects a predetermined number less than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second game state, he/she expects that he/she will not win the lottery, and then enters the first game state. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the rest of the internal lottery information is reported by the player, the player expects to win the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in feature B3 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A gaming machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature B4 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the internal lottery results associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in feature B3 or feature B4 of the invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to feature B5 of the present invention group, the second gaming state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first gaming state. The probability of winning is high when the result of the internal lottery that has been received is notified, and the probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first game state. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B6.
In the gaming machine described in feature B5 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to feature B6 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature B7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B6 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to feature B7 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering part and the second starting ball-entering part are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball on the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature B8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature B1 to feature B6 of the present invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature B8 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By launching the game ball to the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play comfortably.

According to the characteristic group B of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Characteristic group C> Characteristic C1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game machine is
Storage means for second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
The game state transition means is
After switching between the first gaming state and the second gaming state, and after switching to the second gaming state, the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means Triggered by the notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information, the game state switching means for switching from the second game state to the first game state (transition at the end of the open/close execution mode) processing and variable termination processing);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening and closing execution) temporarily switches the second start ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered mode end transition processing and change end processing),
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, when winning the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means for the first time, Alternatively, after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means A gaming machine characterized by comprising most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when a result is won.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature C1 of the group of the present invention, the most advantageous game state transition means, after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, first selects the internal lottery stored in the second ball entry section storage means. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the information is won, or after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the game ball is entered into the second start ball entry section. When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with this as a trigger, the game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state which is more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Further, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means is associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information for the second and subsequent times in the second gaming state, the player expects that he or she will not win the lottery. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the game state of , or the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is notified in the second game state In that case, you will expect to be elected. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball-entering unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A gaming machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature C2 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the internal lottery results associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in feature C1 or feature C2 of the invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to feature C3 of the present invention group, the second game state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state. The winning probability increases when the result of the internal lottery associated with the lottery information is notified, and when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the first game state after that. the odds of winning are lower. Further, when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is reported in the second game state, the probability of winning increases. According to this, the player most expects winning when the result of the internal lottery associated with the first internal lottery information is notified in the second game state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in feature C3 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to feature C4 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C4 of the present invention group,
The ball entry possible state is
A first ball-enterable state (high-frequency support mode with short-term electric role open time) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered;
A second ball-enterable state (long-term ball-enterable state) in which game balls flowing down the game area are temporarily allowed to enter and more game balls than the first ball-enterable state are allowed to enter Open time high frequency support mode) and
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the first possible state or the A gaming machine characterized by switching to a second ball-enterable state.

According to feature C5 of the present invention group, after the game state switching means switches to the second game state, the second start ball-entering section is switched from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state. Switch to the possible state or the second ball-enterable state. Further, the most advantageous game state transition means changes the game state between the first game state and the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry portion as a trigger is won. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the game state.
According to this, the player expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state by the ball-enterable state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine described in feature C5 of the invention group,
The second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, thereby allowing more game balls to enter than the first ball-enterable state. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature C6 of the present invention group, the second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, so that the number of game balls is greater than that of the first ball-enterable state. can be entered, the configurations of the first enterable state and the second enterable state can be simplified.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in feature C5 or feature C6 of the invention group,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first starting ball-entering unit. A gaming machine characterized by switching to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state.

According to feature C7 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means selects the second start ball entry section based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first start ball entry section. is switched from the ball-unable to enter state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state, the player can enter the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the first start ball-entering section as a trigger. will pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in feature C7 of the invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is
The first winning result (“explicit small round high probability result” or “non-explicit small round high probability result”);
A second winning result ("best result") different from the first winning result;
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-enterable state when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning state is achieved. A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible when a result is obtained.

According to feature C8 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-entering possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry part is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball entry possible state, so that the player can switch the entering state as the second winning result. It is expected that the state can be switched to the second ball entry possible state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C9.
In the gaming machine described in feature C5 or feature C6 of the invention group,
An expectation that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. Equipped with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing effect,
The ball-entering state switching means selects the desired effect executed by the expected effect executing means when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball-entering portion as a trigger is won. A gaming machine characterized by switching the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-enterable state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state based on the contents.

According to feature C9 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means switches to the expected effect execution means when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball-entering section. Since the second start ball-entering portion is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the first ball-entering possible state or the second ball-entering possible state based on the content of the expected performance executed by the player, the player can execute the expected performance. Attention will be paid to the content of the expected performance executed by the means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C10.
In the gaming machine described in feature C9 of the invention group,
The contents of the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means are
a first expected effect (first reach display);
Provided with a second expected effect (second reach display) different from the first expected effect,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-entering possible state when the expected performance executing means executes the first expected effect. When the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing means, the second starting ball-entering unit is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball-enterable state. game machine.

According to feature C10 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means changes the second starting ball-entering portion from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state when the expected effect execution means executes the first expected effect. When switching to the ball possible state and executing the second expected effect by the expected effect execution means, the second start ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the second ball entering possible state, so that the player can: When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry part as a trigger, the expected production execution means executes the second expected production, and the ball entry state switching means executes the second expected production. It expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature C11.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C10 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to the feature C11 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering part and the second starting ball-entering part are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball on the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature C12.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C10 of the invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature C12 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group C of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Feature D Group> Feature D1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The ball-enterable state is
A first ball-enterable state (high-frequency support mode with short-term electric role open time) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered;
A second ball-enterable state (long-term ball-enterable state) in which game balls flowing down the game area are temporarily allowed to enter and more game balls than the first ball-enterable state are allowed to enter Open time high frequency support mode) and
The game state transition means includes game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the second start-up ball-entering unit is changed from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is impossible or the state where the ball-entering is possible. ball entry state switching means for temporarily switching (transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the opening and closing execution mode);
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger A most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. A gaming machine characterized by:

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature D1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Also, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering portion from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is impossible, or the state where the ball-entering is possible or the second ball-entering state after the game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state. switch to enabled. Further, the most advantageous gaming state transition means changes the first gaming state and the second gaming state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entering portion is a win. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the game state. According to this, the player expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state by the ball-enterable state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 of the invention group,
By setting the duration of the second ball-enterable state longer than that of the first ball-enterable state, more game balls can be entered than the first ball-enterable state. A game machine characterized by

According to feature D2 of the group of the present invention, the second ball-enterable state is set to have a longer duration than the first ball-enterable state, so that the number of game balls is greater than that of the first ball-enterable state. can be entered, the configurations of the first enterable state and the second enterable state can be simplified.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 or feature D2 of the present invention group,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first starting ball-entering unit. A game machine characterized by switching to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state.

According to feature D3 of the present invention group, the ball entry state switching means selects the second start ball entry section based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the first start ball entry section. is switched from the ball-unable to enter state to the first ball-enterable state or the second ball-enterable state, the player can enter the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the first start ball-entering section as a trigger. will pay attention to the results of Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in feature D3 of the invention group,
The result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section as a trigger is
The first winning result (“explicit small round high probability result” or “non-explicit small round high probability result”);
A second winning result ("best result") different from the first winning result;
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-enterable state when the first winning result is obtained, and the second winning state is achieved. A game machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible when a result is obtained.

According to feature D4 of the group of inventions, the ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-entering possible state when the first winning result is obtained, When the second winning result is obtained, the second starting ball entry part is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball entry possible state, so that the player can switch the entering state as the second winning result. It is expected that the state can be switched to the second ball entry possible state by means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in feature D1 or feature D2 of the invention group,
An expectation that makes the player expect that the game state will be shifted to the specific control state based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. Equipped with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing the effect,
The ball-entering state switching means selects the desired effect executed by the expected effect executing means when winning the internal lottery result triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting ball-entering section. A gaming machine characterized by switching the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible or the state where the ball-entering is possible.

According to feature D5 of the group of the present invention, the ball entry state switching means switches to the expected effect execution means when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section as a trigger. Since the second start ball-entering portion is switched from the ball-entering impossibility state to the first ball-entering possible state or the second ball-entering possible state based on the content of the expected performance executed by the player, the player can execute the expected performance. Attention will be paid to the content of the expected performance executed by the means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in feature D5 of the invention group,
The contents of the expected effect executed by the expected effect executing means are
a first expected effect (first reach display);
Provided with a second expected effect (second reach display) different from the first expected effect,
The ball-entering state switching means switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the first ball-entering possible state when the expected performance executing means executes the first expected effect. When the second expected effect is executed by the expected effect executing means, the second starting ball-entering unit is switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the second ball-enterable state. game machine.

According to feature D6 of the present invention group, the ball-entering state switching means changes the second starting ball-entering portion from the non-enterable state to the first ball-entering state when the expected effect execution means executes the first expected effect. When switching to the ball possible state and executing the second expected effect by the expected effect execution means, the second start ball entering part is switched from the ball entering impossible state to the second ball entering possible state, so that the player can: When winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry part as a trigger, the expected production execution means executes the second expected production, and the ball entry state switching means executes the second expected production. It expects to be switched to the second ball-enterable state. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D6 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path.

According to feature D7 of the present invention group, the first starting ball-entering section and the second starting ball-entering section are arranged on the same path, so that the player can shoot the game ball along the same path. By, it is possible to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section and the second start ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can allow players to play games comfortably.

Feature D8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D6 of the present invention group,
A first route (left-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part;
A second route (right-handed route) that makes it easy for the game ball to enter the second start ball entry part and makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the first start ball entry part. A game machine characterized by

According to feature D8 of the present invention group, the player can make it easier for the game ball to enter the first starting ball entering section by launching the game ball along the first path. By causing the game ball to be launched along the second path, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can reliably reflect the player's intentions and allow the player to play games comfortably.

According to the characteristic group D of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

Conventionally, a shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board is provided, and an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery is performed by entering a game ball into an operation opening (starting ball entry means). A game machine that executes is known. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the gaming machine shifts the game state from the normal control state to a specific control state that is advantageous for the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, since the normal control state has a plurality of game states with different probabilities of winning the jackpot lottery, the player can play the game while enjoying the transition of the game state.

However, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered because the transition of the game state is determined by a lottery when the jackpot lottery is won.

<Feature group E> Feature E1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to feature E1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects non-winning and winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects to win. with information. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending pattern. If the expectation of the pattern is high, it will be depressed, and if it is low, it will be upbeat. Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. If the expectation of 's' is high, it will be elated, and if it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in feature E1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (first area SRb1 and second area SRb2) on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, hold distribution storage means (hold generation process) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information as the winning expected internal lottery information in a second area (fourth area SRb4) opposite to the execution area; ,
A gaming machine, comprising a reserve shift means (hold shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reserve area toward the execution area and digesting it.

According to feature E2 of the present invention group, the pending distribution storing means stores sub-side internal lottery information as non-winning expected internal lottery information when storing sub-side internal lottery information in the first region on the execution region side of the pending regions. When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in feature E2 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature E3 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the information storage means stores non-win expected internal lottery information that expects non-win to be stored in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If the expectation level of the notice pending pattern is elevated, it will be depressed, and if it is maintained, it will be enthusiastic.
Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. Elevated expectations lead to euphoria, while maintaining them leads to depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine described in feature E3 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature E4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine described in feature E3 or feature E4 of the invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature E5 of the present invention group, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E2 to feature E5 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to feature E6 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means by the information storage means. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in feature E6 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects the notice reserved design for confidentiality based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to feature E7 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of kinds of advance notice reserved patterns, which is based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in feature E6 or feature E7 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to feature E8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and shifts the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can keep the player's attention to the game until the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential advance notice reserved design on the variable display means. can.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E6 to feature E8 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice pending pattern for concealment based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice pending patterns Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to feature E9 of the group of the present inventions, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice reserved designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature E10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature E2 to feature E9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The holding shift means consumes the non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and the second game state by the game state switching means. The game machine is characterized in that the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested after switching from the game state of 2 to the first game state.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature E10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, the holding shift means digests the non-win expected internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and switches from the second game state by the game state switching means. After switching to the first game state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group E of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature group F> Feature F1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. Equipped with a reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) to be displayed,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to the feature F1 of the group of the present invention, the information reporting means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice pending designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern is lowered.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the degree of attention of the player to the game without making the player pay attention only to the degree of expectation of the reserved symbols.

Feature F2.
In the gaming machine described in feature F1 of the invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
The game machine is characterized by comprising winning expectation internal lottery information that a player expects to win.

According to feature F2 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects non-winning and winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects to win. with information. Therefore, when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending pattern. If the expectation level of the pattern is lowered, it will be high-spirited, and if it is maintained, it will be depressed. Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. A decline in expectations will lead to depression, while a sustained increase in enthusiasm.

Feature F3.
In the game machine described in feature F2 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
a pending shift means (a pending shift process) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the pending area toward the execution area and digesting it;
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (first area SRb1 and second area SRb2) on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in a second area (fourth area SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, a pending allocation storing means (holding generating process) for storing the winning expectation internal lottery information. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature F3 of the group of inventions, the pending distribution storing means stores sub-side internal lottery information as non-winning expected internal lottery information when storing sub-side internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side of the pending areas. When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Then, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature F4.
In the game machine described in feature F3 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to the feature F4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature F5.
In the game machine described in feature F3 or feature F4 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to the feature F5 of the group of the present invention, the degree of expectation of multiple kinds of advance notice pending symbols maintains the same degree of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F3 to F5 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to the feature F6 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means by the information storing means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F7.
In the gaming machine described in feature F6 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects the notice reserved design for confidentiality based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to the feature F7 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means corresponds the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns to the concealment advance notice reserved pattern based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F8.
In the gaming machine described in feature F6 or feature F7 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to the feature F8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature F9.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F6 to F8 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to the feature F9 of the present invention group, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice reserved designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature F10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features F3 to F9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The holding shift means consumes the non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and the second game state by the game state switching means. The game machine is characterized in that the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested after switching from the game state of 2 to the first game state.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature F10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, the holding shift means digests the non-win expected internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and switches from the second game state by the game state switching means. After switching to the first game state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the feature group F of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player only pays attention to the degree of expectation of the reserved symbols, such as being elated when he sees the reserved symbols with high expectations and depressed when he sees the reserved symbols with low expectations. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature G Group> Feature G1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to feature G1 of the group of the present invention, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win. mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a mixture of Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the mixed winning expected internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means, the player can confirm the mixed winning expected internal lottery information by confirming the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means. You can check the expectations of At this time, the value of the degree of expectation of the notice pending pattern depends on the game situation (non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning, or winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win). will change accordingly.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G2.
In the gaming machine described in feature G1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
The game machine is
Either the non-winning expected game situation or the winning expected game situation is determined for the mixed winning expected internal lottery information by the time the holding shift means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area. A gaming machine characterized by allowing

According to feature G2 of the present invention group, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Then, the gaming machine determines either the non-winning expected game situation or the winning expected game situation for the mixed winning expected internal lottery information by the time the holding shift means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area. Therefore, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player will be excited if the winning expected game situation occurs, and the non-win expected game situation. If you do, you will be depressed. In addition, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is low, the player will be depressed if the winning expected game situation occurs, and will not become the non-win expected game situation. Be enthusiastic. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, the expected non-winning game situation and the winning expected game situation, and pays attention to the combination of the degree of expectation of the notice reserved picture and the game situation. will do.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G3.
In the gaming machine described in feature G2 of the invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to the feature G3 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G4.
In the gaming machine described in feature G3 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects the notice reserved design for confidentiality based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to the feature G4 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns, which is based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G5.
In the gaming machine described in feature G3 or feature G4 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to feature G5 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and changes the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature G6.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G5 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to feature G6 of the group of inventions, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice pending designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice pending design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G3 to G6 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature G7 of the group of the present inventions, the pending pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the pending notice pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the pending notice pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the information storage means stores non-win expected internal lottery information that expects non-win to be stored in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If the expectation level of the notice pending pattern is elevated, it will be depressed, and if it is maintained, it will be enthusiastic.
Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. Elevated expectations lead to euphoria, while maintaining them leads to depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G8.
In the gaming machine described in feature G7 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature G8 of the present invention group, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature G9.
In the gaming machine described in feature G7 or feature G8 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature G9 of the present invention group, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature G10.
In the gaming machine described in any one of features G1 to G9 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entry part is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The game machine is
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, when the result of the first internal lottery is won, the non-win expected game state is determined for the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, The gaming machine is characterized in that, when the result of the first internal lottery is not won, the win-expected game situation is determined for the mixed winning-expected internal lottery information.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature G10 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the gaming machine determines the non-win expected game status for the mixed win expected internal lottery information when winning the result of the first internal lottery. , when the result of the first internal lottery is not won, the winning expectation game status is determined for the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the first internal lottery after switching to the second game state by the game state switching means. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group G of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stops and displays a combination of specific patterns or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Characteristic group H> Characteristic H1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. Equipped with a reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) to be displayed,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information of expectation of winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the reserved design based on the internal lottery information of expectation of non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature H1 of the present invention group, the plurality of sub-side internal lottery information includes non-winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects non-winning and winning expectation internal lottery information in which the player expects to win. with information. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the information storing means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information expecting non-winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending pattern. If the expectation of the pattern is high, it will be depressed, and if it is low, it will be upbeat. Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. If the expectation of 's' is high, it will be elated, and if it is low, it will be depressed.

In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. . Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature H2.
In the gaming machine described in feature H1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the first area (first area SRb1 and second area SRb2) on the execution area side among the reservation areas, the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as the non-winning expected internal lottery information, When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in a second area (fourth area SRb4) on the opposite side of the execution area, a pending allocation storing means (holding generating process) for storing the winning expectation internal lottery information. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature H2 of the present invention group, the pending allocation storing means stores sub-side internal lottery information as non-winning expected internal lottery information when storing sub-side internal lottery information in the first area on the execution area side of the pending area. When the sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the second area opposite to the execution area, it is stored as winning expectation internal lottery information. Therefore, the player expects non-winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery first, and expects winning of the winning expected internal lottery information that informs the result of the internal lottery later. , the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature H3.
In the gaming machine described in feature H1 or feature H2 of the invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature H3 of the present invention group, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending patterns maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H4.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature H1 to feature H3 of the present invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to the feature H4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved design is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H5.
In the game machine described in feature H4 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects, from among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs, a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as the concealment advance notice reserved design based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to feature H5 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means corresponds to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among a plurality of kinds of advance notice reserved patterns, which is based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H6.
In the gaming machine described in feature H4 or feature H5 of the invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to the feature H6 of the present invention group, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and shifts the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature H7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of feature H4 to feature H6 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
Determining whether or not to change the notice reserved design for concealment based on the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expected internal lottery information among the plurality of types of notice reserved patterns. Equipped with a confidential notice pending pattern change determination means for
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to the feature H7 of the present invention group, the reserved design control means selects a plurality of types of confidential advance notice reserved designs when it is determined by the concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means to change to a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs. Of the advance notice reserved designs, the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is changed to the advance notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the internal lottery information. maintains the concealment advance notice reserved design, so the player pays attention to whether or not the concealment advance notice reserve design is changed. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature H8.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H7 of the invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
The holding shift means consumes the non-winning expectation internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and the second game state by the game state switching means. The game machine is characterized in that the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested after switching from the game state of 2 to the first game state.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature H8 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball as a trigger. In addition, the holding shift means digests the non-win expected internal lottery information before switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and switches from the second game state by the game state switching means. After switching to the first game state, the winning expectation internal lottery information is digested. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entering section.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group H of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the degree of attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature Group I> Feature I1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening and closing execution) temporarily switches the second start ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning. ,
The information storage means is
By temporarily switching the second starting ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the enterable state by the game state transition means, the game ball entering the second starting ball-entering section is Comprehensive expectation judging means for comprehensively judging the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information when at least one of the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as special internal lottery information in the information storage means (general expectation notification processing) )When,
A gaming machine, comprising a total expectation level notification means (total expectation level notification process) for informing a player of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to feature I1 of the group of the present invention, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, after which the game ball enters the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entering section.
In addition, since the information storage means includes the total expectation level determination means and the total expectation level notification means, the player can enter the second start ball entering portion from the state where the ball cannot be entered by the game state transition means. By temporarily switching to the enabled state, it is possible to comprehensively confirm the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the second start ball entering section.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I2.
In the gaming machine described in feature I1 of the invention group,
The special internal lottery information is
non-winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be non-winning by the player;
Equipped with winning expectation internal lottery information expected to be won by the player,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns (low-expected notice reserved patterns, medium-expected notice reserved patterns, and high-expected notice reserved patterns) for notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. Equipped with a reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) to be displayed,
The comprehensive expectation level determination means comprehensively determines the level of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the level of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation level of the winning expectation internal lottery information. Characteristic game machine.

According to feature I2 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns that give advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. You can check the expectations of each. Further, the comprehensive expectation degree determination means comprehensively determines the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information based on the degree of expectation of the non-winning expectation internal lottery information and the expectation degree of the winning expectation internal lottery information. can confirm the overall expectation of the special internal lottery information.
Therefore, since the player can individually confirm the degree of expectation for each of the special internal lottery information and the overall degree of expectation for the special internal lottery information, the gaming machine can increase the degree of attention of the player to the game. can be improved.

Feature I3.
In the gaming machine described in feature I2 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before execution of the variable display by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
The ball-entering state switching means temporarily switches the second start-up ball-entering section from the state where the ball-entering is impossible to the state where the ball-entering is possible during the specific control state,
The total expectation level notification means shifts the expectation level of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation level determination means to the special internal lottery information stored in the reservation area by the reservation shift means. A game machine characterized by notifying a player before shifting toward and digesting.

According to feature I3 of the group of the present invention, the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation degree determination means is shifted toward the execution area by the reservation shift means. Since the player is notified before the game is played and digested, the player temporarily switches the second start ball entry part from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered by the game state transition means, thereby performing the second start. The degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information stored in the information storage means in the order in which the game balls enter the ball entering section can be comprehensively confirmed before the special internal lottery information is digested.
Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I4.
In the gaming machine described in feature I3 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature I4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the information storage means stores non-win expected internal lottery information that expects non-win to be stored in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If the expectation level of the notice pending pattern is elevated, it will be depressed, and if it is maintained, it will be enthusiastic.
Conversely, when the information storage means stores the winning expectation internal lottery information for expecting winning in the information storage means, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and confirms the notice pending picture. Elevated expectations lead to euphoria, while maintaining them leads to depression.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature I5.
In the gaming machine described in feature I4 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting winning, and maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the aforementioned reserved design based on the internal lottery information expecting non-winning. A game machine characterized by

According to feature I5 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the winning expectation internal lottery information. We will pay attention to whether or not Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the non-win expectation internal lottery information, the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is lowered. Become. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature I6.
In the gaming machine described in feature I4 or feature I5 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature I6 of the group of the present invention, the expectations of the multiple types of advance notice pending symbols maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features I3 to I6 of the invention group,
The plurality of sub-side internal lottery information,
Mixed winning expectation internal lottery information having a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win is provided,
The reserved pattern control means is
When the information storing means causes the information storage means to store the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information, the plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns are displayed on the variable display means, and the information storage means stores the information. For confidentiality, when the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is stored in the information storage means by the storage means, it is different from the plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns and the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is kept secret. A gaming machine characterized by displaying a notice pending picture on the variable display means.

According to feature I7 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means stores the non-winning expected internal lottery information or the winning expected internal lottery information in the information storage means, the holding pattern control means stores a plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns. is displayed on the variable display means, and when the information storage means stores the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information in the information storage means, the concealed advance notice reserved pattern is displayed on the variable display means, so that the information storage means stores the information Depending on which sub-side internal lottery information is stored in the storage means among various sub-side internal lottery information, different advance notice pending patterns can be displayed on the variable display means. Therefore, the gaming machine can diversify the types of the notice pending symbols, and can improve the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I8.
In the gaming machine described in feature I7 of the invention group,
The reserved design control means selects, from among the plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs, a notice reserved design corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information as the concealment advance notice reserved design based on the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. A game machine characterized by changing.

According to feature I8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means selects a concealed advance notice reserved design based on mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, among a plurality of kinds of advance notice reserved patterns, corresponding to the degree of expectation of mixed winning expectation internal lottery information. The player can recognize the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery due to the change of the notice pending picture for concealment. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature I9.
In the gaming machine described in feature I7 or feature I8 of the present invention group,
When the reserved shift means shifts the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information to the execution area, the reserved design control means selects the confidential advance notice reserved design from among the plurality of types of notice reserved designs. The game machine is characterized by changing to a notice reserved pattern corresponding to the degree of expectation of winning expectation internal lottery information.

According to feature I9 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means shifts the mixed winning expected internal lottery information to the execution area by the reserved shift means, and shifts the confidential advance notice reserved design to a plurality of types of notice reserved designs. Of these, the pattern is changed to a notice pending pattern corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, so that the player can recognize the expectation level of the internal lottery result until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information shifts to the execution area. can't Therefore, the gaming machine can maintain the degree of attention of the player to the game until the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area after displaying the confidential notice pending picture on the variable display means. can.

Feature I10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features I7 to I9 of the present invention group,
The information reporting means is
A concealment advance notice reserved design change determination means for deciding whether or not to change the notice reserved notice reserved design for concealment to a notice reserved picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among the plurality of kinds of notice reserved pictures. with
When the concealment advance notice reserved design change determining means determines that the concealment advance notice reserve design is to be changed to the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs, the reserve design control means changes the concealment advance notice reserve design to one of the plurality of types of advance notice reserve designs. Among them, when it is determined not to change to the notice reserved design corresponding to the expectation level of the mixed winning expectation internal lottery information, and to not change to the plurality of types of notice reserved pictures by the concealment notice reserved picture change determination means, A gaming machine characterized in that the concealing advance notice reserved design is maintained.

According to the feature I10 of the group of inventions, the pending picture control means determines that the concealment preliminary pending picture change determination means changes to a plurality of types of preliminary pending picture, the concealment displayed on the variable display means The advance notice reserved pattern for use is changed to a notice reserved picture corresponding to the degree of expectation of mixed winning expectation internal lottery information among multiple types of notice reserved pictures, and the concealed notice reserved picture change determination means changes the notice reserved picture to multiple types of notice reserved pictures. When it is determined not to change, the concealment advance notice reserved pattern displayed on the variable display means is maintained, so the player pays attention to whether the concealment advance notice reserved picture is changed or not. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group I of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has a different image of each pending symbol, such as being elated when seeing a high-expectation pending pattern and depressed when seeing a low-expectation pending symbol. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature J Group> Feature J1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. A plurality of patterns are changed based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation opening 36 and lower operation opening 37) to be executed and the result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising variable display means (symbol display device 47) for displaying,
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100);
a game situation switching means (main controller 60) for switching between a non-winning expected game situation in which the player expects non-winning of the internal lottery and a winning expected game situation in which the player expects to win the internal lottery; with
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice pending patterns (low-expected advance notice pending patterns, medium-expected advance notice pending patterns, and high-expected advance notice pending patterns) for predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to feature J1 of the group of the present invention, the gaming machine has a non-winning expected gaming state in which the player expects to not win the internal lottery, and a winning expected gaming state in which the player expects to win the internal lottery. It has a game situation switching means for switching between and. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the game situation switching means switches to the non-winning expected game situation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player becomes depressed. And if it is low, it will be high-spirited. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player is excited. If it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature J2.
In the gaming machine described in feature J1 of the invention group,
The information storage means is
an execution area (execution area SAE) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information for which the variable display is being performed by the variable display means;
a plurality of reservation areas (second sub-side reservation area SRb) for storing the sub-side internal lottery information in a reservation state before the variable display is executed by the variable display means;
The information storage means is
holding shift means (holding shift processing) for shifting the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the holding area toward the execution area and digesting it;
A gaming machine characterized in that the game situation switching means switches from the non-winning expected game situation to the winning expected game situation when a predetermined number of the sub-side internal lottery information has been consumed by the holding shift means. .

According to feature J2 of the present invention group, the reservation shift means shifts the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the reservation area toward the execution area. Then, the game situation switching means switches from the non-winning expected game situation to the winning expected game situation when a predetermined number of sub-side internal lottery information is consumed by the holding shift means. Therefore, the player expects not to win the internal lottery in the non-winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified first, and wins the internal lottery in the winning expected gaming situation in which the result of the internal lottery is notified later. Since it is expected, the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature J3.
In the gaming machine described in feature J2 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to feature J3 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the game state switching means switches to the non-winning expected game state, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised. If you do, you will be demoralized, and if you maintain it, you will be elated. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player is motivated. It becomes ebullient, and if it is maintained, it becomes depressing.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature J4.
In the gaming machine described in feature J3 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for performing variable display in the winning expected gaming situation, and performs variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation. is maintained or lowered based on the sub-side internal lottery information.

According to feature J4 of the group of the present invention, the reserved design control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance reserved design based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can , attention is paid to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the expectation level of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, so that the player can increase the expectation level of the notice reserved pattern. We will pay attention to whether or not it will be demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature J5.
In the gaming machine described in feature J4 of the invention group,
The multiple types of notice pending patterns are
a first notice pending design;
A second advance notice reserved design different from the first notice reserved design is provided,
The reserved pattern control means sets the first advance notice reserved design to a low-expectation notice reserved design when giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation. , when the second notice reserved pattern is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation, and the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation is given notice, the first The game machine is characterized in that the notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a low degree of expectation.

According to feature J5 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means, when predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, lowers the expectations of the first advance notice reserved design. Since the second advance notice pending design is a high-expectation advance notice pending design, the player can confirm the advance notice pending design displayed on the variable display means and use the second advance notice pending design. If there is, the morale will be high, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, the morale will be depressed. Further, the reserved design control means, in the case of notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, sets the first advance notice reserved design to the notice reserved design of high expectation, Since the second notice pending pattern is a notice pending picture with a low degree of expectation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the second notice pending picture is the second notice pending picture, the player becomes enthusiastic. If it is the notice pending pattern of 1, it will be depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice pending picture in either the win-expected game situation or the non-win-expected game situation, The game machine can clarify the determination criteria of the player, because the player is in high spirits, and the first notice pending pattern is depressed.

Feature J6.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features J3 to J5 of the present invention group,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the same level of expectation is maintained for the plurality of kinds of prediction reserved symbols after the sub-side internal lottery information is shifted to the execution area.

According to feature J6 of the group of the present invention, the expectations of multiple types of advance notice pending patterns maintain the same level of expectation after shifting the sub-side internal lottery information to the execution area. Further attention will be paid to the change in the notice pending pattern of. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature J7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J6 of the present invention group,
Based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, the game state transition means (main a control device 60),
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing and fluctuation end processing at the end of the mode),
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning; ,
After the game state switching means temporarily switches the second starting ball-entering section from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered by the ball-entering state switching means, A gaming machine characterized by switching from the winning expected game situation to the non-win expected game situation with the entry of a game ball as a trigger.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature J7 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. In addition, the game state switching means temporarily switches the second start ball-entering section from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-enterable state by the ball-entering state switching means, after which the game ball is transferred to the second start-ball entering section. Triggered by the entry of a ball, the winning expectation game state is switched to the non-winning expectation game state. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic J group of the present invention, since it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means), and starts variable display of patterns. For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in a pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the game machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form in each of blue, green, and red) associated with the results of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player to increase the player's sense of expectation.

However, the player has the same mental image for the same reserved symbol, such as being elated when confirming the reserved symbol with high expectation and depressed when confirming the reserved symbol with low expectation. is given, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

<Feature K Group> Feature K1.
A shooting means (shooting handle 27) for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area is entered, and an internal lottery is performed when the game ball enters. Based on the starting ball entry means (upper operation port 36 and lower operation port 37) to be executed and the result of internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the start ball entry means as a trigger, it is advantageous for the player. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising game state transition means (main controller 60) for shifting the game state from the normal control state to the specific control state,
The normal control state is
A first gaming state (low probability mode);
A second game state (high probability mode) different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry portion (upper working port 36);
A second start-up ball entry portion (lower operation port 37) different from the first start-up ball entry portion,
The game state transition means is
most advantageous game state transition means (game state transition processing) for transitioning the game state to a most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state;
The most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball to the first start ball entry section, and the first start ball entry section. A game machine characterized by facilitating transition when a winning is not made in the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball as a trigger.

According to the characteristic K1 of the present invention group, the most advantageous gaming state becomes difficult to shift when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entering section as a trigger, and the second Since it is easier to shift when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entering section is not won, the gaming machine is able to enter the game ball into the first start ball entering section. A game situation in which winning is expected in the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger, and a game situation in which non-winning in the internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the first start ball entry section is expected. You can switch. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K2.
In the gaming machine described in feature K1 of the invention group,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state (low-frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state (high frequency support mode) in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state (transition processing and variation end processing at the end of the opening/closing execution mode);
After switching to the second game state by the game state switching means, the ball entering state switching means (opening/closing execution transition processing at the end of the mode and fluctuation end processing),
The most advantageous game state transition means is triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second start ball entry section after switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means. A game machine characterized by shifting the game state to the most advantageous game state when winning as a result of an internal lottery executed as a game machine.

Here, the non-enterable state of the second start-up ball entry section is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered completely, but also a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be temporarily entered. It may include the state of In addition, the ball-enterable state of the second start-up ball-entering part is not only a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be completely entered, but also a game ball flowing down the game area is temporarily disabled. It may also include the state of In short, in the ball-enterable state, compared with the ball-enterable state, the game ball flowing down the game area should be easier to enter the second start ball-entering portion.

According to the feature K2 of the present invention group, the most advantageous game state transition means switches the game state from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, and then the game ball to the second start ball entering section. The game state is shifted to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of a ball as a trigger. According to this, the player pays attention to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second starting ball entering section. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K3.
In the gaming machine described in feature K2 of the invention group,
Storage means for the second ball entry unit (second 2 Equipped with a result display area reservation area Rb),
After switching to the second game state, the game state switching means associates the internal lottery information with a predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entering section storage means. Switching from the second game state to the first game state triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery received,
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the most advantageous game state transition means performs the internal lottery stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. This game machine is characterized by shifting a game state to a most advantageous game state advantageous to a player when winning the result of an internal lottery associated with information.

According to feature K3 of the present invention group, after switching to the second game state, the game state switching means selects a predetermined number less than the number of the plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering section storage means. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with the internal lottery information, the game state is switched from the second game state to the first game state. According to this, when the player is notified of the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information in the second game state, he/she expects that he/she will not win the lottery, and then enters the first game state. When the result of the internal lottery associated with the rest of the internal lottery information is reported by the player, the player expects to win the lottery. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K4.
In the gaming machine described in feature K3 of the invention group,
Storage means for the first ball entry unit (second 1 result display unit holding area Ra),
The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means is associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the first ball-entering unit storage unit. A game machine characterized in that notification is given with priority over the result of an internal lottery.

According to feature K4 of the present invention group, the gaming machine stores, in the first ball-entering unit storage means, the results of internal lotteries associated with a plurality of pieces of internal lottery information stored in the second ball-entering unit storage means. Since the result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information is reported with priority, regardless of whether or not the internal lottery information is stored in the storage means for the first ball entering section, the second lottery The result of the internal lottery associated with the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the ball portion can be preferentially notified. Therefore, the player pays attention only to the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the second start ball entry section. can be improved.

Feature K5.
In the gaming machine described in feature K3 or feature K4 of the invention group,
A game machine characterized in that, in the second game state, an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state is executed.

According to the feature K5 of the present invention group, the second game state executes an internal lottery with a winning probability higher than that in the first game state. The probability of winning is high when the result of the internal lottery that has been received is notified, and the probability of winning is low when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the subsequent first game state. Become. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K6.
In the gaming machine described in feature K5 of the invention group,
The game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state when the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section as a trigger is won. switch to
The gaming machine is characterized in that the continuation rate of the most advantageous game state is higher than the continuation rate of the second game state.

Here, the continuation rate refers to the probability of continuing to stay in the game state. The game state switching means switches to the second game state when winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section, and switches to the second game state. Triggered by notification of the result of the internal lottery associated with a predetermined number of internal lottery information smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the storage means for the 2-ball entry part, the second game state is changed to the first. Switch to the game state of . Therefore, the continuation rate of the second gaming state informs the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information that is smaller than the number of the plurality of internal lottery information stored in the second ball entry storage means. It is the probability of winning the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section or the second start ball entry section.

According to the feature K6 of the present invention group, since the continuation rate of the most advantageous gaming state is higher than the continuation rate of the second gaming state, the player is encouraged to enter the game ball into the second start ball entering section. Further attention will be given to the results of the internal lottery that was triggered. Therefore, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

Feature K7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features K3 to K6 of the invention group,
variable display means (symbol display device 47) for variably displaying a plurality of patterns based on the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means;
Information storage means (sub-side pending information storage area) for storing sub-side internal lottery information (sub-side pending information) associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the gaming ball into the starting ball entering means 94c) and
information storage means (audio emission control device 90) for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
Based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means, information notification means (audio light emission control device 90 and display control) for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information device 100);
A non-winning expected gaming state in which non-winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the predetermined number of internal lottery information is notified in the second gaming state, and after the second gaming state a game situation switching means (main controller 60) for switching between a winning expected game situation in which winning is expected when the result of the internal lottery associated with the remaining internal lottery information is notified in the first game state; prepared,
The information reporting means is
A plurality of types of advance notice reserved patterns (low-expected notice reserved patterns, medium-expected notice reserved patterns, and high-expected notice reserved patterns) for notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information are displayed on the variable display means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising reserved pattern control means (display control device 100) for displaying.

According to the feature K7 of the group of the present invention, the gaming machine has a non-win expected game state in which the player is expected not to win the internal lottery, and a winning expected game state in which the player is expected to win the internal lottery. It has a game situation switching means for switching between and. Then, the information notification means causes the variable display means to display a plurality of types of advance notice reserved designs for giving advance notice of the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information. Therefore, when the game situation switching means switches to the non-winning expected game situation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player becomes depressed. And if it is low, it will be high-spirited. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expectation game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the expectation of the notice pending picture is high, the player is excited. If it is low, it will be depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature K8.
In the gaming machine described in feature K7 of the invention group,
The gaming machine, wherein the reserved pattern control means maintains or increases the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern.

According to the feature K8 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or raises the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern, so that the player pays attention to whether or not the degree of expectation of the notice reserved pattern is raised. Become. Specifically, when the game situation switching means switches to a non-winning expected game situation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and the expectation level of the notice pending picture is raised. If you do, you will be demoralized, and if you maintain it, you will be elated. Conversely, when the game state is switched to the winning expected game state by the game state switching means, the player confirms the advance notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the advance notice pending pattern is raised, the player is motivated. It becomes ebullient, and if it is maintained, it becomes demoralized.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature K9.
In the gaming machine described in feature K8 of the invention group,
The reserved pattern control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for performing variable display in the winning expected gaming situation, and performs variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation. is maintained or lowered based on the sub-side internal lottery information.

According to the feature K9 of the group of the present invention, the reserved pattern control means maintains or enhances the degree of expectation of the advance reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information that executes the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, so that the player can , attention is paid to whether or not the degree of expectation of the advance notice reserved pattern is promoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is raised, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In addition, since the reserved pattern control means maintains or lowers the expectation degree of the advance notice reserved pattern based on the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation, the player can increase the expectation degree of the notice reserved pattern. We will pay attention to whether or not it will be demoted. Specifically, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture is lowered, the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if the degree of expectation of the notice pending picture changes (promotion or demotion), the player becomes excited, and if the expectation is maintained, the player becomes depressed.
Therefore, the gaming machine can provide the player with different impressions for the same reserved pattern.

Feature K10.
In the gaming machine according to any one of features K7 to K9 of the invention group,
The multiple types of notice pending patterns are
a first notice pending design;
A second advance notice reserved design different from the first notice reserved design is provided,
When predicting the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, the reserved design control means regards the first notice reserved design as a notice reserved design with a low degree of expectation. In addition, when the second notice reserved pattern is a notice reserved picture with a high degree of expectation, and the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-winning expected gaming situation is announced, the second notice reserved pattern The game machine is characterized in that the first notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a high expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture with a low expectation.

According to the feature K10 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means, when notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the winning expectation gaming situation, sets the first notice reserved pattern to low expectations. Since the second notice pending pattern is a notice pending picture with a high degree of expectation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means and performs the second notice pending picture. If it is a pattern, it will be in high spirits, and if it is the first notice pending pattern, it will be depressed. Further, the reserved pattern control means sets the first advance notice reserved pattern to a high expected notice reserved pattern in the case of notifying the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information for executing the variable display in the non-win expected gaming situation. At the same time, since the second notice pending pattern is a notice pending picture with a low degree of expectation, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice pending picture, he will be excited. If it is the first notice pending picture, the player becomes depressed. In other words, the player confirms the notice pending picture displayed on the variable display means, and if it is the second notice pending picture in either the win-expected game situation or the non-win-expected game situation, The game machine can clarify the determination criteria of the player, because the player is in high spirits, and the first notice pending pattern is depressed.

Feature K11.
In the gaming machine described in feature K10 of the invention group,
When the reserved pattern control means announces the degree of expectation of the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section as a trigger, The game machine is characterized in that the first notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture of low expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is a notice reserved picture of high expectation.

According to the feature K11 of the group of inventions, the reserved pattern control means expects the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section. When the degree is announced, the first notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of low expectation, and the second notice reserved picture is set as the notice reserved picture of high expectation. Therefore, in a gaming situation in which the player expects to win the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means, If it is the first advance notice pending picture, it will be depressed, and if it is the second notice pending picture, it will be upbeat. Also, in a gaming situation in which the player expects not to win the internal lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start ball entry section, the player confirms the notice pending pattern displayed on the variable display means. If it is the first notice pending picture, the player will be in high spirits, and if it is the second notice pending picture, the player will be depressed.
According to this, the value of the first notice pending design and the second notice pending design is sub When the expectation level of the side internal lottery information is announced, and the expectation level of the sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entrance section is announced. Since it is different depending on whether the game is played or not, the gaming machine can increase the attention of the player to the game.

According to the characteristic group K of the present invention, it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game, so that the following problems can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine is known which has variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns. This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means). For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.

However, since the player always expects to win the internal lottery, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for game machines such as pachinko game machines.
<Others>
2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a gaming machine having variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns (for example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2005-074175). This game machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and starts variable display of patterns when a game ball enters an operation opening (starting ball entry means).
For example, when a jackpot lottery is won, the game machine finally stop-displays a specific pattern combination or the like on the variable display means, and shifts the game state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, the gaming machine pays out a large number of game balls, for example, by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine displays on the variable display means a pending pattern for informing the player that there is a result of the internal lottery in the pending state before executing the variable display on the variable display means.
In addition, the gaming machine selects a plurality of types of reserved patterns (for example, reserved patterns having the same form of each color of blue, green, and red) associated with the result of the internal lottery and displays them on the variable display means. , the degree of expectation of the result of the internal lottery is reported to the player, thereby increasing the player's sense of expectation.
However, the player has a different image of each pending symbol, such as being elated when seeing a high-expectation pending pattern and depressed when seeing a low-expectation pending symbol. Therefore, there is a problem that the player's attention to the game is lowered.
An object of the present technical idea is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the attention of the player to the game.
<Means>
The gaming machine of the present technical idea includes shooting means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board, and entering a game ball flowing down the game area. A starting ball entry means for executing an internal lottery, and a game from a normal control state to a specific control state advantageous to the player based on the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine comprising a game state transition means for transitioning a state, and storing sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means as a trigger. Information storage means, information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means, and based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means. and an information notification means for displaying on the variable display means a reserved pattern associated with the sub-side internal lottery information, the normal control state being a first game state and a second game state different from the first game state. The starting ball-entering means comprises a first starting ball-entering part and a second starting ball-entering part different from the first starting ball-entering part, and the second starting ball-entering part flows down the game area. and a state in which a game ball flowing down the game area is allowed to enter. and a game state switching means for switching the game state, and after the game state switching means switches to the second game state, the second start ball entering section is temporarily switched from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered. After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the state switching means and the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger. most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when the game is won; By temporarily switching the second starting ball-entering unit from the ball-entering impossible state to the ball-enterable state by the state transition means, at least one entry is stored in the information storage means in the order in which the game balls enter the second starting ball-entering unit. When sub-side internal lottery information is stored as special internal lottery information, total expectation level determination means for comprehensively determining the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information, and special internal lottery determined by the total expectation level determination means. It is characterized by comprising a total expectation level notification means for notifying the player of the expectation level of the information.
<effect>
According to this technical idea, it is possible to improve the attention of the player to the game.

10... Pachinko machine, 36... Upper operation opening, 37... Lower operation opening, 38... Variable winning device, 38a...
Grand winning opening 38b Open/close door 38c Variable winning driving section 39 Out opening 47 Symbol display device 60 Main control device 62 MPU 90 Sound emission control device 92 MPU 10
0... Display control device, 102... MPU.

Claims (1)

A launching means for shooting a game ball toward a game area formed in front of a game board, and a starting ball entry for entering the game ball flowing down the game area and executing an internal lottery when the game ball enters. and a game state transition for shifting the game state from a normal control state to a specific control state advantageous to the player based on the result of an internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. A gaming machine comprising:
information storage means for storing sub-side internal lottery information associated with the result of an internal lottery executed with the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means;
information storage means for storing a plurality of the sub-side internal lottery information in the information storage means in the order in which game balls enter the starting ball entry means;
information reporting means for causing the variable display means to display reserved symbols associated with the sub-side internal lottery information based on the sub-side internal lottery information stored in the information storage means;
The normal control state is
a first gaming state;
A second game state different from the first game state,
The starting ball entry means is
a first starting ball entry section;
A second start-up ball entry section different from the first start-up ball entry section,
The second starting ball entrance portion is
A state where a game ball flowing down the game area cannot be entered, and
A ball entry possible state in which a game ball flowing down the game area can be entered,
The game state transition means is
game state switching means for switching between the first game state and the second game state;
a ball-entering state switching means for temporarily switching the second starting ball-entering unit from the state where the ball cannot be entered to the state where the ball can be entered after the game state switching means switches the game state to the second game state;
After switching from the second game state to the first game state by the game state switching means, the result of the internal lottery executed with the entry of the game ball into the second start ball entry section as a trigger most advantageous game state transition means for transferring the game state to the most advantageous game state more advantageous to the player than the first game state and the second game state when winning,
The information storage means is
By temporarily switching the second starting ball-entering section from the non-enterable state to the enterable state by the game state transition means, the game ball entering the second starting ball-entering section is comprehensive expectation level determination means for comprehensively determining the level of expectation of the special internal lottery information when at least one of the sub-side internal lottery information is stored as special internal lottery information in an information storage means;
A gaming machine, further comprising a total expectation degree notification means for informing a player of the degree of expectation of the special internal lottery information determined by the total expectation degree determination means.

Images